Анализатор электролитов avl 9180 инструкция

MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS

AVL 9120, 9130, 9140, 9180, 9181 Electrolyte Analyzers

Service Manual

Tenth Edition

November 1997

Copyright, 1997, AVL Scientific Corporation. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise noted, no part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form without the written permission of AVL Scientific Corporation.

For information contact:

AVL Scientific Corporation

AVL MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS AG

AVL LIST GmbH

50 Mansell Court

Stettemerstrasse 28

Kleiststrasse 48

P.O. Box 337

CH-8207 Schaffhausen

A-8020 Graz

Roswell, Georgia USA 30077

Switzerland

Austria

1-800-526-2272

41-848-800-885

43-316-787-0

Printed in USA

US0285 REV K

ii

Important Information!

This Operator´s Manual contains important warnings and safety information to be observed by the user.

This instrument is only intended for one area of application which is described in the instructions. The most important prerequisites for application, operation and safety, are explained to ensure smooth operation. No warranty or liability claims will be covered if the instrument is applied in areas other than those described or if the necessary prerequisites and safety measures are not observed.

The instrument is only to be operated by qualified personnel capable of observing these prerequisites.

Only accessories and supplies either delivered by or approved by AVL are to be used with the instrument.

Due to the operating principle of the instrument, analytical accuracy not only depends on correct operation and function, but also upon a variety of external influences beyond the manufacturers control. Therefore, the test results from this instrument must be carefully examined by an expert, before further measures are taken based on the analytical results.

Instrument adjustment and maintenance with removed covers and connected power mains are only to be performed by a qualified technician who is aware of the dangers involved.

Instrument repairs are only to be performed by the manufacturer or qualified service personnel.

Symbol

Explanation

Attention symbol — Refer to the Operator’s Manual or Service

Manual for further instructions. This symbol is located on the

inside of the instrument.

Type B instrument symbol — An instrument of the B type falls under

safety categories I, II, or III, or has an internal power supply providing

the required insulation against discharge current and reliable ground

connections.

Important Information!

iii

Operating Safety Information

This instrument falls under Safety Category I.

This instrument is a Class B instrument.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference’s, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Warning: Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communication. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does not cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help

Caution:

The instrument is designed as a conventional device (closed, not waterproof type).

Do not operate the instrument in an explosive environment or in the vicinity of explosive anesthetic mixtures containing oxygen or nitrous oxide.

This instrument is suitable for continuous operation.

The power plug is to be plugged into a ground socket only. When using an extension cord, make sure that it is of the proper size and is properly grounded.

Any breakage of the ground lead inside or outside the instrument or a loose ground connection can cause a hazardous condition when operating the instrument. Intentional disconnection of the grounding is not permitted.

When replacing the fuses, make sure that they are of the same type and rating as the original fuses. Never use repaired fuses or short-circuit the fuse holders.

Operating Safety Information

iv

Contents

1

Introduction ………………………………………………………………………………..

1

2

General Description ……………………………………………………………………

2

2.1 Reported Parameters …………………………………………………………

2

2.2 Operating Parameters ………………………………………………………..

2

3

Software

…………………………………………………………………………………….

5

3.1

System Software Flow Charts 9120, 30, 40 ………………………….

7

3.2

System Software Flow Charts 9180 …………………………………..

17

3.3

System Software Flow Charts 9181 …………………………………..

29

3.4

Service Functions …………………………………………………………..

42

4

Description of Modules ……………………………………………………………..

48

4.1

Mechanical Assemblies ……………………………………………………

48

4.2

Fluidic Module ………………………………………………………………

52

4.3

Electronics …………………………………………………………………….

56

5

Maintenance and Troubleshooting ……………………………………………..

59

5.1

Maintenance Procedures …………………………………………………

59

5.2

Error Messages and Troubleshooting ………………………………..

60

6

Adjustments ……………………………………………………………………………..

71

6.1

Sample Sensor Adjustment ………………………………………………

71

6.2

Temperature Adjustment ………………………………………………….

71

7

Electronic Diagrams ………………………………………………………………….

72

System Block Diagram 9120, 30, 40, 80 ………………………………….

74

System Block Diagram 9181 ………………………………………………….

75

System Interconnect 9120, 30, 40 …………………………………………..

76

SBC PCB — Power Supply 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………….

77

SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9120, 30, 40 …………………………………..

78

SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9120, 30, 40 …………

79

SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………..

80

SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9120, 30, 40 ………………………….

81

SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9120, 30, 40 …….

82

v

SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9120, 30, 40 ……………………………….

83

SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9120, 30, 40 ………………………

84

Printer Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40, 80, 81 ………………………………

85

Lamp PCB 9120, 30, 40 ……………………………………………………….

86

Display Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………………..

87

System Interconnect 9180/9181 ……………………………………………..

88

SBC PCB — Power Supply 9180/9181 …………………………………….

89

SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9180/9181 ……………………………………..

90

SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9180/9181 ……………

91

SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9180/9181 …………………………………..

92

SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9180/9181 …………………………….

93

SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9180/9181 ……….

94

SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9180/9181 ………………………………….

95

SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9180/9181 …………………………

96

SBC PCB — Fluid Pack Detector 9180/9181 …………………………….

97

Lamp PCB 9180/9181 ………………………………………………………….

98

Display Daughter PCB 9180 …………………………………………………..

99

8 Parts List …………………………………………………………………………….

100

Main Assembly Front ………………………………………………………….

101

Main Assembly Rear …………………………………………………………..

102

Electrode Holder Assembly ………………………………………………….

103

Needle Unit Assembly …………………………………………………………

104

Rear Panel Assembly …………………………………………………………..

105

Front Door Assembly ………………………………………………………….

106

9 Interface Specifications ……………………………………………………………

107

9.1 Interface Information……………………………………………………..

107

9.2 Example Data String Information ……………………………………..

108

9.3 Data Link Information ……………………………………………………

108

vi

1 Introduction

The Service Manual for the 9120, 30, 40, 80, and 81 Electrolyte Analyzers contains the technical information needed to ensure easy fault identification. This manual is intended to be complementary to the Operator’s Manual where detailed instructions for operation, maintenance and troubleshooting are provided.

As for all clinical instrumentation, a thorough understanding of the principles of operation is prerequisite to attempting service of this product. Training along with experience will enhance the use of this manual.

Service and repair of 9120, 30, 40, 80, and 81 analyzers should be performed only by qualified repair technicians. Care should be taken when removing the covers as hazardous voltages are exposed. Use only accepted electronic test procedures and static protection when replacing and handling all electronic parts.

This manual is divided into 9 chapters to facilitate location of technical information. Chapter 2 provides specifications and operating parameter information. Chapter 3 includes flow charts for all system functions and detailed operation of system test procedures. In Chapter 4, all mechanical, fluidic and electronic assemblies are described. Chapter 5 outlines routine maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. Chapter 6 includes electronic adjustments and Chapter 7 provides the system block diagram and all circuit schematic diagrams and wiring interconnection information. In Chapter 8, part identification, location and description is provided by the illustrated parts list.

Finally, in Chapter 9 interface specifications are provided for the RS232 output.

1

2 General Description

Specifications

2.1 Reported Parameters

Measuring Range

Resolution

Whole Blood

Serum

Plasma

Sodium

Na+

40 — 205 mmol/L

0.1

mmol/L

Potassium K+

1.5 — 15

mmol/L

0.01 mmol/L

(0.8 — 15

mmol/L dialysate)

Chloride

Cl

50 — 200 mmol/L

0.1

mmol/L

Calcium

Ca++

0.2 — 5.0 mmol/L

0.01 mmol/L

Lithium

Li+

0.1 — 6.0 mmol/L

0.001 mmol/L

Urine

Sodium

Na+

1 — 300 mmol/L

1.0

mmol/L

Potassium K+

4.5 — 120 mmol/L

0.1

mmol/L

(60 — 120 mmol/L

w. addit. dilution)

Chloride

Cl

1 — 300 mmol/L

1.0

mmol/L

Calcium and Lithium are not measured in urine samples. Lithium is not measured in dialysate samples.

2.2 Operating Parameters

Sample type

Whole blood, serum, plasma, urine,

dialysate (acetate or bicarbonate)

Sample device

Syringe, sample cup, collection tube, capillary

Sample size

95 µL

Analysis time

50 seconds

Sample rate

45

per hour with printout

60

per hour without printout

2

Measurement

Sodium (Na+) sensor

Ion-selective, flow-through, glass capillary

electrode

Potassium (K+) sensor

Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membrane

electrode

Chloride (Cl) sensor

Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membrane

electrode

Calcium (Ca++) sensor

Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membrane

electrode

Lithium (Li+) sensor

Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membrane

electrode

Reference System

Open liquid junction, flow-through electrode

Calibration

Fully automatic

1 point with each sample

2 point every 3 hours (9180/9181 every 4 hrs.)

Standby Mode

suspends calibrations

Warm-up time

1 minute

Temperature

Room temperature, 15 — 32° C, 60 — 90° F

Humidity

maximum 85% relative humidity,

non-condensing

Data management

Quality Control memory storage, 3 levels,

35 values; calculation of mean, standard

deviation, and coefficient of variation (CV)

Diagnostic Programs

user-controlled diagnostics,

YES/NO operation via the display

Electronics

Microprocessor-controlled

Display

LCD dot-matrix, 2 line, 16 characters per line

Printer

Integral thermal printer, 16 character width

Autosampler (9181 only)

Integral turntable — 18 positions,

2 mL or 0.25 mL sample cups

3

Interface

RS232C Serial Port

Data Link

Data link to Compact 2/3 (9180/9181)

Electrical

requirements

100 — 240 V~, 50/60 Hz,

1.4 A max.

Nominal power

Self-adjusting

consumption

30 W

Dimensions

height

12.2″;

335mm

width

12.4″;

315m

depth

12.0″;

295mm

weight

approx. 13 lbs; 6kg

Classifications

Safety category

I

Device type

B (according to ÖVE-MG/EN 60601-1,

IEC 601-1)

Mode of operation

continuous operation

Protection

classification

IP 20

Explosion

protection

the device is not designed for operation in

explosive environments.

Approvals

CSA, CE, FCC Class B

CLIA Complexity Category: Moderate

Test System Code: 04739

FDA 510(k) number: K972673

Analyte Codes:

Na+ :

5805

K+ :

4910

Cl:

1018

iCa++ :

1004

Li+ :

3712

Data subject to change without notice. Technical information is supplied for general informational purposes only.

4

3 Software Operation

3.1 Software Operation — 9120, 9130, 9140

Software operation of the 9120, 9130, 9140 analyzers can be accessed by YES/ NO selection on the analyzer front panel. The following flow chart diagrams are provided to identify operating sequences of the 9120, 9130, 9140 Analyzers:

1.Overall Program Operating Flow

2.Main Menu

3.Measurement Sequence

4.Print Functions Menu

5.QC/Standard/Urine Sample Menu

6.Daily Maintenance Menu

7.Operator Functions Menu

8.Program Instrument Menu

9.Service Functions Menu

10.Calibration Sequence

3.2Software Operation — 9180

1.Overall Program Operating Flow

2.Main Menu

3.Measurement Sequence

4.Print Functions Menu

5.QC/Std/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu

6.Daily Maintenance Menu

7.Operator Functions Menu

8.Program Instrument Menu

9.Service Functions Menu

10.Calibration Sequence

11.Power-up Sequence

5

3.3Software Operation — 9181

1.Overall Program Operating Flow

2.MainMenu

3.MeasurementSequence

4.PrintFunctionsMenu

5.QC/Std/Dialysate/UrineSampleMenu

6.DailyMaintenanceMenu

7.Operator Functions Menu

8.ProgramInstrumentMenu

9.ServiceFunctionsMenu

10.CalibrationSequence

11.Power-up Sequence

The Service Functions Menu is also provided with a more detailed description of each test parameter for use in testing instrument subassemblies.

6

R E AD Y

1 2 :4 5

No

P R IN T

No

Q C/S T AN D AR D /

No

D A IL Y

No

O P E R AT O R

No

P R O G R A M

No

S E R V I CE

No

C AL I B R A T I O N ?

No

40 30, 9120, — Operation Software13.

F U N CT I O N S ?

U R IN E S AM P L E ?

M A IN T E N AN CE ?

F U N C T I O N S ?

IN S T R U M E N T ?

F U N CT I O N S ?

9120, — Flow Operating Program Overall1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

P r int las t

Q C L evel 1

D aily

C heck/C hange

E nter C ode:

T es t

C AL I B R A T E ..

S am ple R epor t?

S am ple?

C leaning?

S napP ak ?

AAA

E lectr odes ?

.

No

No

No

No

No

No

P r int

Q C L evel 2

D aily

G o to

P r ogr am Q C

T es t

Cal. R epor t?

S am ple?

Conditioning?

S tandby M ode?

L evel 1 R anges ?

S am pl e S ens or ?

No

No

No

No

No

No

P ri nt Q C V alues

Q C L evel 3

R em ain in D aily

S et

P r ogr am Q C

T es t

and S tatis tics ?

S am ple?

Yes

M aintenance?

T im e/D ate?

L evel 2 R anges ?

S am ple D oor ?

No

No

No

No

No

No

R em ain in P r int

S tandard

C AL I B R A T E

R es et

P r ogr am Q C

T es t

Yes

F unctions ?

S am ple?

S am ple N um ber ?

L evel 3 R anges ?

P um p?

No

No

No

No

No

U r ine

T ake O ut of

P r ogr am

T es t

S am ple?

O per ation?

N orm al R anges ?

V alves ?

No

No

No

No

R em ain i n Q C /

R em ain in

P r ogr am

T es t Inter face?

30,

Yes

S td/U ri ne S am ple?

Yes

O perator F unc.?

C orr . F actor s ?

J um p P ins 2 & 3

No

No

No

No

40

P r ogr am

T es t

P r inter S etup?

Am plifier ?

No

No

R em ain in

E nter

P r ogr am F unc.?

S er vice Code?

Yes

No

No

R em ain in

Yes

S er vice F unc.?

No

7

2 Main Menu — 9120, 30, 40

MAIN MENU

NO

Display prompt

PRINT

FUNCTIONS?

NO

Action performed by analyzer

QC/STANDARD/

URINE SAMPLE?

NO

2-second display prompt

DAILY

MAINTENANCE?

NO

Decision-making by analyzer

OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

NO

PROGRAM

INSTRUMENT?

NO

SERVICE

FUNCTIONS?

NO

NO

CALIBRATION?

8

3 Measurement Sequence — 9120, 30, 40

READY

12:45

NO

PRINT

FUNCTIONS?

OPEN

YES

FLAP

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

NO

DOOR OPENED

WITHIN 2s?

YES

Please

Introduce Sample

< air

CHECK SS

voltage

VOLTAGE

> air

voltage

Remove Sample

Remove Sample

and Wipe Probe

and Wipe Probe

2s

2s

Please Close

Please Close

Sample Door

Sample Door

FLAP

FLAP

CLOSED

CLOSED

Serum Sample

Blood Sample

in Process

49

in Process 49

Na

K

Cl

Na

K

Cl

151

5.1

114

151

5.1

114

YES/NO

1 min.

YES/NO

1 min.

9

4 Print Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

PRINT

NO

QC/STANDARD/

FUNCTIONS?

URINE SAMPLE?

YES

Print Last

YES

PRINTING

Sample Report?

NO

Print

YES

PRINTING

READY

12:45

Cal. Report?

NO

Print QC Values

YES

PRINTING

and Statistics?

NO

YES

NO

READY

12:45

Remain in Print

Functions?

10

5 QC/Standard/Urine Sample Menu — 9120, 30, 40

QC/STANDARD/

NO

DAILY

URINE SAMPLE?

MAINTENANCE?

YES

YES

SAMPLE

OPEN

CLOSED

QC Level 1

Open Sample Door

Introduce

Wipe Probe/Close

QC Level 1

Sample?

Introduce Sample

Sample

Sample Door

in Process

49

IN

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2s

2s

VALUES

Store

Na

K

Cl

REJECTED!

Values?

99.65.34 88.2

YES

2 min

2s

VALUES

READY

12:45

YES

OPEN

ACCEPTED!

SAMPLE

QC Level 2

Open Sample Door

Introduce

Wipe Probe/Close

CLOSED

QC Level 2

Sample

Sample?

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2s

2s

VALUES

Store

Na

K

Cl

REJECTED!

Values?

99.6 5.34 88.2

YES

2 min

2s

VALUES

READY

12:45

YES

ACCEPTED!

SAMPLE

OPEN

CLOSED

QC Level 3

Open Sample Door

Introduce

Wipe Probe/Close

QC Level 3

Sample

Sample?

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2s

2s

VALUES

Store

Na

K

Cl

REJECTED!

Values?

99.6 5.34 88.2

2 min

2s

YES

VALUES

READY

12:45

ACCEPTED!

5s

Standard

YES

Open Sample Door

OPEN

Introduce

SAMPLE Wipe Probe/Close CLOSED Standard Sample

Na

K

Cl

Sample?

Introduce Sample

Sample

Sample Door

in Process 49

158.8

5.82 113.2

IN

1 min.

2 min.

NO

NO/

5s

YES

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE Wipe Probe/Close CLOSED

Urine

Open Sample Door

Introduce

Urine Sample

Na

K

Cl

Sample?

Introduce Sample

Sample

Sample Door

in Process 49

238

18.8

198

IN

1 min.

2 min.

NO

NO/

YES

Remain in QC/

NO/

READY 12:45

YES Std/Urine Sample? 2 min.

11

6 Daily Maintenance Menu — 9120, 30, 40

DAILY

NO

OPERATOR

MAINTENANCE?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

Daily

YES Open Sample Door OPEN

Wipe Probe/CloseCLOSE

Cleaning Solution

YES

CLEAN

Cleaning?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

Sample Door

detected?

NO

NO

Cleaning Solution

not detected!

Daily

YES Open Sample Door OPEN

Wipe Probe/Close CLOSE

Condition. Solution

YES

CONDITION

Conditioning?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

Sample Door

detected?

NO

Condition. Solution

not detected!

Remain in Daily

YES Maintenance?

NO/1min.

CLEANING AND/OR

YES

30 SECOND

CALIBRATE

READY

12:45

COND. PERFORMED?

STABILIZATION

NO

Calibration

YES

due?

NO

12

7 Operator Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

OPERATOR

NO

PROGRAM

FUNCTIONS?

INSTRUMENT?

YES

Check/Change

YES

37%

Change

YES

New SnapPak

YES

Fluid Counter

SnapPak?

remaining

SnapPak?

installed?

reset to 100%

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

Go to

***STANDBY!***

Standby Mode

YES -> READY

Maint. due?

NO

YES/NO

NO

New Pack

Prime …

Leave

CALIBRATE

Standby Mode?

YES

NO

PRESS YES

YES

IS

NO

READY

12:45

CALIBRATION

WITHIN 2s

DUE?

YES

YES

NO

NO

Daily

Daily

Remain in Daily

Cleaning?

Conditioning?

Maintenance?

YES

YES

1min/NO

Set

YES

Date: 01-FEB-94

YES

CLEAN

CONDITION

IS

NO

Time/Date?

Time: 12:00 ok ?

CALIBRATION

NO

NO

DUE?

YES

Date: 01-FEB-94

30 SECOND

NO

Time: 12:00 ok

STABILIZATION

YES

READY

12:45

CALIBRATE

Reset

YES

Are you sure?

YES/

SET SAMPLE

Sample Number?

NO

NUMBER TO 0

NO

YES

Take out of

Shutdown Plug /

YES

Transp Housing

YES

Remove Water

YES

All Electrodes

Operation?

YES

Water installed?

Ref installed?

and Press YES

& Plug Removed?

NO

YES

YES

Remain in

ShutdownComplete

YES

Do You Wish to

YES

Pump Windings

4 Relief Clamps

NO

Operator Func?

Turn Power Off

DELETE all Data?

Relieved?

Inserted?

YES

13

8 Program Instrument Menu — 9120, 30, 40

PROGRAM

NO

SERVICE

INSTRUMENT?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

IN-

YES

NO

Enter Code:

CORRECT CODE ERROR!

AAA

RETRY?

CORRECT

NO

Program QC

YES

Current Lot: 0000

YES

Print old Values

NO

New Lot!

YES

Enter last 4 Dig

Level 1 Ranges?

Change Lot?

and Statistics?

Delete old Data?

of Lot#: 0000

NO

NO

YES

YES

Cl low

=

050

YES

K low

=

1.5

YES

Na low

=

040

YES

Lot Number

Cl high

=

200

K high

=

15.0

Na high

=

205

ok?

NO

Program QC

YES

«see Level

Level 2 Ranges?

1″

NO

Program QC

YES

«see Level

Level 3 Ranges?

1″

NO

Program

YES

Na low

= 135.0

YES

K low

=

3.50

YES

Cl low

=

95.0 YES

Normal Ranges?

Na high

= 150.0

K high

=

5.50

Cl high

=

108.0

NO

Program

YES

Reset Corr

NO

Input/Verify

NO

Remain in

Corr Factors

Factor (default)?

Corr Factors?

YES

Corr Factors?

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

Cl (b)

=

+00.0

YES

K (b)

=

+00.0

YES

Na (b)

=

+00.0

Cl (m)

=

1.000

K (m)

=

1.000

Na (m)

=

1.000

YES

NO

YES/

YES/

Program Printer

Patient Report

Print two

NO

Automatic

NO

Setup?

off?

Patient Reports?

Cal Report?

NO

YES

Remain in

YES

Program Func?

NO

READY

12:45

14

9

Service Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

SERVICE

NO

CALIBRATION?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

Test

YES

Test

YES

Std. A:

Na =0000

Electrodes?

Standard A?

K =0000 Cl =0000

NO

NO

NO

Test

YES

Std. B:

Na =0000

Standard B?

K =0000 Cl =0000

NO

NO

Test

YES

Open Door and

OPEN

Introduce Sample

External Sample?

Introduce Sample

YES

NO

Ext.:

Na =0000

CLOSED

Wipe Probe and

Remain in

NO

Test Electrodes?

K =0000 Cl =0000

Close Sample Door

NO

Test

YES

DRY: 80-120: 102

YES

External:

102

wash…

Sample Sensor?

YES=Pump/NO=Exit

Pump:

NO=OFF

NO

Test

YES

Sample Door:

C

Sample Door?

C:Closed O:Open

NO

NO

Test Pump?

YES

Test Pump!

2s

Test Pump!

2s

Test Pump!

2s

Test Pump!

Very slow speed

Slow speed

Medium speed

Fast speed

NO

2s

Test Valves?

YES

Test Valve A:

NO

Test Valve B:

NO

Test Valve V:

NO

Test Valve R:

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

NO

YES

NO

Test Interface?

YES

— Test —

Interface

Remain in

Jump Pins 2&3

— Interface —

ok!

Test Interface?

NO

NO

Test

YES

Na=-1030 K=-1200

NO

Ground

=

2

Amplifier?

Cl = -1093

-2500mV = -2496

NO

YES

Enter

YES

Enter Code:

YES

Is Code

YES

Code

Enter Other

NO

Service Code?

AAA

ok?

valid?

Accepted!

Service Code?

NO

NO

Code

Error!

Remain in

NO

Calibration?

Calibrate…

READY

12:45

YES

Service Func?

15

10 Calibration Sequence — 9120, 30, 40

CALIBRATION?

YES

Calibration in

Process 124

Clear Sample

Path

Calibrate

Sample Sensor

Sample Sensor

Voltage ok?

YES

Prime

Standard B

Standard B

detected?

YES

Prime

Standard A

Standard A

detected?

YES Pressurize Ref. Asp. Std. A into Meas. Chamber

Reference

Housing ok?

YES

A

***CHECK***

SAMPLE SENSOR

**STANDARD B** NOT DETECTED

**STANDARD A** NOT DETECTED

***CHECK***

REF HOUSING

A

Asp. Std. A into

Meas. Chamber

Standard A

NO

**STANDARD A**

detected?

NOT DETECTED

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. A

3 Std. A Values

NO

obtained?

YES

NO

Are Values

NO

6 Aspir. of

reproducible?

Std.A performed?

YES

YES

Aspir. Std. B into

Meas. Chamber

Standard B

NO

detected?

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. B

Perform

Wash Cycle

Aspir. Std. A

into Meas.

Chamber

YES

Calculation of

Std.A-Std.B

(slope)

Slope of all

NO

Electrodes in

Range?

YES

READY 12:45

**STANDARD B** NOT DETECTED

**STANDARD A** NOT DETECTED

At least 1 slope NO in Range?

YES

READY 12:45

XX NOT CAL’D

***CHECK***

ELECTRODES

***CHECK***

ELECTRODES

16

17

Na K Cl READY

No

PRINT

No

QC/STD/DIALYSATE No

DAILY

No

OPERATOR

No

PROGRAM

No

SERVICE

No

CALIBRATION?

No

9180 — Operation Software23.

FUNCTIONS?

/URINE SAMPLE?

MAINTENANCE?

FUNCTIONS?

INSTRUMENT?

FUNCTIONS?

Flow Operating ProgramOverall1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Print last

QC Level 1

Perform Daily

Check/Change

Enter Code:

Test

CALIBRATE…

Sample Report?

Sample?

Cleaning?

SnapPak?

AAA

Electrodes?

No

No

No

No

No

No

Print

QC Level 2

Perform Daily

Go to

Program QC

Test

Cal. Report?

Sample?

Conditioning?

Standby Mode?

Level 1 Ranges?

Sample Sensor?

No

No

No

No

No

No

Print QC Values

QC Level 3

Remain in Daily

Set

Program QC

Test

and Statistics?

Sample?

Yes

Maintenance?

Time/Date?

Level 2 Ranges?

SnapPak Sensor?

No

No

No

No

No

No

Remain in Print

Standard

CALIBRATE…

Select Parameter

Program QC

Test

Yes

Functions?

Sample?

Configuration?

Level 3 Ranges?

Language Switch?

No

No

No

No

No

Bicarbonate

Reset

Program

Test

9180

Sample?

Sample Number?

Normal Ranges?

Sample Door?

No

No

No

No

Acetate

Take Out of

Program

Test

Sample?

Operation?

Corr. Factors?

Pump?

No

No

No

No

Urine

Remain in

Program Bicarb.

Test

Sample?

Yes

Operator Func.?

Corr Factors?

Valves?

No

No

No

No

Remain in QC/

Program Acetate

Test Interface?

Std/Urine Sample?

Corr Factors?

Jump Pins 2 & 3

Yes

No

No

No

Program Urine

Test

Corr Factors?

Amplifier?

No

No

Program

Enter

Printer Setup?

Service Code?

No

No

Program

Remain in

Interface?

Service Func.?

Yes

No

No

Remain in

Yes

Program Func.?

No

2 Main Menu — 9180

MAIN MENU

NA K CL

LEGEND

READY

NO

PRINT

FUNCTIONS?

NO

QC/STD/DIALYSATE

/URINE SAMPLE?

NO

DAILY

MAINTENANCE?

NO

OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

NO

PROGRAM

INSTRUMENT?

NO

SERVICE

FUNCTIONS?

NO

NO

CALIBRATION?

18

Display prompt

Action performed by analyzer

2-second display prompt

Decision-making by analyzer

3 Measurement Sequence — 9180

NA K CL READY

NO

PRINT

FUNCTIONS?

OPEN

YES

FLAP

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

NO

DOOR OPENED

WITHIN 2s?

YES

Please

Introduce Sample

CHECK SS

< air voltage

VOLTAGE

> air voltage

Remove Sample and

Remove Sample and

Wipe Probe

Wipe Probe

2s

2s

Please Close

Please Close

Sample Door

Sample Door

FLAP

FLAP

CLOSED

CLOSED

Serum Sample

Blood Sample

in Process

49

in Process

49

Na

K

Cl

Na

K

Cl

151

5.1

114

151

5.1

114

YES/NO

1 min.

YES/NO

1 min.

19

4 Print Functions Menu — 9180

PRINT

NO

QC/STD/DIALYSATE

FUNCTIONS?

/URINE SAMPLE?

YES

Print Last

YES

PRINTING…

Sample Report?

NO

Print

YES

PRINTING…

NA K CL

READY

Cal. Report?

NO

Print QC Values

YES

PRINTING…

and Statistics?

NO

YES

NO

NA K CL

READY

Remain in Print

Functions?

20

5 QC/Standard/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu — 9180

QC/STD/DIALYSATE

NO

DAILY

/URINE SAMPLE?

MAINTENANCE?

YES

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE

CLOSED

QC Level 1

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

QC Level 1

Sample?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2 s

2s

VALUES

Store

Na

K

Ca

REJECTED!

Values?

99.6 5.34 1.250

YES

2 min

2 s

VALUES

NA K CA READY

YES

OPEN

ACCEPTED!

SAMPLE

CLOSED

QC Level 2

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

QC Level 2

Sample?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2 s

2s

VALUES

Store

Na

K

Ca

REJECTED!

Values?

99.6 5.34 1.250

YES

2 min

2 s

VALUES

NA K CA READY

ACCEPTED!

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE

CLOSED

QC Level 3

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

QC Level 3

Sample?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

2 min.

NO

NO

2s

2 s

VALUES

Store

2s

Na

K

Ca

REJECTED!

Values?

99.6 5.34 1.250

2 min

2 s

YES

VALUES

NA K CA READY

ACCEPTED!

5 s

Standard

YES

Open Sample Door

OPEN

Introduce Sample

SAMPLE

Wipe Probe/Close

CLOSED

Standard Sample

Na

K

Ca

Sample?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

158.8

5.82

1.250

1 min.

NO/YES

2 min.

NO

5 s

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE

CLOSED

Bicarbonate

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

Bicarb. Sample

Na

K

Ca

Sample?

OPEN

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

158.8

5.82

1.250

1 min.

NO/YES

2 min.

NO

5 s

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE

CLOSED

Acetate

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

Acetate Sample

Na

K

Ca

Sample?

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

158.8

5.82

1.250

OPEN

1 min.

2 min.

NO

NO/YES

5 s

YES

OPEN

SAMPLE

CLOSED

Urine

Open Sample Door

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe/Close

Urine Sample

Na

K

Cl

Sample?

Introduce Sample

IN

Sample Door

in Process

49

238

18.8

198

OPEN

1 min.

NO/YES

2 min.

NO

Remain in QC/

NA K CA READY

Std/Urine Sample?

NO/2 min.

YES

21

6 Daily Maintenance Menu — 9180

DAILY

NO

OPERATOR

MAINTENANCE?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

Perform Daily

YES

Open Sample Door

OPEN

Wipe Probe/Close

CLOSE

Cleaning Solution

YES

Cleaning?

Introduce Sample

Sample Door

detected?

CLEAN

OPEN

NO

NO

Cleaning Solution

not detected!

Perform Daily

YES

Open Sample Door

OPEN

Wipe Probe/Close

CLOSE

Condition. Solution

YES

Conditioning?

Introduce Sample

Sample Door

detected?

CONDITION

OPEN

NO

Condition. Solution

not detected!

Remain in Daily

YES

Maintenance?

NO/1min.

CLEANING AND/OR

YES

NA K CA READY

30 SECOND

CALIBRATE

COND. PERFORMED?

STABILIZATION

NO

YES

Calibration due?

NO

22

7 Operator Functions Menu — 9180

*****STATUS*****

**NO SnapPak**

NO

Pack

NO

OPERATOR

PROGRAM

detected?

*Background check in all menus

FUNCTIONS?

INSTRUMENT?

GLOBAL*

YES

YES

except «Take out of Operation?»

YES

Check/Change

YES

37%

Change

New SnapPak

YES

Fluid Counter

SnapPak?

remaining

SnapPak?

installed?

reset to 100%

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

Go to

***STANDBY!***

Standby Mode

YES -> READY

Maint. due?

NO

YES/NO

NO

New Pack

Prime …

Leave

CALIBRATE

Standby Mode?

YES

NO

PRESS YES

YES

IS

NO

Na

K

READY

WITHIN 2s

CALIBRATION

DUE?

YES

YES

NO

NO

Daily

Daily

Remain in Daily

Cleaning?

Conditioning?

Maintenance?

YES

YES

1min/NO

Set

YES

Date: 01-FEB-94

YES

IS

NO

CLEAN

CONDITION

Time/Date?

Time: 12:00 ok ?

CALIBRATION

YES

DUE?

NO

NO

New

Date: 01-FEB-94

30 SECOND

Parameter

NO

Time: 12:00 ok

STABILIZATION

NO

added?

YES

YES

YES

NA K

READY

CALIBRATE

Electrodes

in place?

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

Select Parameter

Sel. Parameter:

Sel. Parameter:

Sel. Parameter:

Sel. Parameter:

Configuration?

[Na] [K] [ ] ok?

[Na] [K] [Cl] ok?

[Na] [K] [Ca] ok?

[Na] [K] [Li]

ok?

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES/

NO

Reset

Are you sure?

SET SAMPLE

Sel. Parameter:

Sel. Parameter:

Sample Number?

NO

NUMBER TO 0

NO

([Na]) [ ] [Li] ok?

[Na] [

] [Li]

ok?

NO

YES

Take out of

Shutdown Plug and

YES

Transp Housing

YES

Remove Water

YES

All Electrodes

Operation?

YES

Water installed?

Ref installed?

and Press YES

& Plug Removed?

NO

YES

Shutdown

YES

YES

YES

Remain in

Do You Wish to

Pump Windings

5 Relief Clamps

Complete

NO

Operator Func?

DELETE all Data?

Relieved?

Inserted?

Turn Power Off

YES

23

AVL 9120, 9130, 9140, 9180, 9181 Service Manual

8 Program Instrument Menu — 9180

PROGRAM

NO

SERVICE

INSTRUMENT?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

IN-

YES

Enter Code:

CODE ERROR!

NO

CORRECT

AAA

RETRY?

CORRECT

NO

Program QC

YES

Current Lot: 0000

YES

Print old Values

NO

New Lot!

YES

Enter last 4 Dig

Level 1 Ranges?

Change Lot?

and Statistics?

Delete old Data?

of Lot#: 0000

NO

NO

YES

NO

Additional

YES

K low

=

1.5

YES

Na low

=

040

YES

Enter last 4 Dig

Parameters?

K high

=

15.0 ok?

Na high

=

205 ok?

of Lot#: 0000 ok?

NO

YES

Cl low

=

050

YES

Ca low

=

0.2

YES

Li low

=

0.1

YES

Cl high

=

200 ok?

Ca high

=

5.0 ok?

Li high

=

6.0 ok?

Program QC

YES

«see Level 1»

Level 2 Ranges?

NO

Program QC

YES

«see Level 1»

Level 3 Ranges?

NO

Program

YES

Na low

=

136

YES

K low

=

03.5

YES

Normal Ranges?

Na high

=

145 ok?

K high

=

05.1 ok?

NO

YES

Program

YES

Reset Corr

NO

Input/Verify

NO

Remain in

Na (b)

=

+00.0

YES

K (b)

=

+00.0

Corr Factors

Factor (default)?

Corr Factors?

Corr Factors?

Na (m)

=

1.000

K (m)

=

1.000

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

Program Bicarb.

YES

Reset Bicarb.

NO

Input/Verify

NO

Remain in

Na (b)

=

+00.0

YES

K (b)

=

+00.0

Corr Factors

Factor (default)?

Bicarb. Factors?

Bicarb Factors?

Na (m)

=

1.000

K (m)

=

1.000

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

Program Acetate

YES

Reset Acetate

NO

Input/Verify

NO

Remain in

Na (b)

=

+00.0

YES

K (b)

=

+00.0

Corr Factors

Factor (default)?

Acetate Factors?

Acetate Factors?

Na (m)

=

1.000

K (m)

=

1.000

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

Program Urine

YES

Reset Urine

NO

Input/Verify

NO

Remain in

Na (b)

=

+00.0

YES

K (b)

=

+00.0

Corr Factors

Factor (default)?

Urine Factors?

Urine Factors?

Na (m)

=

1.000

K (m)

=

1.000

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES/

YES/

YES

Program Printer

Patient Report

Print two

NO

Automatic

NO

Enter Comment

Enter Comment:

Setup?

off?

Patient Reports?

Cal Report?

Line?

_

NO

YES

NO

YES

Program

YES

Activate

Interface?

Data Link?

NO

YES/NO

Remain in

NO

NA K

READY

YES

Program Func?

24

9 Service Functions Menu — 9180

SERVICE

NO

CALIBRATION?

FUNCTIONS?

YES

NO

Test

YES

Test

YES

Std. A: Na = 0000

NO

Test

YES

Std. B: Na = 0000

Electrodes?

Standard A?

K = 0000

Ca = 0000

Standard B?

K = 0000 Ca = 0000

NO

NO

NO

NO

Test

YES

Std. C: Na = 0000

Standard C?

K = 0000

Ca = 0000

NO

NO

Test

YES

Open Door and

OPEN

Introduce Sample

External Sample?

Introduce Sample

NO

YES

Remain in

NO

Ext.:

Na = 0000

CLOSED

Wipe Probe and

NO

Test Electrodes?

K = 0000

Ca = 0000

Close Sample Door

NO

Test

YES

DRY: 80-120: 102

YES

External:

102

wash…

Sample Sensor?

YES=Pump/NO=Exit

Pump:

NO=OFF

NO

Test

YES

SnapPak:

I

YES/NO

SnapPak Sensor?

I=In

O=Out

NO

Test

YES

Language Switch

YES/NO

Language Switch?

English

NO

Test

YES

Sample Door:

C

Sample Door?

C:Closed O:Open

NO

NO

Test Pump?

YES

Test Pump!

2 s

Test Pump!

2s

Test Pump!

2s

Test Pump!

Very slow speed

Slow speed

Medium speed

Fast speed

NO

2s

Test Valves?

YES

Test Valve A:

NO

Test Valve B:

NO

Test Valve C:

NO

Test Valve V:

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

YES/NO=ON/OFF

NO

NO

YES

NO

Test Interface?

YES

— Test —

Interface

Remain in

Test Valve R:

Jump Pins 2&3

— Interface —

ok!

Test Interface?

YES/NO=ON/OFF

NO

NO

Test

YES

Na = -1030 K = -1200

NO

Ground

=

2

NO

Temp (mV)

=

-2670

Amplifier?

Cl = -1093

-2500mV

=

-2496

Temp (°C)

=

26.2

NO

NO

NO

YES

Enter

YES

Enter Code:

YES

Is Code

YES

Code

Enter Other

NO

Service Code?

AAA

ok?

valid?

Accepted!

Service Code?

NO

NO

Code Error!

YES

Retry?

Remain in

NO

Calibration?

Calibrate…

NA K CA

READY

YES

Service Func?

25

10 Calibration Sequence — 9180 (1)

(Example Na/K/Li Calibration)

CALIBRATION?

YES

Calibration in

Process 124

Clear Sample

Path

Calibrate

Sample Sensor

Sample Sensor

Voltage ok?

YES

Prime

Standard B

Prime

Standard C

Prime

Standard A

All 3 Standards

not detected?

NO

Two Standards

not detected?

NO

Standard A,B,C

not detected?

NO Pressurize Ref. Asp. Std. A into Meas. Chamber

Reference

Housing ok?

YES

A

NO

YES

YES

YES

NO

2nd try

***CHECK***

SAMPLE SENSOR

*********CLOG********

CHECK FLUID PATH

**STANDARD X/Y** NOT DETECTED

**STANDARD X** NOT DETECTED

***CHECK***

REF HOUSING

A

Asp. Std. A into

Meas. Chamber

Standard A

NO

**STANDARD A**

detected?

NOT DETECTED

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. A

3 Std. A Values

NO

obtained?

YES

NO

Are Values

NO

6 Aspir. of

reproducible?

Std.A performed?

YES

YES

Aspir. Std. B into

YES

At least 1

Meas. Chamber

Channel reprod. ?

NO

NO

Standard B

**STANDARD B**

***CHECK***

detected?

NOT DETECTED

ELECTRODES

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. B

Calc. of Std.A-

Std.B (slope)

At least 1 slope

NO

***CHECK***

in Range?

ELECTRODES

Perform

Wash Cycle

B

26

10 Calibration Sequence — 9180 (2)

B

Aspir. Std. A into Meas. Chamber

Standard A

detected?

YES

Aspir. Std. C into Meas. Chamber

Standard C

detected?

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. C

Perform

Wash Cycle

Aspir. Std. A into Meas. Chamber

Standard A

detected?

YES

Obtain Electrode

Voltages Std. A

Calculation of

Std.A-Std.C (Use last Std. A)

NO

**STANDARD A**

NOT DETECTED

NO

**STANDARD C**

NOT DETECTED

NO

**STANDARD A**

NOT DETECTED

C

C

NO

At least 1 slope

***CHECK***

in Range?

ELECTRODES

YES

NO

Slope A-B and A-C

NA K LI READY

ok for all Electrodes?

XX, XX NOT CAL’D

YES

NO

All Std.A

NA K LI READY

volt. reprod.?

XX, XX NOT CAL’D

YES

NA K LI READY

27

11 Power-up — 9180

Power-up

AVL9180 A80X1.AA

WARM UP

All dots lit

for 1/2 sec.

YES

Cold start?

Set

Date:

1-JAN-95

Time/Date

Time:

12:00

NO

YES

Power Fail

1-Nov-95 1:12

(Print)

NO

*Background check in all menus

Pack in place?

except «Take out of Operation»

Global*

and «Service Functions»

YES

YES

*****PLEASE*****

NO

NO

NO

NO

Perform Daily

Perform Daily

Remain in Daily

Is Calibration

*******WAIT*******

Cleaning?

Conditioning?

Maintenance?

1min

due?

(Wash)

YES

YES

YES

YES

Clean/Cond.

Clean…

Condition…

Stabilizing

needed?

30 sec.

NO

AVL9180 A80X1.AA

YES

Clean/Cond.

WARM UP

59

NO

needed?

NO

NO

Pack inserted?

YES

New SnapPak

YES

Reset

Calibration…

counter to

Global*

installed?

100%

*Background check in all menus except «Take out of Operation»

****STATUS**** NO and «Service Functions» **NO SnapPak**

Pack in place?

NO

PRINT

NO

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/

NO

DAILY

Global*

YES

FUNCTIONS?

URINE SAMPLE?

MAINTENANCE?

NA K CA

READY

NO

NO

CALIBRATION?

NO

SERVICE

NO

PROGRAM

NO

OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

INSTRUMENT?

FUNCTIONS?

NO

28

*1

No

Na K Cl

READY

No

AUTOMATED

PRINT

MEASUREMENT?

FUNCTIONS?

Yes

Yes

Yes

MANUAL

AUTOM.

Print last

MEAS.

MEAS.

Sample Report?

No

No

Print Last

Automated Run?

No

Print

Cal. Report?

No

Print QC Values

and Statistics?

No

Remain in Print

Functions?

Yes

No

No

QC/STD/DIALYSATE

No

DAILY

/URINE SAMPLE?

MAINTENANCE?

Yes

Yes

QC Level 1

Perform Daily

Sample?

Cleaning?

No

No

QC Level 2

Perform Daily

Sample?

Conditioning?

No

No

QC Level 3

Remain in Daily

Sample?

Yes

Maintenance?

No

No

Standard

CALIBRATE

Sample?

No

Bicarbonate

Sample?

No

Acetate

Sample?

No

Urine

Sample?

No

Remain in QC/

Yes

Std/Urine Sample?

No

No

OPERATOR

No

FUNCTIONS?

Yes

Check/Change

SnapPak?

No

Go to

Standby Mode?

No

Set

Time/Date?

No

Select Parameter

Configuration?

No

Reset

Sample Number?

No

Take Out of

Operation?

No

Remain in

Yes

Operator Func.?

No

Yes

*1 only with Autosampler plugged in *2 with Li+ off

PROGRAM No

INSTRUMENT?

Yes

Enter Code:

AAA

No

Program QC

Level 1 Ranges?

No

Program QC

Level 2 Ranges?

No

Program QC

Level 3 Ranges?

No

Program

Normal Ranges?

No

Program

Corr. Factors?

No

*2

Program Bicarb.

Corr Factors?

No

*2

Program Acetate

Corr Factors?

No

Program Urine

Corr Factors?

No

Program

Printer Setup?

No

Program

Interface?

No

Remain in

Program Func.? Yes

No

No

No

SERVICE

CALIBRATION?

FUNCTIONS?

Yes

Yes

Test

CALIBRATE

Electrodes?

No

Test

Sample Sensor?

No

Test

SnapPak Sensor?

No

Test

Language Switch?

No

*1

Test Probe?

No

*1

Test Sampler?

No

Test

Pump?

No

Test

Valves?

No

Test Interface?

Jump Pins 2 & 3

No

Test

Amplifier?

No

Enter

Service Code?

No

Remain in

Service Func.?

No

Flow Operating Program Overall 1

9181 — Operation Software 3.3

9181 —

29

Loading…

Your Donation Will Be Matched 1-to-1! Can You Chip In?

Dear Patron: Please don’t scroll past this. The Internet Archive is a nonprofit fighting for universal access to quality information. We build and maintain all our own systems, but we don’t charge for access, sell user information, or run ads. Instead, we’re powered by online donations averaging about $14. We’d be deeply grateful if you’d join the one in a thousand users that support us financially.

Right now, we have a matching gift campaign that will double the impact of every donation. We understand that not everyone can donate right now, but if you can afford to contribute this Thursday, we promise it will be put to good use. Our resources are crucial for knowledge lovers everywhere—so if you find all these bits and bytes useful, please pitch in.

Your Donation Will Be Matched! Can You Chip In?
Dear Patron: Please don’t scroll past this. Right now we have a matching gift campaign that will double the impact of every donation. We understand that not everyone can give right now, but if you can afford to contribute this Thursday, we promise it will be put to good use. If you find all these bits and bytes useful, please pitch in.

Page 1: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

9180 Electrolyte Analyzer Instructions for Use

Page 2: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Cis©

RDGw

OBAS a trademark of Roche.2007 Roche Diagnostics

oche Diagnostics GmbH-68298 Mannheimermany

ww.roche-diagnostics.com

Page 3: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

US-1Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for Use

The contents of this manual, including all graphics and photographs are the property of Roche Diagnostics.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, ormechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Roche Diagnostics.

Roche Diagnostics has made every reasonable effort to ensure that all the information contained in thismanual is correct at the time of printing. However, Roche Diagnostics reserves the right to make anychanges necessary without notice as part of ongoing product development.

COBAS, ROCHE OMNI, and MYLABONLINE are trademarks of Roche.

This instructions for use manual is published by the Roche Diagnostics Technical Publication department.Questions or comments regarding the contents of this instructions for use can be directed to:

Roche DiagnosticsTechnical Publications Department9115 Hague RoadP.O. Box 50457Indianapolis, IN 46250-50457USA

Additional copies of this document can be obtained by sending a message [email protected] or leaving a message at the Technical Publication Hotline at1-800-845-7355, mailbox 26699.

© 2007 Roche Diagnostics. All rights reserved.

U.S. order number 0575-02-0507

US-10834-01-0607

Page 4: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for UseUS-2

Revisions

Revisions to this document are provided by Roche Diagnostics when necessary. No part of thisdocument may be reproduced in any form or by any means without prior written consent.

Publication Date Revision purposeReference Number

575-01-0803 July 2005 Title-2-4 new standards references,Revision 2.0 removed IVD symbol, and updated

trademark statement.1-5, 1-25, 3-4, 4-1, 4-4, 5-11: Updated QC

procedure.1-2: New “Install by” and “Use by”

symbols.2-1: New K+ range for urine.3-7: New urine measurement range and

dilution multiplication factors.3-10: m=d/c corrected in fig. 3-83-11 and 3-12: new sections 3.6

“Additional Settings” 3.6.1, “PrinterSettings,” 3.6.2, Interface Settings”3.6.3, and “Enter Codes” from 4-2.

5-7. 5-8, 5-10, 5-13: New “perform QCafter maintenance” statement insections 5.4.1, 5.5.1, 5.6.1,and 5.7.2.

5-9: Additional steps in valve procedure.6-1, 6-5, 6-6: New text for

“Na/D/Cl/Ca/Li not calibrated,” and“Check electrode holder lock,” and“Interface Error.”

6-8: new section 6.2.2.1 “not calibratedpotassium electrode.”

6-9: new fig. 6-1 Language switchsettings.

6-12: modified Service code QCCaction.

8-15: m=d/c corrected in correlationfactor worksheet.

Corrections for U.S. English throughout.

Page 5: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

US-3Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for Use

US Supplement

575-02-0507 May 2007Revision 4.0

spelling & US language mistakes correctedsymbols modified: symbols “Biohazard”triangle (all chapters), “Biohazard”(Consumables), “Toxic”, “Dangerous toEnvironment”, “Irritant”Title (5) modified: Safety Information:standards referencesTitle (Safety Information), 1.4.1, 3.1.1, 5, 5.6.1,5.7.2, 5.7.3modified: general maintenance safety (protectiveclothing), from cobas b cobas b cobas b cobas b cobas b 221 system1.5.1 / 1-11 new: Serial Interface1.6.1 / 1-12 modified: Fig. 1-13 (arrows)1.7 6) / 1-29 new: link to chapter 6, “Delete allData”2.11.1 / 2-11 ff. modified: SnapPak storagetemperature: 15 – 30 °C2.12.1 / 2-14 new: 2 main fuse specifications3.1.1 / 3-2 new: note on silicone / samplecontainers3.5.1 removed: determination of correlationfactors4-2 ff. modified: QC material setup: updated5.1.1 / 5-1 new: 3

rd item “… each area

contaminated with biological …” in list of partsto be decontaminated5.1.1 / 5-1 removed: “Roche recommends …”5.2.1 / 5-3 new: note: “wipe sample probe ..:”5.3.2 / 5-4 new: “dispose of useddecontamination materials …”6.2.10 new: Status LEDs6.4 new: Deleting Data7.1 new: clinical significane (Li new, others fromcobas b cobas b cobas b cobas b cobas b 221 system)8 removed: correlation worksheet

Revisions Continued…

Publication Date Revision purposeReference Number

Page 6: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for UseUS-4

Warranty

Roche Diagnostics warrants the instrument (except for consumable items and lamps) against defectsin materials and workmanship for a period of one year. Roche Diagnostics, at its option, will eitherreplace or repair free of charge on an f.o.b Indianapolis, Indiana basis, all parts proven to be defectiveand subject to such warranty.

Field-installed options and used equipment carry a ninety (90) day parts and labor warranty. Anycomponent part(s) and labor necessary to complete a repair are guaranteed for thirty (30) days. Thiswarranty does not apply to an instrument not installed by a Roche Diagnostics representative (or anauthorized agent of Roche Diagnostics) and/or not used according to instructions or damaged byaccident, alteration, misuse, tampering and/or abuse.

We warrant that the services provided under a Roche Diagnostics warranty will be free from defects ofworkmanship for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of service.

WE HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULARPURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE INSTRUMENT, PARTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED,EXCEPT THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE. WE ARE NOT LIABLE FOR ANYINCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUTNOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES, LOSS OF THE USE OF THE CAPITAL,COST OF SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES OR SERVICES AND DOWN-TIME COSTS,RESULTING FROM OR ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE, DELAY INPERFORMANCE OR NONPERFORMANCE OF ANY TERMS OR CONDITIONS OF A ROCHEDIAGNOSTICS WARRANTY OR SERVICE AGREEMENT OR FROM THE USE OR MISUSE OFTHE INSTRUMENT (OR ANY SUBSTITUTE THEREFORE) OR ANY MATERIAL ORWORKMANSHIP DELIVERED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED, KNEWOR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. YOUR EXCLUSIVEREMEDY UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY WILL BE RE-PERFORMANCE OF ANYSERVICE WHICH PROVES TO BE DEFECTIVE.

Service and the Roche Technical Support Center

Roche Diagnostics provides 24-hour, 7-day-a-week emergency telephone assistance. In addition, on-site service is provided in a timely manner. Call the following number to reach the Roche TechnicalSupport Center:

1-800-526-2272

During normal working hours the Roche Technical Support Center answers all calls pertaining toRoche Diagnostics products. If Technical Support cannot resolve a problem by phone, a RocheDiagnostics representative is dispatched in accordance with the service contract.

During other than normal working hours and on holidays, the Roche Technical Support Center isresponsible for handling customer emergency problems. This is accomplished with the use of ananswering service and paging system. As during normal hours, if Technical Support cannot resolve aparticular problem, a Roche Diagnostics representative is dispatched.

Refer questions relating to service policy to your local Roche Diagnostics representative at1-800-845-7355.

US.1 General Information

Page 7: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

US-5Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for Use

If it becomes necessary to consult the Roche Technical Support Center in order to troubleshoot achemistry or instrument problem, please be prepared with the following information:

for a chemistry problem:

• account number• software version (found on the INSTRUMENT INFO screen)• assay(s) affected• description of the problem• catalog and lot numbers of reagents, calibrators and controls in use• calibration results from the last few calibrations performed• control material results• patient results (with correlation results, if relevant).

for an instrument problem:

• account number• software version (found on the INSTRUMENT INFO screen)• instrument serial number (found on the INSTRUMENT INFO screen)• description of the problem including relevant alarm(s)• other instrument or maintenance related information.

Having this information available assists in rapid resolution. It is helpful if the caller is conversantwith the problem, preferably the primary trained operator or the designated key operator.

In some cases, the Technical Support Center may ask that you return product to us so that we can testit in our laboratory. For these times, we will ask that you not discard the reagent or part in questionand save it until you have contacted the Roche Technical Support Center. Roche may also ask you toretain the reagent or part for an extended period of time during the investigation of a complaint. Inaddition, to also assist us in troubleshooting with you, we ask that you keep some of our assayedcontrols on hand. If you do not have these and are using other manufacturer’s materials, we willexperience a delay in resolving your concern as we wait for your control material order to arrive.

Contacting Service Representatives

In order for us to comply with federal record keeping requirements, if you need to contact your RocheDiagnostics service representative, call the Roche Technical Support Center at 1-800-526-2272. They,in turn, will notify your representative to contact you.

Customer Training

Training for the Roche 9180 analyzer is provided by Roche Diagnostics. Contact your local Rocherepresentative for any questions or information on Roche 9180 analyzer training.

Test Specific Information

Information specific to a particular assay can be found in the package insert.

Ordering Information

Replacement parts, consumable materials, reagents, calibrators and controls should be ordered asnecessary from Roche Diagnostics. When ordering, please use the Roche Diagnostics catalog numberand reference name for each item. To place an order, contact Roche Diagnostics Customer Service atthe following number:

1-800-428-5076

US.1 General Information

Page 8: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for UseUS-6

Customer Communications

As the need arises, you will receive various customer communications concerning information aboutyour Roche 9180 System. These updates are usually in one of the following forms:

• Customer Bulletins – Customer Bulletins are printed on special Roche Diagnostics letterheadwith a denoting Analyzer, Software or Reagent banner. They contain information that is vitalbecause it directly affects the performance of your system and/or reagents. Communicate bulletininformation internally to all analyzer operators. File bulletins for reference until you are notifiedby Roche Diagnostics to discard them.

• Urgent Product Recall – Urgent Product Recalls are printed on Roche Diagnostics letterheadwith the words Urgent Product Recall printed at the top. These require immediate attention bythe operator and are to be filed for reference until further notice.

• Customer Bulletin Index – This is an index of current bulletins that you should have on file. Ifyou find that you are missing any bulletin, call the Roche Technical Support Center at1-800-526-2272.

• Customer Letter – Customer Letters are printed on special Roche Diagnostics letterhead andcontain general information or attachments that you may remove and place in your files. Youmay discard Customer Letters after reading them and following any applicable instructionscontained in them.

• Product Announcement – Product Announcements (PA) are printed on special RocheDiagnostics letterhead titled PA and usually announce product launches. They contain specificdetails about a new product such as features and benefits, kit configuration and pricing. PAs mayor may not be discarded depending on your laboratory’s preference.

Customer communications can also be viewed on the internet.Go to http://www.MYLABONLINE.com and select Documentation.

CLIA/CLSI Guidelines

Roche Diagnostics documentation, which includes: this operator’s manual, reagent package insertsand active customer bulletins, conforms with the guidelines in effect at the time of publication listed inthe Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (formerlyNCCLS) General Laboratory Practices and Safety Guidelines. Roche Diagnostics documentation alsomeets the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly HCFA) interpretation of therequirements for the Clinical Laboratories Improvement Act (CLIA ’88). Customizable test proceduresin a NCCLS-approved format are available on the internet. Go to http://www.MYLABONLINE.comand select Documentation > Point of Care > Blood Gas > Test Information.

Technical Publications Hotline

The Technical Publications departments are responsible for most of the written documentation youreceive from Roche Diagnostics. This includes: manuals, training material and customercommunications. To reach the Technical Publications group, call the following number and leave amessage with your request. We will get back to you, or fill your request, as soon as possible.

[email protected]

1-800-845-7355, mailbox 26699

US.1 General Information

Page 9: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

US-7Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for Use

To Change Addresses or Contact Names

To change your mailing address or the contact name for your account leave a voice message or sendthe information electronically either through electronic mail or through the MyLabOnline website.Please provide your name and account number in your message. Your account number is provided toyou by a Roche Diagnostics representative when your analyzer is installed.

• Computer access: http://www.mylabonline.com, access Customer Support, then click onContact Change

• To email, use: [email protected]• To leave a message, call: 1-800-845-7355, mailbox 26699

US.2 Technical Publications and RD Documentation

Page 10: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Roche 9180 Analyzer Instructions for UseUS-8

End US Supplement

Page 11: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Roche Diagnostics GmbHD-68298 Mannheim / Germany

www.roche.com

Copyright © 2007 Roche Diagnostics GmbH, all rights reserved

The contents of this document may not be reproduced in any form or communicated to any third party without the prior writ-ten consent of Roche Diagnostics. While every effort is made to ensure its correctness, Roche Diagnostics assumes no respon-sibility for errors or omissions which may appear in this document. Subject to change without notice.

ROCHE MICROSAMPLER, SNAPPAK, ISETROL are trademarks of Roche.

REF/No. 0 4381092001Rev. 4.0, April 2007

First edition: April 1996

Page 12: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

– Important information! – Always follow! –

These Instructions for Use contain vital warning and safety information.

This instrument is intended to be used only for the specialized purpose described in the instructions. Themost important prerequisites for use, operation, and safety are explained to ensure smooth operation. Nowarranty or liability claims will be covered if the instrument is used in ways other than those described or ifthe necessary prerequisites and safety measures are not observed.

The instrument may be operated only by persons whose qualifications enable them to comply with the safetymeasures that are necessary during operation of the instrument.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessarymouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, aface mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suitable disinfection and sterilization procedures must beapplied.

Adjustments and maintenance performed with removed covers and connected power may be attempted onlyby a qualified technician who is aware of the associated dangers.

Instrument repairs are to be performed only by the manufacturer or qualified service personnel.

Only accessories and supplies either delivered by or approved by Roche are to be used with the instrument.These items are manufactured especially for use with this instrument and meet the highest quality require-ments.

Operation of the instrument with solutions whose composition is not consistent with that of the originalsolutions can negatively affect, above all, the long term measurement accuracy. Deviations in the compositionof the solutions can also decrease the service life of the electrodes.

The quality control requirements must be completed at least once daily for safety reasons. Since the measure-ments of the instrument depend not only on the correct characteristic function, but also on a series of mar-ginal conditions (e.g. pre-analysis), results obtained from the instrument should be submitted for an expertopinion before taking additional measures based on the supplied measurements.

Explanation:

Meaning: «Caution (refer to accompanying documents). Please refer to safety-relatednotes in the manual accompanying this instrument».

– Important information! – Always follow! –

Page 13: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

– Operating safety information –

The instrument has been constructed and tested according to the following European Stan-dards:

• IEC/EN 61010-1:2001• IEC/EN 61010-2-101:2002• IEC/EN 61010-2-081:2002 + A1:2003

It was delivered from the factory in flawless condition with regards to safety features. In orderto preserve this condition and ensure safe operation, the user must observe the notices andwarnings that are contained in these Instructions for Use.

• This instrument is classified under the protection class I according to IEC 1010-1 / EN 61010-1.

• The instrument meets the conditions for overvoltage category II.

• The instrument meets the conditions for contamination level 2.

• Do not operate the instrument in an explosive environment or in the vicinity of explosiveanesthetic mixtures containing oxygen or nitrous oxide.

• If objects or liquids enter the internal areas of the instrument, remove the instrument fromits power supply and allow an expert to check it thoroughly before using it again.

• The instrument is suitable for long-term operation indoors.

CAUTION:

• The power cord must be plugged into a grounded power receptacle. When using an exten-sion cord, make sure it is properly grounded.

• Any rupture of the ground lead inside or outside the instrument or a loose ground connec-tion may result in hazardous operating conditions for the operating personnel. Intentionaldisconnection of the grounding is not permitted.

• The instrument is not suitable for operation with a direct current power supply.Use only the original mains plug delivered with the instrument.

– Operating safety information –

Page 14: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Page 15: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Contents — Instructions for Use

Contents — Instructions for Use

1 Introduction1.1 General notes ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-2

1.2 Measurement and calibration procedures ………………………………………………………. 1-5

1.3 Measurement evaluation …………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5

1.4 Important safety instructions …………………………………………………………………………… 1-6

1.5 System description …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-7

1.6 Installation ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-12

1.7 Shutdown ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-26

1.8 Standby mode …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-30

2 Specifications2.1 Performance parameters …………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1

2.2 Linearity ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-5

2.3 Interferences …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-6

2.4 Limitations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-7

2.5 Relationship of ionized calcium to total calcium …………………………………………….. 2-7

2.6 Bibliography ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-8

2.7 Sample throughput …………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-9

2.8 Sample volumes ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-9

2.9 Sample types …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-9

2.10Calibrations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-9

2.11Environmental parameters ……………………………………………………………………………… 2-10

2.12Product data ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-14

2.13Printer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-14

2.14Display …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-14

3 Measurement3.1 Preanalytics ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-1

3.2 Limitations of clinical analysis …………………………………………………………………………. 3-3

3.3 Measuring procedure ………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-4

3.4 Normal ranges ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-8

3.5 Correlation factors ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-8

3.6 Additional settings ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-10

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1

Page 16: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

Contents — Instructions for Use

4 Quality control4.1 General QC concept …………………………………………………………………………………………..4-1

4.2 Material setup ……………………………………………………………………………………………………4-2

4.3 Performing a QC measurement …………………………………………………………………………4-4

4.4 Printing a QC report …………………………………………………………………………………………..4-5

5 Maintenance5.1 Decontamination ……………………………………………………………………………………………….5-1

5.2 Daily maintenance ……………………………………………………………………………………………..5-2

5.3 Weekly maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………….5-4

5.4 Monthly maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………..5-5

5.5 Semi annual maintenance …………………………………………………………………………………5-8

5.6 Annual maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………….5-9

5.7 Unscheduled maintenance …………………………………………………………………………….. 5-10

6 Troubleshooting6.1 Error messages …………………………………………………………………………………………………..6-1

6.2 Service functions ……………………………………………………………………………………………….6-7

6.3 Service codes …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 6-11

6.4 Deleting data ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-13

7 Theoretical foundations7.1 Clinical significance …………………………………………………………………………………………..7-1

7.2 Principles of Operation ………………………………………………………………………………………7-7

7.3 Electrode specifications …………………………………………………………………………………. 7-10

7.4 Calibration procedure …………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-16

8 Appendix8.1 Description of reports ………………………………………………………………………………………..8-1

8.2 Specifications of the solutions ………………………………………………………………………….8-3

8.3 Specification of the QC solutions ………………………………………………………………………8-7

8.4 Declaration of conformity ………………………………………………………………………………. 8-10

8.5 Program flow chart …………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-13

8.6 Maintenance schedule …………………………………………………………………………………… 8-14

9 Index

2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 17: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1 Introduction

1.1 General notes ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-2

1.1.1 Symbols………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-2

Used in the Instructions for Use ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-4

1.2 Measurement and calibration procedures ………………………………………………………. 1-5

1.2.1 Measurement procedure…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-5

1.2.2 Calibration procedure………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-5

1.3 Measurement evaluation …………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5

1.4 Important safety instructions …………………………………………………………………………… 1-6

1.4.1 Sample collection and handling ………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-6

1.4.2 Disposal of SnapPak, electrodes, and instrument ………………………………………………………………….1-6

Disposal of the reference electrode …………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-6

1.4.3 Handling electrodes …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-6

1.5 System description …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-7

1.5.1 Analyzer components ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-7

Display …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-8Keypad ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1-8Printer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-8Measuring chamber ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-9Peristaltic pump …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1-9Sample probe mechanism …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1-9Valves ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-10SnapPak …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-10Rear panel …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-11Serial port ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-11

1.6 Installation ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-12

1.6.1 Location ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-12

Accessories ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-13

1.6.2 Setting up …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-13

1.6.3 Electrodes and measurement chamber ………………………………………………………………………………… 1-14

1.6.4 Preparing the Analyzer for Operation……………………………………………………………………………………. 1-18

1. Selecting language ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-182. Start-up …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-183. Setting date and time …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-194. Installing the SnapPak ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-205. Installing the printer paper ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-206. Daily Maintenance (manual) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-22

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-I

Page 18: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

7. Selecting parameter configuration …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-24

1.7 Shutdown ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-261. Installing shutdown plug ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-262. Installing the transport housing ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-273. Washing the lines ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-274. Removing the electrodes and the shutdown plug …………………………………………………………………………. 1-285. Installing the relief clamps and removing the pump windings ……………………………………………………. 1-286. Turning the analyzer «off» ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-29

1.8 Standby mode …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-30

1-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 19: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1 Introduction

The 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is a powerful tool designed to quickly, accurately and effi-ciently conduct basic electrolyte testing in the convenience of the laboratory.

This manual will help guide through setting up the analyzer and analyzing samples. As the user become familiar with the operation of the unit, the manual may be used as a reference for day-to-day routines and as a guide for maintenance and troubleshooting.

Fig. 1-1

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-1

Page 20: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.1 General notes

1.1.1 Symbols

This product fulfills the requirements of the directive 98/79/EC on in vitro diagnostic medical devices.

Lot number

Electrodes: This date indicates the limit of the maximum storage time of an electrode. The electrode must be used in the instrument no later than the imprinted date.If the installation takes place on the imprinted date, it still falls within the specifications. The calculation of the “Install before” date is based on the production date of the electrode.

Consumables: use by… (expiry date)The consumables must be completely consumed by the indicated date.If a day is not indicated, apply the last day of the respective month.

Storage noteThe conditions necessary to preserve the product’s shelf life before opening.

For in vitro diagnostic use

„Grüner Punkt“ (Germany)

Manufacturer—according to In Vitro Diagnostic guidelines 98/79/EC

1-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 21: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Danger symbol: T: Toxic (on the packaging of the reference electrode)

Rating: Inhalation, swallowing or skin contact with even small quantities can lead to serious health risks, including fatal risks. Characteristics of this type of item are severe, possibly irreversible damage to health through repeated or prolonged contact, particularly with carcinogenic, genetic or reproductive (danger to reproductive capabilities) effects.

Caution: Avoid any contact with the human body. If you feel unwell, con-tact a doctor immediately. Any substances with carcinogenic, genetic or reproductive dangers are indicated appropriately. Always observe the reg-ulations when handling such substances.

Danger symbol: N: Dangerous to the environment (on the packaging of the reference electrode)

Rating: If released into aquatic and non aquatic environments, can cause immediate or delayed damage to ecosystems through a change in environ-mental conditions.These substances or their by-products can cause substantial damage to sen-sitive environmental areas.

Caution: Depending on the potential for damage, do not allow the sub-stance to enter sewers, soils or the environment. Observe the specific dis-posal regulations.

Danger symbol: Xi: Irritant

Rating: Although not corrosive, momentary, longer-lasting, or repeated contact with skin or mucous membrane may result in inflammation. Dan-ger of sensitization during contact with skin (when classified with R 43).

Caution: Avoid contact with eyes and skin, do not inhale vapors.

Store upright

Risk of infection! (according to the standard DIN EN 61010-2-101:2002)(Instrument)

Risk of infection! (according to the standard DIN ISO 15223-1:2005)(Consumables)

Reference and/or ordering number

T:R23/33/50-53

N:S45/60/61/7

XI: R36/37/38, S 26-37

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-3

Page 22: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

IMPORTANT: read and follow Instructions for Use!

Please read and follow the information on the packaging insert / instructions for use.

Serial number (model plate)

Do not use content if the packaging is damaged

Protective gloves, protective goggles and suitable protective clothing must be worn

Used in the Instructions for Use

Sections marked with this symbol (see Instructions for Use) contain information that must be observed to avoid potential injuries (to patients, users and third par-ties).

Risk of infection!

All sections / passages that are marked with this symbol describe procedures and/or indicate conditions or dangers that could damage or lead to a malfunction in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, and therefore should never be attempted.

TIP: All sections / text locations marked with «TIP» describe safe procedures that are intend-ed to provide the user with additional help.

1-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 23: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.2 Measurement and calibration procedures

1.2.1 Measurement procedureThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer methodology is based on the ion selective electrode (ISE) measurement to determine the measurement values (see chapter 7, section «The measure-ment principle»).

There are six different electrodes used in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer: sodium, potassium, chloride, ionized calcium, lithium and a reference electrode. Each electrode has an ion-selective membrane that undergoes a specific reaction with the corresponding ions con-tained in the sample being analyzed. The membrane is an ion exchanger, reacting to the elec-trical charge of the ion causing a change in the membrane potential, or measuring voltage, which is built up in the film between the sample and the membrane.

A galvanic measuring chain within the electrode determines the difference between the two potential values on either side of the membrane. The galvanic chain is closed through the sample on one side by the reference electrode, reference electrolyte and the «open terminal». The membrane, inner electrolyte and inner electrode close the other side.

A difference in ion concentrations between the inner electrolyte and the sample causes an electro-chemical potential to form across the membrane of the active electrode. The poten-tial is conducted by a highly conductive, inner electrode to an amplifier. The reference elec-trode is connected to ground as well as to the amplifier.

The ion concentration in the sample is then determined by using a calibration curve deter-mined by measured points of standard solutions with precisely known ion concentrations.

1.2.2 Calibration procedureA 2-point or a 3-point calibration is performed automatically every 4 hours in [READY] mode and a 1-point calibration is automatically performed with every measurement.

An automatic calibration procedure is also performed shortly after power-on or reset. A cal-ibration cycle can also be initiated manually at times when no sample measurements are per-formed.

1.3 Measurement evaluationThe validity of the test results from the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer must be carefully exam-ined by a clinical-medical specialist who will take the patient’s clinical condition into con-sideration before any clinical decisions are reached based on the test results.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replacement of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alternating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

A quality control program for electrolytes includes the analysis of sample materials with known ranges of expected values and the comparison of these values with analyzer results. For further information, see chapter 4: «Quality control».

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-5

Page 24: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.4 Important safety instructionsFor your own safety and the proper operation of your equipment, always follow these pre-cautions when working with the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer:

• Keep the analyzer away from all sources of liquids such as sinks and wash basins.

Don’t use ammonia-based or alcohol-based cleaners, which can chemically react with plastic, on or around the analyzer.

• Always handle blood samples and collection devices with appropriate care.• Use approved protective gloves to avoid direct contact with sample.• Aseptic procedures are required when cleaning the sampling probe to avoid contamina-

tion.• Dispose of SnapPak according to local regulations.

1.4.1 Sample collection and handlingUniversal precautions must be observed when collecting blood specimens. It is recommend-ed that all blood specimens be handled as potentially infectious specimens capable of trans-mitting human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B virus (HBV), or other blood-borne pathogens. Proper blood collection technique must be followed in order to minimize risk to the laboratory staff.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective gog-gles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biolog-ical working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suit-able disinfection and sterilization procedures must be applied.

Please refer to NCCLS document M29-A2, «Protection of Laboratory Workers from Occupa-tionally Acquired Infections», Approved Guidelines — Second Edition 2001, for further infor-mation on safe handling of these specimens. For further information, see chapter 3: «Mea-surement».

1.4.2 Disposal of SnapPak, electrodes, and instrument

Dispose of used SnapPak, electrodes and the instrument according to applicable lab-oratory regulations (biologically contaminated–hazardous waste!)

Disposal of the reference electrode

This electrode contains mercury. Therefore dispose of it in accordance with applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

1.4.3 Handling electrodes• Store electrodes according to packaging instructions.• The shelf life of the electrodes is limited. • Please see electrode label and packaging for correct storage temperature and maximum

shelf life.

T:R23/33/50-53 N:S45/60/61/7

1-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 25: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.5 System description

1.5.1 Analyzer components

Fig. 1-2

Fig. 1-3

front cover

sample door

keypaddisplay

ISE SnapPakTM

measuring chamber

sample door

thermal printer

peristaltic pump

valves

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-7

Page 26: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Display

The analyzer communicates to the user through a dot matrix display. This two line, alpha-numeric read-out allows up to 16 characters per line, displaying the activities of the analyz-er, sample results and other programmed information.

Fig. 1-4

Keypad

The communication with the analyzer is performed through a keypad with YES and NO keys. With these keys, all analyzer functions, including: sample measurement, data input, pro-gramming and quality control testing can be performed.

Fig. 1-5

Printer

The thermal printer uses heat-sensitive paper to output information in 16 columns. The analyzer will print measured values, calibration values, electrode voltages, and amount of liquid remaining in the SnapPak as well as cleaning and maintenance information. The unit is configured to allow convenient storage of a second roll of paper in the paper tray.

Fig. 1-6

Na K Cl READY

1-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 27: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Measuring chamber

The measuring chamber consists of the movable left locking device that holds the electrodes in place, the electrodes, the right electrode holder with sample sensor connector, and the measuring chamber base.

Fig. 1-7

Peristaltic pump

A peristaltic pump transports all sample and operating fluids inside the instrument.

Fig. 1-8

Sample probe mechanism

The sample probe mechanism is located behind the sample door at the front of the unit.

Fig. 1-9

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-9

Page 28: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Valves

Valves control the movement of the liquid within the analyzer.

Fig. 1-10

SnapPak

The self-contained ISE SnapPak is constructed to ensure that waste cannot spill out of the package.

Fig. 1-11

1-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 29: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Rear panel

The rear panel of the unit contains a serial number plate, as well as the power switch/power receptacle module and an RS232 interface port.

Fig. 1-12

Serial port

The analyzer is equipped with a serial RS232 interface and allows data to be exchanged with commercially available computer systems. The analyzer can be connected to COMPACT 2/3 systems via the 9-pin DB-9 connector to output a common measurement report.

Measurement data is transferred after each measurement and calibration data is transferred after each calibration. The interface is always active, and data is sent independently of the printer setup.

Refer to COMPACT 2/3 Instructions for Use for details.

A higher leakage current can be expected when using the serial interface. This must be checked by suitably qualified personnel, depending on the local regulations.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-11

Page 30: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.6 Installation

1.6.1 LocationLocation is important for optimal operation of your analyzer. Before you begin setup, choose a site that is convenient for your sampling needs and meets the following physical requirements of the unit:

• Ambient temperature + 15°C to + 32°C• Avoid exposure to direct sunlight, vibration and strong electromagnetic fields (electric

motors, transformers, X-ray equipment, cellular phones, etc.).• Use a stable and level work surface.• Maximum relative humidity of 85 % (15 % — 85 %)• Ample room to allow air to circulate freely around the unit, see Fig. 1-13.• Avoid exposure to explosive gases or vapors.• Check for correct voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

Fig. 1-13

After setting up the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer in a location that meets the above require-ments, perform the following steps to ensure the instrument is ready for operation:

• Refer to the packing slip to check for the completeness of the shipment.• If the shipment is incomplete, please inform your Roche representative immediately.

If the instrument was damaged during shipment, immediately inform the company that made the delivery. Retain all packaging materials and products as this may be needed as evi-dence in the event of a damage claim.

Do not remove the analyzer from the shipping carton by pulling upward on the poly-styrene (styrofoam) packing materials. These packaging materials do not provide strength to support the analyzer.

340 mm

350 mm

330 mm

1-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 31: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Accessories

The following parts are delivered as standard equipment with the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer:

• Printer paper• Electrode Dummy• Quad Ring, 1.78×1.02 mm• Fuse set• Sample probe stylet• Syringe, 12 mL, with tapered tip• Quick Reference Guide

You also need a supply of lint-free tissues and disposable sample cups, which should be kept in a location convenient to the analyzer.

1.6.2 Setting upPrior to beginning the actual installation, it is recommended to completely read through this chapter to develop an understanding of the procedures that are required.

Begin by placing the analyzer on a secure table top that allows plenty of working space and is convenient to a power connection.

Open the analyzer main door. Locate and carefully remove the five red relief clamps. Save the clamps for reuse to prevent damaging the tubes, if the analyzer is later shut down for any reason.

TIP: Save the relief clamps for reuse to prevent damaging the tubes, if the analyzer is later shut down (see section «Shutdown»).

• Slip the two pump windings around the analyzer pump rollers, making sure not to over-stretch the tubing.

Fig. 1-14 Fig. 1-15

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-13

Page 32: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.6.3 Electrodes and measurement chamberThe next procedure involves preparing and installing the electrodes in the measurement chamber.

• Remove the reference housing and electrodes from their protective boxes and place them on a soft, clean surface. Check to make sure each electrode has an o-ring on the left side.

Fig. 1-16

• Unscrew the red transport housing from the reference electrode and check that the o-ring on the electrode is properly seated. Rinse, dry and save the transport housing for storage of the reference electrode in the event the analyzer is turned off or taken out of service for any reason.

Fig. 1-17

• Carefully screw the reference electrode into the reference electrode housing and place it with the other electrodes.

Fig. 1-18

red transport housing

reference electrodereference electrodehousing

1-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 33: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

• Slide the measurement chamber forward until it locks in the front position. • Unclamp the left electrode holder by moving the clamp forward.

• Locate the sample sensor cable and ensure that it is securely inserted in the receptacle above the measurement chamber. Check that an o-ring is present in the right electrode holder

Fig. 1-21

Now install the electrodes in the measurement chamber, beginning on the right and working to the left (the reference electrode will be installed last).

TIP: The electrode on the right may be one of the following: chloride, ionized calcium, lith-ium or a dummy electrode, if no third test is needed. If sodium and lithium are selected, the potassium electrode is replaced by a dummy electrode.

Fig. 1-19 Fig. 1-20

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-15

Page 34: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

• Check to make sure that the lettering on the electrode corresponds with the proper elec-trode station number on the tray. Also, note that all electrodes have a lip on the bottom that rests on the flat edge of the measurement chamber to aid in proper positioning.

Fig. 1-22

• After all electrodes have been installed, close the clamp on the left electrode holder by lifting it upward until it locks in the back position, and ensure that the electrodes are properly seated.

Fig. 1-23

• Slide the measurement chamber back until it snaps into position.

Fig. 1-24

1-16 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 35: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

• Plug the tubing connector of the reference housing assembly in the receptacle below the left side of the measurement chamber.

Fig. 1-25

Possible parameter configurations are the following:

Fig. 1-26 Parameter configurations

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

For details, see section «7. Selecting parameter configuration».

Electrode pos. Parameter configuration

Na+ Na+ Na+ Na+ Na+ Na+

K+ K+ K+ Dummy K+ Dummy

Cl- / Ca++ / Li+ Dummy Cl- Cl- Ca2+ Ca2+

Electrode pos. Parameter configuration

Na+ Na+ Na+ (Na+) Na+

K+ K+ Dummy Dummy Ca2+

Cl- / Ca++ / Li+ Li+ Li+ Li+ Li+

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-17

Page 36: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.6.4 Preparing the Analyzer for Operation

1. Selecting language

Before the analyzer is powered on, the language setting must be selected. The factory-set language is English.

• Remove the paper tray and use a pen to set the switch to the desired language position as indicated on the label.

TIP: If you decide to change the language after the unit is powered on, you must cycle the power to activate the new language.

2. Start-up

• Locate the power switch on the back of the unit and make sure that it is in the OFF (O) position.

• Plug the power cord into the power receptacle module on the back of the unit, then plug the cord into a grounded electrical outlet (100 — 240 V, 50/60 Hz).

Fig. 1-27

• Push the power switch to the ON (I) position. The unit will automatically begin to operate.

Fig. 1-28

1-18 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 37: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Now that the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is functioning, begin using the keypad interface to communicate with the instrument. Use the NO key to make changes, the YES key to accept the displayed values or information.

TIP: After start-up, date and time should be set and the printer paper inserted.

3. Setting date and time

The analyzer will display a default date and time and will allow the operator to input the correct date and time:

Date: 01-JAN-02 Time: 00:00

To enter the correct date and time:

• Press NO, until the actual day is displayed. To accept this value, press YES and the cursor will move to the month.

• By keeping the NO key depressed, the analyzer will automatically scroll through the numbers, first slowly, then faster.

• Press NO, until the actual month is displayed. To accept this value, press YES.• Press NO, until the actual year is displayed. To accept this value, press YES. Now, the

actual date will be displayed.• Follow the same procedure to enter the current time.• After entering the time, the analyzer will prompt [ok?]. Press YES if the date and time

entered are correct, or press NO to make a change.• After pressing YES at the last prompt, the analyzer will prompt: [STATUS:

NO SnapPak].

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-19

Page 38: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

4. Installing the SnapPak

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

• Record the installation date of the SnapPak on the label on the SnapPak.• Remove the protective strip and slide the SnapPak into position on the left side of the

analyzer. Save the protective strip for the case of a shutdown or disposal.

Once the protective strip is removed, be sure to keep the SnapPak upright to avoid spillage. Save the protective strip to use to close the nipples on the SnapPak prior to disposing.

• At the prompt [New SnapPak Installed?], press YES.• Again, at the prompt [Are you sure?], press YES.

5. Installing the printer paper

TIP: The printer paper is heat sensitive on one side only. Please make sure that you insert the paper roll correctly.

The thermal printer paper supplied by Roche Diagnostics contains an indicator strip to alert you when the paper roll should be changed. To change the roll:

• Place a new paper roll in the paper tray and thread it into the feeder slot.

Fig. 1-29 Fig. 1-30

1-20 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 39: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Fig. 1-31

• Press the paper feed button to completely feed the paper through the printer.

Fig. 1-32

TIP: By pressing the paper advance button once, the paper will automatically advance 10 lines.

Do not pull the paper out of the printer to avoid damage to the printer.

Now perform the initial Daily Maintenance.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-21

Page 40: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

6. Daily Maintenance (manual)

Prior to performing the first calibration or running the first sample, the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer needs to undergo a simple cleaning and conditioning procedure that helps ensure that the analyzer will perform properly. This procedure is called daily maintenance, because it must be performed each day the analyzer is used to conduct sampling.

The process involves cleaning and conditioning the sample path and electrodes, which pre-pares the 9180 analyzer for calibration. The bottles containing Cleaning Solution A and Electrolyte Conditioning Solution should be ready, along with a package of lint-free tissues that will be used to dry the probe.

Check expiration date on the bottles of the Cleaning Solution A and the Electrolyte Conditioning Solution.

In some cases, when the analyzer prompts you for an action and you do not respond within a set period of time, an alarm will sound and the unit will discontinue its cur-rent operation.

To start the daily maintenance:

• Press the NO key, until [DAILY MAINTENANCE?] is displayed, and YES to select. Select [Perform Daily Cleaning?] by pressing YES.

• Pour a small amount of Cleaning Solution A into a clean container.• At the prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample], lift the sample door and

the pump will begin to aspirate.

Fig. 1-33

1-22 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 41: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

• Hold the Cleaning Solution A under the probe, until [Wipe Probe/Close Sample Door] is displayed, and use a lint-free tissue to remove the cleaning solution from the probe. Close the sample door.

Fig. 1-34

• While the analyzer displays [Thank You!] and a brief countdown, pour a small amount of conditioning solution into a clean container.

• Answer the prompt [Perform Daily Conditioning?] by pressing YES.• At the prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample], lift the sample door and

the pump will begin to aspirate.

Fig. 1-35

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-23

Page 42: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

• Hold the Electrolyte Conditioning Solution under the probe, until [Wipe Probe/Close Sample Door], use a lint-free tissue to remove the conditioning solution from the probe. Close the sample door.

Fig. 1-36

• After the analyzer has displayed [Thank You!] and a brief countdown, the prompt [Remain in Daily Maintenance?] can be answered with NO, and an automatic cal-ibration will be started.

It is very important that the main door is closed during calibration, since it provides shielding from sources of electromagnetic interference.

Calibration is an automatic process. During this time, the analyzer is conducting measurement operations to ensure the accuracy of the instrument. Occasionally, additional time is required, and the analyzer displays an asterisk.

After finishing the calibration, the analyzer returns to [READY] and is now ready for QC.

7. Selecting parameter configuration

After completion of the daily maintenance procedure, the analyzer starts an automatic cal-ibration for sodium and potassium.

To select a different parameter configuration, interrupt the calibration by pressing NO.

• Continue pressing NO, until [OPERATOR FUNCTIONS?] is displayed. Press YES.• Press NO until the prompt [Select Parameter Configuration?] is displayed, see

Fig. 1-26. Press YES and the current configuration will be displayed. The default config-uration is the following:

Sel. Parameter:[Na][K][ ] ok?

• Press NO until the desired configuration is displayed. Press YES to accept this selection.

1-24 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 43: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

TIP: If [(Na)][ ][Li] is selected, only lithium is reported. Install the sodium electrode and calibrate for lithium.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

A quality control program for electrolytes includes the analysis of sample materials with known ranges of expected values and the comparison of these values with ana-lyzer results. For further information, see chapter 4: «Quality control».

The 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is now ready to operate.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-25

Page 44: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.7 ShutdownA complete shutdown of the analyzer may be indicated to prepare the analyzer for shipping or in case the analyzer is not being used for an extended period of time. For this procedure, you will need a special shutdown kit (not supplied with the analyzer).

Never attempt to turn the power off for an extended period of time without perform-ing a complete shutdown of the analyzer.In case the analyzer is not being used for several days only, it is not recommended to perform a complete shutdown, but to put the analyzer in Standby Mode.

To perform the shutdown, you will need the following items:

• One shutdown plug (supplied with shutdown kit).• Five solenoid relief clamps (supplied with analyzer and shutdown kit).• Two reference electrode transport housings (supplied with shutdown kit).• Two containers, one filled with at least 100 mL of water, the other one empty.• Protective strip for SnapPak (supplied with shutdown kit).

Starting at the [READY] display, do the following:

• Press NO until [OPERATOR FUNCTIONS?] is displayed. Press YES.• Select [Take out of Operation?] and press YES.• Confirm [Are you sure?] by pressing YES.

1. Installing shutdown plug

The analyzer prompts [Shut Down Plug & Water Installed?].

• Remove the SnapPak and push the protective strip firmly onto the SnapPak connector.• Fill one container of the shutdown kit about halfway with distilled water.• Insert the shutdown plug carefully into the SnapPak receptacle.• Place the blue marked line into the disposable container filled with distilled water.• Place the red marked line into the empty container.• Begin the tubing wash procedure by pressing YES.

Fig. 1-37

1-26 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 45: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

2. Installing the transport housing

The analyzer will prompt [Transport Ref Housing Installed?].

• Pull the electrode holder forward and remove the reference electrode assembly.• Carefully unscrew the reference electrode from the reference electrode housing.• Temporarily place the reference electrode on a clean, soft cloth. • Pour the remaining reference solution in the reference housing into a transport hous-

ing.• Carefully screw the reference electrode into the filled transport housing.• The second transport housing is screwed into the reference housing.• Place the reference housing back into the electrode holder and move the lever back-

wards, making sure all electrodes are seated properly. The electrode holder remains in the forward position.

• Press YES.

3. Washing the lines

The analyzer will take approximately one minute to flush all lines with water. Upon com-pletion, you will receive the prompt [Remove Water and Press YES].

• Remove the line with the blue mark from the distilled water and place it on a cloth.• Press YES. During this cycle, all lines are purged of distilled water.• Upon completion, [All Electrodes & Plug Removed?] will be displayed.

Fig. 1-40

Fig. 1-38 Fig. 1-39

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-27

Page 46: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

4. Removing the electrodes and the shutdown plug

• Remove the shutdown plug from the SnapPak receptacle.• Unplug the reference connector below the left side of the electrode holder.• Move the lever on the left side forward and remove all electrodes, placing them on a soft

cloth.• Move the lever back and push the empty electrode holder into its back position.• Unscrew the transport housing from the reference housing.• Empty the reference housing and place all electrodes into their protective boxes.• Press YES.

Fig. 1-41

5. Installing the relief clamps and removing the pump windings

The display will prompt [All 5 Relief Clamps Inserted?].

• Install the red relief clamps making sure that they are snapped securely into position.

• Press YES.

Fig. 1-42

1-28 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 47: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

Never insert the solenoid relief clamps with the SnapPak in place.

• The prompt [Pump Windings Relieved?] appears. • Grasp the front winding close to the pump roller and gently pull it off the roller.• Repeat the same procedure for the rear pump winding.

• Press YES. The prompt [Do You Wish to DELETE All Data?] will appear.• By pressing YES, all QC values and statistics will be deleted and the sample number is

reset to 0. QC and normal ranges as well as correlation factors, printer settings, date/time and SnapPak volume are reset to default. Also, all service codes are deactivated. A deletion of all data is recommended in case the analyzer is used by different labora-tory later on.

• Press NO to retain all data.See chapter 6.4.2: «Clearing all data».

6. Turning the analyzer «off»

• The prompt [Shutdown Complete Turn Power Off] will appear.• Turn the analyzer off.• Unplug the power cord from the receptacle.• Close the front door.• Clean all external surfaces of the analyzer as well as the areas accessible through the

main door and sample door (see chapter 5: «Maintenance», section «Clean sample probe and fill port»).

• Shutdown is complete.• Use the original packaging when transporting the analyzer.

Fig. 1-43

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 1-29

Page 48: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

1 Introduction

1.8 Standby modeThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is designed to calibrate automatically every four hours during normal operation. If sampling will be delayed for an extended period of time, such as eve-nings and weekends, you may place the analyzer into Standby mode to suspend automatic calibration.

TIP: The analyzer can be programmed to automatically enter Standby mode. For instruc-tions see chapter 6, section «Service codes».

To enter standby mode:

• Press NO until [OPERATOR FUNCTIONS?] appears. • Press YES, then NO, until [Go to Standby Mode?] appears.• Press YES.

The analyzer shows a Standby mode status on the display.

To exit from Standby mode:

• Press YES, [Leave Standby Mode?] will be displayed.• Press YES again.

Depending on the duration of the standby mode, an automatic calibration can be per-formed. After that, the analyzer returns to [READY].

1-30 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 49: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2 Specifications

2.1 Performance parameters …………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1

2.1.1 Measurement parameters…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..2-1

2.1.2 Reproducibility………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2-1

Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 1), n=80 ………………………………….2-2Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 2), n=80 ………………………………….2-2Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 3), n=80 ………………………………….2-2Material: RNA EQUIL Reduced Bovine Hemoglobin Solution (Level 2), n=80 …………………………………2-2Material: Aqueous Standard Solution (Level 1), n=80 …………………………………………………………………………2-3Material: Aqueous Standard Solution (Level 2), n=80 …………………………………………………………………………2-3Material: Pooled Human Serum, n=80 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………2-3Material: Acetate Dialysate Solution, n=80 …………………………………………………………………………………………….2-3Material: Bicarbonate Dialysate Solution, n=80 …………………………………………………………………………………….2-4Material: Urine, n=80 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….2-4

2.2 Linearity ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-5

2.2.1 Linearity in aqueous standard solutions…………………………………………………………………………………..2-5

2.2.2 Linearity in serum…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2-5

Correlation to flame …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….2-5Correlation to direct ISE — not flame-correlated …………………………………………………………………………………….2-6Correlation direct ISE — flame-correlated ………………………………………………………………………………………………..2-6Correlation to chloridometry ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..2-6

2.3 Interferences …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-6

2.4 Limitations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-7

2.5 Relationship of ionized calcium to total calcium …………………………………………….. 2-7

2.6 Bibliography ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-8

2.7 Sample throughput …………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-9

2.8 Sample volumes ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-9

2.9 Sample types …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-9

2.10Calibrations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-9

2.11Environmental parameters ……………………………………………………………………………… 2-10

2.11.1 Temperature / humidity / stability………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-10

Instrument …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-10Electrodes …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-10Solutions ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-11SnapPak …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-11Urine diluent …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-13QC material ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-13

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-I

Page 50: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.12Product data …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-14

2.12.1 Electrical data…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-14

2.12.2 Classification ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-14

2.12.3 Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-14

2.13Printer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-14

2.14Display ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-14

2-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 51: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2 Specifications

2.1 Performance parameters

2.1.1 Measurement parameters

B …… whole blood

S ……. serum or plasma

A …… dialysis solutions containing acetate

D …… dialysis solutions containing bicarbonate

Q …… aqueous QC material

U …… urine samples (dilution required, see chapter 3.3.4: «Urine samples»)

U* …. urine samples (second dilution required, see chapter 3.3.4: «Urine samples»)

2.1.2 ReproducibilityTypical Within-Run (Swr), Between-Day (Sdd) and Total (ST) Precision is determined from 2 runs per day with 2 replicates per run for 20 days on two 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers. Val-ues for sodium and potassium are average of all instruments, while values of chloride, ion-ized calcium and lithium are determined from the measurement of two of each respective unit configuration. All values are reported in mmol/L.

specified for: specified range:

Na+ B/S/A/D/Q 40 − 205 mmol/L

U 1 − 300 mmol/L

K+ B/S/Q 1.5 − 15 mmol/L

A/D 0.8 − 15 mmol/L

U 4.5 − 60 mmol/L

U* 60 − 120 mmol/L

Cl- B/S/A/D/Q 50 − 200 mmol/L

U 1 − 300 mmol/L

Ca2+ B/S/A/D/Q 0.2 − 5.0 mmol/L

Li+ B/S/Q 0.1 − 6.0 mmol/L

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-1

Page 52: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 1), n=80

Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 2), n=80

Material: ISETROL Protein Based Aqueous Control Material (Level 3), n=80

Material: RNA EQUIL Reduced Bovine Hemoglobin Solution (Level 2), n=80

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 114.6 0.48 0.42 0.76 0.66 0.89 0.78

Potassium 2.82 0.025 0.87 0.035 1.24 0.041 1.44

Chloride 76.7 0.29 0.38 0.52 0.67 0.72 0.94

ionized Calcium 2.07 0.015 0.72 0.024 1.18 0.034 1.66

Lithium 0.40 0.010 2.40 0.018 4.57 0.026 6.41

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 141.2 0.40 0.28 0.30 0.21 0.46 0.33

Potassium 4.35 0.024 0.55 0.023 0.53 0.036 0.82

Chloride 102.4 0.18 0.18 0.20 0.20 0.32 0.31

ionized Calcium 1.35 0.016 1.21 0.021 1.55 0.042 3.10

Lithium 1.04 0.012 1.19 0.035 3.36 0.045 4.31

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 158.8 0.51 0.32 0.76 0.48 0.90 0.56

Potassium 5.74 0.027 0.48 0.026 0.45 0.036 0.62

Chloride 123.2 0.36 0.29 0.89 0.72 1.17 0.95

ionized Calcium 0.63 0.010 1.52 0.007 1.07 0.014 2.29

Lithium 2.59 0.025 0.97 0.063 2.44 0.082 3.18

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 134.8 0.53 0.40 0.45 0.33 0.63 0.47

Potassium 4.89 0.039 0.79 0.021 0.42 0.043 0.88

Chloride 100.4 0.43 0.43 0.42 0.41 0.58 0.57

ionized Calcium 1.10 0.008 0.75 0.004 0.40 0.011 0.95

Lithium N/A

2-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 53: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Material: Aqueous Standard Solution (Level 1), n=80

Material: Aqueous Standard Solution (Level 2), n=80

Material: Pooled Human Serum, n=80

Material: Acetate Dialysate Solution, n=80

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 150.0 0.55 0.37 0.34 0.23 0.57 0.38

Potassium 4.97 0.022 0.44 0.018 0.36 0.029 0.57

Chloride 115.0 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.16 0.14

ionized Calcium 0.96 0.004 0.41 0.004 0.39 0.007 0.76

Lithium 0.30 0.004 1.27 0.005 1.60 0.008 2.48

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 113.2 0.51 0.45 0.96 0.85 1.07 0.95

Potassium 1.82 0.033 1.88 0.043 2.36 0.053 2.92

Chloride 82.9 0.27 0.33 0.67 0.80 0.87 1.05

ionized Calcium 2.43 0.014 0.56 0.032 1.33 0.043 1.76

Lithium 5.42 0.043 0.78 0.155 2.86 0.196 3.62

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 138.8 0.30 0.22 0.36 0.28 0.47 0.34

Potassium 4.49 0.034 0.75 0.041 0.92 0.051 1.13

Chloride 106.8 0.18 0.17 1.00 0.93 1.24 1.16

ionized Calcium 1.19 0.007 0.55 0.031 2.64 0.039 3.29

Lithium 0.17 0.011 6.19 0.015 8.40 0.023 13.28

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 86.1 0.85 0.98 1.81 2.10 1.78 2.07

Potassium 2.09 0.029 1.41 0.041 1.94 0.049 2.32

Chloride 107.8 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.40 0.37

ionized Calcium 1.77 0.020 1.13 0.092 5.20 0.115 6.50

Lithium N/A

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-3

Page 54: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Material: Bicarbonate Dialysate Solution, n=80

Material: Urine, n=80

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 135.2 0.45 0.33 0.59 0.44 0.72 0.54

Potassium 1.58 0.023 1.46 0.031 1.95 0.037 2.37

Chloride 107.3 0.37 0.35 0.63 0.59 0.86 0.80

ionized Calcium 1.68 0.012 0.72 0.016 0.96 0.027 1.63

Lithium N/A

Parameter Mean Swr (CV %) Sdd (CV %) ST (CV %)

Sodium 51.5 1.98 3.84 3.06 5.94 3.65 7.08

Potassium 48.4 0.65 1.34 0.97 2.00 1.11 2.29

Chloride 85.9 0.53 0.62 0.66 0.76 0.99 1.16

ionized Calcium N/A

Lithium N/A

2-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 55: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.2 Linearity

2.2.1 Linearity in aqueous standard solutionsAqueous linearity standards were gravimetrically prepared from N.I.S.T. traceable salts and measured on each of six 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers, two of each configuration: Na/K/Cl, Na/K/Ca and Na/K/Li.

2.2.2 Linearity in serumLinearity in serum was established with the analysis of two specimen sets in non-clinical tests: commercially prepared serum linearity standards for sodium, chloride and potassium with normal protein content, and a group of random patient serum samples. All samples were analyzed in pairs on each of two of 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers in each configuration: Na/K/Cl, Na/K/Ca and Na/K/Li, and in pairs on each of the following instrument types for comparison to various methods:

Direct ISE, not flame correlated 983 Na/K/Cl Analyzer(listed as 98X) 984 Na/K/Ca Analyzer

985 Na/K/Li Analyzer

Direct ISE, flame correlated 9130 Na/K/Cl Analyzer(listed as 91XX) 9140 Na/K/Ca Analyzer

Flame Absorbance Emission Spectroscopy IL 943 Flame Photometer

Chloridometry Labconco Digital Chloridometer

Correlation to flame

IL 943 Flame Photometer

Parameter Slope InterceptCorrelation Coefficient Sy·x Range [mmol/L] n

Sodium 0.99993 0.0128 0.99995 0.666 51 − 196 300

Potassium 0.99838 0.0119 0.99919 0.194 2.0 − 12.6 300

Chloride 0.97556 -0.1775 0.99994 0.674 56 − 194 100

ionized Calcium 1.01552 -0.0078 0.99980 0.037 0.4 − 3.3 100

Lithium 0.99850 0.0087 0.99985 0.038 0.3 − 5.3 100

Parameter Slope InterceptCorrelation Coefficient Sy·x Range [mmol/L] n

Sodium 0.9617 5.83 0.9908 2.04 104 − 178 50

Potassium 1.0249 0.015 0.9991 0.075 1.8 − 11.5 50

Lithium 0.9803 0.0011 0.9822 0.028 0.11 − 0.71 15

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-5

Page 56: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Correlation to direct ISE — not flame-correlated

98X Electrolyte Analyzers

Correlation direct ISE — flame-correlated

91XX Electrolyte Analyzers

Correlation to chloridometry

Labconco Digital Chloridometer

2.3 InterferencesSalicylate, in extremely high levels, is known to interfere with the chloride electrode and results in a positive bias of the chloride result. At therapeutic levels of salicylate concentra-tion, the influence on chloride is clinically insignificant.

The lithium electrode shows a slight sensitivity to the ionized calcium present in the sample and results in a negative bias of the lithium result. At normal physiological ionized calcium concentrations, the influence of ionized calcium is clinically insignificant.

Use only lithium-free sampling containers for the determination of lithium mea-surement values! If sample containers are used which contain lithium as an antico-agulant, this may lead to incorrect patient measurements, which may result in incorrect clinical decisions, possibly endangering the patient’s health.

Parameter Slope InterceptCorrelation Coefficient Sy·x Range [mmol/L] n

Sodium 0.9895 -6.35 0.9992 0.61 110 − 186 50

Potassium 1.0223 -0.25 0.9996 0.05 2.0 − 11.6 50

Chloride 0.9631 -1.01 0.9995 0.51 70 − 152 50

ionized Calcium 0.8898 0.107 0.9960 0.021 0.67 − 1.66 50

Lithium 0.9923 0.008 0.9985 0.010 0.11 − 0.71 15

Parameter Slope InterceptCorrelation Coefficient Sy·x Range [mmol/L] n

Sodium 0.9856 -2.02 0.9856 1.21 104 − 179 50

Potassium 0.9992 0.02 0.9994 0.05 1.9 − 11.8 50

Chloride 1.0026 -5.31 0.9989 0.73 70 − 152 50

ionized Calcium 1.0023 0.040 0.9954 0.022 0.62 − 1.54 50

Parameter Slope InterceptCorrelation Coefficient Sy·x Range [mmol/L] n

Chloride 1.0222 2.75 0.9923 2.03 66 − 145 50

2-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 57: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.4 LimitationsA number of substances have been reported to cause physiological changes in blood, serum and plasma analyte concentrations. A comprehensive discussion concerning these and other interfering substances, their blood, serum or plasma concentrations, and their possible physiological involvement is beyond the scope of this Instructions for Use. No significant effect on serum has been demonstrated from bromide, ammonium and iodide.

As with any clinical reaction, users must be alert to the possible effect on results due to unknown interference from medications or endogenous substances. All patient results must be evaluated by the laboratory and the physician in light of the total clinical status of the patient.

Opening and closing the fist with a tourniquet in place results in an increase in potassium levels by as much as 10 to 20 %. It is recommended that the blood sample is obtained with-out a tourniquet, or that the tourniquet be released after the needle has entered the vein and 2 minutes elapsed before the sample is withdrawn.

Since the concentration of potassium inside erythrocytes is much greater than that in extra cellular fluid, hemolysis should be avoided, and the serum should be separated from the cells as soon as possible after collection.

The lithium electrode response is dependent on the actual sodium concentration of the sam-ple.The 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer reports lithium in the range of 95 — 180 mmol/L (89.6 — 169.5 mmol/L for blood/serum) Na+.

2.5 Relationship of ionized calcium to total calciumThe ratio of ionized calcium to total calcium in a healthy population is around 0.50 or 50 % 1. These relationships may be altered when using citrate in blood, or when the acid-base metabolism is disturbed.

1. Tietz, Norbert W., Ed., Clinical Guide to Laboratory Tests, 2nd Ed., (Philadelphia: W.B.Saunders, Co., 1990) p.98-99, 118-119,

456-459, 510-511, 720-721.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-7

Page 58: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.6 Bibliography

Bishop ML, Duben-Engelkirk JL, Fody EP. Clinical Chemistry Principles Procedures Corre-lations, 2nd Ed., (Philadelphia: J.B.Lippincott Co.),1992,p.281.

Burritt MF, Pierides AM, Offord KP: Comparative studies of total and ionized serum calci-um values in normal subjects and in patients with renal disorders. Mayo Clinic Proc. 55:606, 1980.

Burtis C, Ashwood E (Eds.), Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, 2nd Ed., (Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, Co.,1994) pp.1354-1360,2180-2206.

Calbreath, Donald F., Clinical Chemistry A Fundamental Textbook, (Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co., 1992) pp.371, 376, 390-395.

Henry, R.J., Clinical Chemistry — Principles and Technics, (New York, Harper and Row, 1974)

Kost GJ.Arch.Path.Lab.Med., Vol.117, Sep.1993, p.890-95

National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. Protection of Laboratory Workers from Occupationally Acquired Infections, Second Edition; Approved Guidelines; NCCLS Document M29-A2, (2001).

National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. Additives for Blood Collection Devices: Heparin; Tentative Standard; NCCLS Document H24-T, (1988).

National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards. Evaluation of Precision Perfor-mance of Clinical Chemistry Devices, Second Edition; Tentative Guideline. NCCLS Docu-ment EP5-T2, (1992).

Rose, Burton David, Clinical Physiology of Acid-Base and Electrolyte Disorders, 4th Ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1993) pp. 346-348, 432, 797-798.

Schoeff, Larry E & Williams, Robert H. (Eds.) Principles of Laboratory Instruments, (St. Louis: Mosby Year Book Inc., 1993) pp. 150-157, 161-164.

Snyder John R., Senhauser Donald A, (Eds.), Administration and Supervision in Laboratory Medicine, 2nd Ed, (Philadelphia: J.B.Lippincott Co., 1989) pp.262-284.

Tietz, Norbert W.,Ed.,Clinical Guide to Laboratory Tests, 2nd Ed., (Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co., 1990), pp.98-99, 118-119, 456-459, 510-511, 720-721

Tietz, Norbert W.,Ed., Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, 2nd Ed., (Philadelphia: W.B. Saun-ders, Co.,1986), pp.1816, 1837, 1840-1842, 1845.

Toffaletti J, Gitelman JH, Savory J: Separation and quantification of serum constituents associated with calcium by gel filtration. Clin Chem 22: 1968-72, 1976.

2-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 59: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.7 Sample throughput45 per hour with printout

60 per hour without printout

2.8 Sample volumes95 μL typical

2.9 Sample typesWhole blood, serum, plasma, dialysis solutions containing acetate and bicarbonate, urine, QC material

2.10 Calibrations1-point calibration after each sample

2-point or 3-point calibration every 4 hours

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-9

Page 60: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.11 Environmental parameters

2.11.1 Temperature / humidity / stability

Instrument

Electrodes

Operating conditions:

Ambient temperature ……………………………………. 15 to 32 °C

Relative humidity …………………………………………. < 85 % (not condensing)

Storage and transportation conditions

Temperature ……………………………………………….. -20 to 40 °C

Humidity ……………………………………………………. < 85 % (not condensing)

Operating conditions:

Operating temperature ………………………………….. 15 to 33 °C

Relative humidity …………………………………………. 20 — 95 %, if T ≥ 15 to ≤ 31 °C 20 — 90 %, if T > 31 to ≤ 33 °C

Storage conditions in original package:

Temperature ……………………………………………….. 15 to 30 °C (dry)

Humidity ………………………………………………………………… 15 — 85 % (not condensing)

Transportation conditions in original packaging:

Temperature …………………………………………………………… -5 to 40 °C

Humidity ……………………………………………………. 15 — 85 % (not condensing)

2-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 61: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Solutions

SnapPak

Contains the following reagents:

Standard A

For calibration of sodium, potassium, ionized calcium and lithium in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

Standard B

For calibration of sodium, potassium, ionized calcium and lithium in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

Contents: 350 mL

Active ingredients: Na+ 150 mmol/L

K+ 5.0 mmol/L

Cl- 115 mmol/L

Ca2+ 0.9 mmol/L

Li+ 0.3 mmol/L

Additives: Germicides

Storage temperature: 15 — 30 °C

Stability: Expiration date and lot number are printed on each container label

On-board stability: 14 weeks

Contents: 85 mL

Active ingredients: Na+ 100 mmol/L

K+ 1.8 mmol/L

Cl- 72 mmol/L

Ca2+ 1.5 mmol/L

Li+ 0.3 mmol/L

Additives: Germicides

Storage temperature: 15 — 30 °C

Stability: Expiration date and lot number are printed on each container label

On-board stability: 14 weeks

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-11

Page 62: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Standard C

For calibration of sodium, potassium, ionized calcium and lithium in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

Reference Solution

A salt bridge for calibration and measurement in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

On-board stability refers to the SnapPak installed in the analyzer. The SnapPak has to be exchanged at the latest after 14 weeks.

Dispose of the SnapPak according to local regulations (hazardous waste!).

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

A waste container is provided with the SnapPak which, when used, holds human body fluids which may be potentially infectious; handle with appropriate care to avoid skin contact or ingestion.

Contents: 85 mL

Active ingredients: Na+ 150 mmol/L

K+ 5.0 mmol/L

Cl- 115 mmol/L

Ca2+ 0.9 mmol/L

Li+ 1.4 mmol/L

Additives: Germicides

Storage temperature: 15 — 30 °C

Stability: Expiration date and lot number are printed on each container label

On-board stability: 14 weeks

Contents: 85 mL

Active ingredients: Potassium chloride 1.2 mmol/L

Additives: Germicides

Storage temperature: 15 — 30 °C

Stability: Expiration date and lot number are printed on each container label

On-board stability: 14 weeks

2-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 63: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

Urine diluent

For use as a diluent for the measurement of urine samples in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

QC material

ISETROL Electrolyte Control

Storage conditions in original packaging

Transportation conditions in original packaging

Contents: Each dispensing bottle contains 500 mL of solution

Active ingredients: Sodium chloride 120 mmol/L

Additives: Germicides

Storage temperature: 5 — 30 °C

Stability: Expiration date and lot number are printed on each container label

Temperature ………………………. 15 to 30 °C

Temperature ………………………. 2 to 30 °C2 to 45 °C < 5 days

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 2-13

Page 64: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

2 Specifications

2.12 Product data

2.12.1 Electrical dataMains voltage range ………………… 100 to 240 VAC

Frequency ……………………………… 50/60 Hz

Required power ……………………… 50 W

Main fuse ……………………………… 1.6 A (slow blow) (2 pcs.)

2.12.2 ClassificationSafety Category ………………………. I

Overvoltage category ………………. II

Contamination level ……………….. 2

2.12.3 DimensionsHeight ………………………………….. 33.5 cm

Width …………………………………… 31.5 cm

Depth …………………………………… 29.5 cm

Weight …………………………………. < 6 kg

2.13 PrinterType …………………………………. thermal printer

Resolution …………………………. 16 characters / line

Printing speed ……………………. 4 mm / sec.

Paper width ……………………….. 38 mm

Paper length ………………………. about 30 m

2.14 DisplayType …………………………………. monochrome LCD

Resolution …………………………. 2 lines, 16 characters per line

2-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 65: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3 Measurement

3.1 Preanalytics ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-1

3.1.1 Sample collection …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-1

Safety …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-1Sample requirements ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-1Acceptable anticoagulants ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..3-1Sample collection containers ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-2

3.1.2 Sample handling…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..3-2

Whole blood …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-2Serum ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-2Plasma …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..3-2Aqueous solutions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-3Dialysate ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-3

3.2 Limitations of clinical analysis …………………………………………………………………………. 3-3

3.2.1 General …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..3-3

3.2.2 Electrolytes…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-3

3.3 Measuring procedure ………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-4

3.3.1 Sample measurement………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-4

3.3.2 Direct ISE ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-6

3.3.3 Dialysate samples…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-6

3.3.4 Urine samples ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….3-7

3.4 Normal ranges ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-8

3.5 Correlation factors ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-8

3.6 Additional settings ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-10

3.6.1 Printer settings ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-10

3.6.2 Interface settings………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-11

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-I

Page 66: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 67: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3 Measurement

3.1 Preanalytics

3.1.1 Sample collection

Safety

Follow the usual applicable safety precautions when drawing blood samples. When handling blood samples, there always exists the danger of transmission of HIV, hep-atitis B and C viruses or other pathogens transmissible by blood. Employ suitable blood sampling techniques in order to reduce risk to personnel.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk.

Please refer to NCCLS document M29-A2, «Protection of Laboratory Workers from Occupa-tionally Acquired Infections», Approved Guidelines — Second Edition 2001, for further infor-mation on safe handling of specimens.

Sample requirements

Only qualified personnel may perform the collection of blood needed for analytical purpos-es.

The puncture site may never be squeezed! Mixing the blood sample with tissue fluid may lead to the premature onset of clotting despite sufficient heparinization of the sample collection containers! Incorrect sample collection or the use of an unsuitable sample collection container may lead to errors and discrepancies in the measure-ment values.

See, for example, NCCLS document H11-A3, «Procedures for the collection of arte-rial blood specimens – Third Edition», Approved Standard, 1999, for detailed infor-mation about blood sampling, storage, and handling.

Acceptable anticoagulants

The only clot inhibitors that may be used for analyses in the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer are heparin salts. Other clot inhibitors, such as EDTA, citrate, oxalate, fluoride, and ammoni-um-based materials have significant influence on parameters and may not be used for this reason.

Use only lithium-free sampling containers for the determination of lithium mea-surement values! If sample containers are used which contain lithium as an antico-agulant, this may lead to incorrect patient measurements, which may result in incorrect clinical decisions, possibly endangering the patient’s health.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-1

Page 68: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

Sample collection containers

TIP: When possible, use the sample collection systems manufactured by Roche Diagnostics.

The 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer will accept samples directly from syringes, collection tubes, sample cups and, with the use of an adapter, from capillary tubes or the Roche MICROSAMPLER1.

Use only lithium-free sampling containers for the determination of lithium mea-surement values! If sample containers are used which contain lithium as an antico-agulant, this may lead to incorrect patient measurements, which may result in incorrect clinical decisions, possibly endangering the patient’s health.

Do not use sampling containers containing silicone!

3.1.2 Sample handlingFor ionized calcium values, anaerobic conditions must be followed for all sample types. Contact with ambient air will cause a loss of CO2 in the sample and the subsequent rise in pH will cause a reduction in ionized calcium.

Whole blood

Withdraw whole blood samples using heparinized syringes, capillaries, or the microsampler. Analyze the samples as soon as possible after sampling. Remove air bubbles from the sample collection container immediately after the sampling procedure. If brief storage is required, do not cool the sample as the erythrocytes could burst and release the intracellular potassi-um, creating an inaccurate potassium value in the sample.

Serum

After the appearance of spontaneous clotting, process the sample in a centrifuge to separate the cellular, solid components and the fibrin from the watery serum. Transfer the serum to a suitable sample container and seal.

If it is necessary to store the sample, close the sample container tightly and cool it to 4 — 8 °C. If a sample has been cooled, warm it to room temperature (15 — 33 °C) before anal-ysis.

Plasma

Plasma samples are obtained by centrifuging heparinized whole blood, during which the cel-lular components of the blood are removed from plasma.

Complete the analysis as quickly as possible.

If it is necessary to store the sample, close the sample container tightly and cool it to 4 — 8 °C. If a sample has been cooled, warm it to room temperature (15 — 33 °C) before analysis.

Plasma samples older than 1 hour must be re-centrifuged in order to remove fibrin clumps that may have formed.

1. is a trademark of Roche!

3-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 69: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

Each laboratory should determine the acceptability of its own blood collection syringes, capillaries and tubes and the serum or plasma separation products. Variations in these prod-ucts exist between manufacturers, and at times, from lot to lot.

Aqueous solutions

Aqueous samples, such as Standard A, have to be measured in the Standard Mode.

The Standard Mode ALWAYS reports direct ISE values and is not affected by corre-lation factors or the setting of QCC (see chapter 6.3: «Service codes»).

Dialysate

Either acetate or bicarbonate dialysate fluids may be analyzed. Dialysate samples can be stored longer than whole blood, though preferably capped and placed in the refrigerator. Prior to measurement, always bring the sample to room temperature.

If lithium is activated, the dialysate mode is not available.

3.2 Limitations of clinical analysisThe determined performance data can be influenced by known and unknown factors as described below.

3.2.1 GeneralThe literature lists various substances which may negatively impact upon the measurement result of the blood and plasma/serum sample material. A detailed discussion of these phe-nomena can be found at different places in the technical literature. With respect to the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, an attempt was made to identify or evaluate these possible influ-ences. But since it is not possible to check all medication or substances, the user should be immediately informed with abnormal deviations of the measurement results—as with every clinical analysis—and evaluate the complete picture of the patient or perform expanded measurements in his own laboratory, if necessary.

3.2.2 ElectrolytesIt is well-known, for example, that the potassium value of a patient can vary by up to 20 % from the normal state, simply because of the presence of a pressure bandage. Hence, taking a blood sample while a pressure bandage is present should be avoided. In general, a local hemolysis caused by pressure should be avoided prior to taking a blood sample.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-3

Page 70: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3.3 Measuring procedureQC measurements must be performed in their entirety (i.e., all three QC levels must be measured). Omitting QC measurements or ignoring QC measurement results may lead to incorrect patient measurements, which may result in incorrect clinical deci-sions, possibly endangering the patient’s health.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replacement of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alternating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

A quality control program for electrolytes includes the analysis of sample materials with known ranges of expected values and the comparison of these values with analyzer results.

3.3.1 Sample measurementThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer provides fast and easy operation. Whenever [READY] appears, the analyzer is ready to perform sample measurements.

It is very important that the main door is closed during sampling to provide shield-ing from sources of electromagnetic interference.

Urine samples require dilution, and must be analyzed in the urine mode. Instruc-tions for analyzing urine samples: see chapter 3.3.4: «Urine samples».

• Open the sample door. The prompt [Introduce Sample] will be displayed and the pump will start to aspirate.

Fig. 3-1

It is very important that the main door be closed during sampling to provide shield-ing from sources of electromagnetic interference.

3-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 71: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

• Hold the ampoule under the probe until [Wipe Probe Close Sample Door] is dis-played.

• Use a lint-free tissue to clean the probe, then close the sample door when prompted.

Fig. 3-2

It is very important that the sample probe is carefully cleaned each time following a sample introduction.

The analyzer will display [Thank You!] and a brief countdown will begin. At completion of analysis, the test results will be displayed and printed.

Values that are higher or lower than the programmed normal range will be indicated by an arrow pointing up or down.

If the Na+ result is above 180 mmol/L (above 169.5 mmol/L for blood/serum) or below 95 mmol/L (below 89.6 mmol/L for blood/serum), the Li+ value cannot be derived.

Fig. 3-3 Fig. 3-4

Na K Cl143.9 4.93 103.5

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL -HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: STANDARD

Sample No.28

Na=143.9 mmol/LK = 4.93 mmol/LCl=103.1 mmol/L

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-5

Page 72: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

If an additional sample report is desired or the automatic sample report is turned off, the results may be printed by following these steps:

• Press NO. • The prompt [PRINT FUNCTIONS?] appears.• Press YES.• The prompt [Print last Sample Report?] is displayed.• Press YES.• The measurement results will be displayed, and the report will print.• The analyzer returns to [READY].

3.3.2 Direct ISE• Press NO until [QC/STD/DIALYSATE URINE SAMPLE?] appears; press YES and then

NO, until [Standard Sample?] is displayed. Press YES to confirm.

The Standard Mode ALWAYS reports direct ISE values and is not affected by corre-lation factors or the setting of QCC (see chapter 6.3: «Service codes»).

3.3.3 Dialysate samplesDialysate samples are measured in the dialysate mode. In the default analyzer setting, the dialysate mode provides measurements identical to those performed in the standard mode. Separate correlation factors for bicarbonate and acetate permit optimization of absolute measurement, which may be necessary for certain dialysate compositions (see chapter 3: «Correlation factors»).

To enter the dialysate mode:

• Press NO, until [QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?] appears. Press YES.• Press NO, until [Bicarbonate Sample?] or [Acetate Sample?] appears.

If lithium is selected, the dialysate mode is not available.

Due to interfering substances inherent in some dialysate solutions, it may be necessary to establish correlation factors to obtain correct results.

3-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 73: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3.3.4 Urine samplesBefore measuring urine, accurately dilute the sample with Urine Diluent in the ratio of 1 part urine to 2 parts diluent (e.g., 1 mL urine and 2 mL urine diluent). Thoroughly mix the sample and analyze in the urine mode.

As soon as [READY] will be displayed, the analyzer is ready for measurements. Urine sam-ples, diluted with urine diluent, are analyzed in the urine mode. To enter this mode:

• Press NO, until [QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?] is displayed. Press YES.• Press NO, until [Urine Sample?] is displayed. Press YES and follow the instructions.• Upon completion of measurement, the analyzer will display and print the results.

Ca2+ and Li+ are not measured in urine.

If the result of the urine sample is given with ↑↑↑↑ the K+ value of the sample is higher than 60 mmol/L, and outside the measurement range of the analyzer. The measurement must be repeated using the following procedure:

• Record the Na+ value (as well as Cl-, if activated) of the first urine measurement.• Dilute the diluted urine (already diluted 1:2 with urine diluent) with distilled water in

the ratio of 1:1 (e.g., 1 mL of diluted urine and 1 mL distilled water).• Thoroughly mix the sample.• Run a second urine measurement with the twice-diluted urine sample.

• Ignore the Na+ value (and Cl-, if activated).

• Multiply the K+ value by 2 and record.

Fig. 3-5 Fig. 3-6 Fig. 3-7

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL -HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: URINE

Sample No.29

Na=263 mmol/LK = 18.3 mmol/LCl=118 mmol/L

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL -HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: URINE

Sample No.30

Na=142 mmol/LK =↑↑↑ mmol/LCl=156 mmol/L

Na K Cl 263 18.3 118

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-7

Page 74: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3.4 Normal rangesThe normal ranges can be adapted to the respective laboratory-specific requirements. Values that are higher or lower than the programmed normal range will be indicated by an arrow pointing up or down.

The correlation factors can be changed through the programming menu. Follow the instruc-tions for [PROGRAM INSTRUMENT?] in chapter 4.2 and enter the password.

• Press NO until [Program Normal Ranges?] is displayed. Press YES.• The analyzer will display the normal ranges of the current parameter configuration:

Na low =xxxNa high=xxx ok?

Normal ranges can be entered by pressing NO:• Press NO until the desired number is displayed, and press YES to advance to the next

position. Repeat this for all numbers of the normal range.• After entering the normal ranges, the new values will be displayed. Verify correctness of

the ranges:Na low =xxx

Na high=xxx ok?

TIP: If an incorrect number was entered inadvertently, press NO, and the analyzer allows the operator to retype the normal range.

• Press YES and the display will advance to the next parameter.

Repeat the above procedure for all parameters. After all activated parameters have been pro-grammed, the display prompts [Program Corr Factors?]. This allows programming the correlation factors.

3.5 Correlation factorsThe correlation factors allow to correlate the measurement results of the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer to other electrolyte analyzers. Activated correlation values are taken into consid-eration when sampling whole blood, serum, plasma and QC samples. They are not used for standard samples analyzed in the [QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE] mode. A separate set of correlation factors is available for dialysate and urine samples.

In case the QC samples were switched to report direct ISE values (Code QCC, see ‘Service Codes’), the values are NOT affected by correlation factors.

The measurement range as well as normal and QC ranges are ALWAYS checked against the DISPLAYED values. Therefore, you may have to adjust the QC and nor-mal ranges to your correlation factors.

The correlation factors can be changed through the programming menu. Follow the instruc-tions for [PROGRAM INSTRUMENT?] in chapter 4.2 and enter the password.

3-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 75: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

• Press NO, until [Program Corr. Factors?] is displayed.• Press YES, the analyzer prompts [Reset Correlat. Factor(Default)?].• Pressing YES deletes all current correlation factors. The analyzer will then advance to

the other correlation programming functions.Pressing NO shows the prompt [Input/Verify Corr Factors?] and allows the operator to input or to verify correlation factors for each parameter.Pressing YES to the prompt [Input/Verify Corr Factors?] will allow the opera-tor to change the correlation factors or to verify correlation factors already pro-grammed.

The current values will be displayed, such as:

Na(b) = +00.0

Na(m) = 1.000ok?

• If the Na+ intercept (b) and the slope (m) are correct, press YES.• To change these values, press NO.

The intercept and slope values may be adjusted by pressing NO to change the number, and by pressing YES to accept the number.The programmed factors are automatically applied to blood/serum and QC samples.

Follow the same procedure for the intercept (b) and slope (m) for K+, Cl-, Ca2+ and Li+.

Only activated parameters can be programmed.

If Na+/K+, Na+/K+/Cl-, or Na+/K+/Ca2+ are activated, a separate set of bicarbonate and acetate correlation factors can be programmed:

• At the prompt [Program Bicarb. Corr Factors?] and/or [Program Acetate Corr Factors?], press YES.

• Program these factors as described above.

The programmed factors are automatically applied to acetate and bicarbonate measure-ments.

A separate set of correlation factors is available for urine samples.

• At the prompt [Program Urine Corr Factors?], press YES.• Program the factors as described above.

Note that there are no urine correlation factors available for Ca2+ and Li+, since these parameters are not measured in urine mode.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-9

Page 76: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3.6 Additional settings

3.6.1 Printer settingsThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer allows easy programming of printer settings by the operator for printing automatic measurement and calibration reports.

With factory settings, a measurement report is printed automatically after each measure-ment, a calibration report is not printed automatically. These settings can be changed in the programming menu.

• Press NO, until [Program Instrument?] is displayed. Press YES.

For safety and security, the analyzer can only be programmed or have existing parameters changed by entering the correct password.

The analyzer prompts [Enter Code: AAA]. The code «KEY» has to be entered as follows:

• Press NO, until the character K appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the second position.• Press NO, until the character E appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the last position.• Press NO, until Y appears.

TIP: If the desired character was missed, keep pressing the NO key until the correct character appears.

• If the code was entered correctly, press the YES key.• Press NO, until [Program Printer Setup?] is displayed.• Press YES, until [Patient Report off?] is displayed.

— Press YES to deactivate the automatic measurement report. The programming advances to the settings for the calibration report.

— Press NO to automatically print a measurement report after each measurement.

• [Print two Patient Reports?] is displayed.- Press YES to print two measurement reports after each measurement.

— Press NO to print one measurement report after each measurement.

• [Automatic Cal Report?] is displayed.- Press YES to automatically print a calibration report after each calibration.

— Press NO to deactivate the automatic calibration report.

TIP: A copy of the last measurement report and the last calibration report as well as the QC report can be printed in the menu [PRINT FUNCTIONS?].

• The analyzer displays [Enter Comment Line?]. This setting allows the operator to enter a comment (one line up to 16 characters) which will be printed on each report.

• Press YES, [Enter Comment:] is displayed.• Press NO to select the desired letters A-Z or numbers 0-9 above the cursor.• Press YES to advance the cursor to the next character.

Repeat this procedure for all characters.

3-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 77: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3.6.2 Interface settingsThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer can be interfaced with a COMPACT 2 blood gas analyzer to combine ISE measurement results with pH and blood gas measurement results on one mea-surement report. For this, the optional Interface Kit is required.

If Ca2+ is activated on the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, a pH-corrected Ca2+ value will be cal-culated and printed on the combined measurement report.

• Press NO, until [Program Instrument?] is displayed. Press YES.

For safety and security, the analyzer can only be programmed or have existing parameters changed by entering the correct password.

The analyzer prompts [Enter Code: AAA]. The code «KEY» has to be entered as follows:

• Press NO, until the character K appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the second position.• Press NO, until the character E appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the last position.• Press NO, until Y appears.

TIP: If the desired character was missed, keep pressing the NO key until the correct character appears.

• If the code was entered correctly, press the YES key.• Press NO, until [Program Interface?] is displayed.• Press YES. The prompt [Activate Data Link?] is displayed.• Press YES, if the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is to be connected to a COMPACT 2.

Connect the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer with the COMPACT 2:

• Shut down both analyzers and remove the power cord.• Connect the interface filter provided in the interface kit to the interface of the 9180

Electrolyte Analyzer.• Connect one end of the cable to the interface filter, connect the other end to the COM2

interface of the COMPACT 2.

Perform settings on the COMPACT 2:

• In the menu of the COMPACT 2, change to the [Interface] menu and select [COM2].For details, see Instructions for Use of the COMPACT 2.

• Select the [9180] option.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 3-11

Page 78: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

3 Measurement

3-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 79: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4 Quality control

4.1 General QC concept …………………………………………………………………………………………. 4-1

4.2 Material setup …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4-2

4.3 Performing a QC measurement ……………………………………………………………………….. 4-4

4.4 Printing a QC report ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4-5

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 4-I

Page 80: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 81: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4 Quality control

QC measurements must be performed in their entirety (i.e., all three QC levels must be measured). Omitting QC measurements or ignoring QC measurement results may lead to incorrect patient measurements, which may result in incorrect clinical deci-sions, possibly endangering the patient’s health.

4.1 General QC conceptRoche Diagnostics always strives to ensure the highest quality standards for its products. This quality awareness is the result of a sense of responsibility toward the customer and the well-being of the patient.

Quality control is an important element of this claim. Roche offers an aqueous QC material called ISETROL that should be used to ensure that the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer provides measurements of high quality in order to protect patients.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on three levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replacement of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alternating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

A quality control program for electrolytes includes the analysis of sample materials with known ranges of expected values and the comparison of these values with analyzer results.

The following control material is recommended:

• ISETROL

The target values listed in the package insert sheet should be taken as 2 SD values (SD = standard deviation).

The QC measurement results within the target value range ± 2SD are acceptable.

If QC measurement results fall outside the target value range ± 3SD, the parameter must not be used for further measurements!

QC measurement results that are greater than the target value ± 2SD, but less than the target value ± 3SD, must be treated accordingly.

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 4-1

Page 82: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4.2 Material setup

TIP: Lot number, date of expiration, sample type and normal ranges from the text included in the recommended QC material.

The QC material must be defined prior to the QC measurement.

• Starting from the [READY] screen, press NO, until the prompt [PROGRAM INSTRU-MENT?] appears, and select with YES.

For safety and security, the analyzer can only be programmed or have existing parameters changed by entering the correct password.

The analyzer prompts [Enter Code: AAA]. The code «KEY» has to be entered as follows:

• Press NO, until the character K appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the second position.• Press NO, until the character E appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the last position.• Press NO, until Y appears.

TIP: If the desired character was missed, keep pressing the NO key until the correct character appears.

• If the code has been entered correctly, press YES. The analyzer is ready for program-ming and the display reads [Program QC Level 1 Ranges?].

TIP: If a wrong code is entered accidentally, the following display appears: [CODE ERROR! RETRY?]. Press YES, and the system returns to the prompt [Enter Code:]. To exit this menu, press NO.

If the pack of ISETROL electrolyte control is new, enter the lot number and the target ranges into the analyzer. Each level has its own lot number which can be found on the information sheet enclosed with the ISETROL pack.

The ISETROL electrolyte control is made specifically for use in the 9180 electrolyte analyzer. To ensure the accuracy of the analyzer, only ISETROL should be used for quality control.

• To enter the lot number, go to the display [Program QC Level 1 Ranges?] and press YES.

• The analyzer display reads [Current Lot:xxxx Change Lot #?]

TIP: When a lot number is entered for the first time, the analyzer shows a preset lot number which still has to be changed. If the current lot information does not have to be changed and only the programmed QC ranges need to be verified, press NO.

• Press YES, and the analyzer display reads [Print old Values and Statistics?]. • After you press YES, a log containing the following information is printed: mean value,

standard deviation (SD) and coefficient of variation (CV) of the saved data.• Press NO. The display [NEW LOT! Delete old Data?] appears.

4-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 83: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

If this function is selected, all statistical data saved for this QC lot will be deleted automatically.

• Press YES to display [Enter last 4 Dig of Lot: xxxx].• Enter the new lot number. Press NO until the desired number is displayed above the cur-

sor and move to the next digit with YES. Repeat this process for all 4 digits.• After entering the lot number, check the correctness of the entry and confirm with YES.

TIP: If an incorrect lot number is entered, press NO to return to the prompt [Enter last 4 Dig of Lot: xxxx].

The analyzer now shows the upper and lower ranges of the QC level parameters, e.g.:

• Press YES to display the next parameter range.• After all activated parameters have been programmed, the following display appears:

[Additional Parameters?]. This option can also be used to program the deacti-vated parameters.

• Programming of QC Level 1 is complete after all ranges have been displayed.

Repeat this process for QC Level 2 and QC Level 3.

After programming of QC Level 3 has been completed, the prompt [Program Normal Ranges?] is displayed. This programming function allows the normal ranges to be set indi-vidually. The analyzer uses these normal ranges to mark abnormal patient data, both on the display and on the printed log (see chapter 8.1.2: «QC report»).

Na low = 040

Na high = 205

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 4-3

Page 84: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4.3 Performing a QC measurementIn order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replacement of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alternating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

TIP: Up to 35 QC measurements can be stored per level. The values can be stored and the statistics be printed at any time.

ISETROL should be stored at 15 — 30 °C and brought to room temperature before use.

It is very important that the main door be closed during sampling, since it provides shielding from sources of electromagnetic interference.

• Starting from the [READY] screen, press NO until [QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAM-PLE?] appears.

• Press YES, [QC Level 1 Sample?] will be displayed. Press YES.

The prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample] will be displayed.

• Take a Level 1 ampoule from the ISETROL box and mix it carefully.• Gently tap the head of the ampoule with the fingernail to remove any liquid.• Carefully open the ampoule by breaking off the top.

Protect fingers by using gloves and tissue while breaking ampoule.

• Open the sample door: The prompt [Introduce Sample] appears.

TIP: Introduce the QC material directly from the ampoule!

• Hold the ampoule under the probe until [Wipe Probe/Close Sample Door] is displayed.

• Use a lint-free tissue to clean the probe, then close the sample door.

It is very important that the sample probe be carefully cleaned each time following a sample introduction.

• The instrument will display [QC Level 1 in progress] and a countdown will begin, during which the QC will be analyzed. Upon completion, the results will be briefly displayed, such as:

Na K ↓Cl

125.1 3.05 77.8

4-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 85: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

The 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer “flags” values that are above or below the pro-grammed target ranges by using an “up” or “down” arrow.

• The prompt [Store values in memory?] appears. • To save the values in memory, press YES. To reject the values, press NO.

If the values are rejected, the analyzer will return to the [QC Level 1 Sample?] dis-play, allowing to repeat the QC Level 1 measurement by pressing YES, or to skip to QC Level 2.

In case the value is outside the measurement range (↑↑↑↑, ↓↓↓↓ or ERR), it will automatically be rejected.

If the values have been saved, [Values Accepted!] will be displayed shortly, followed by the prompt [QC Level 2 Sample?].

For further QC measurements (Level 2 and Level 3), follow the outlined instructions for Level 1, being sure to use a Level 2 or Level 3 ISETROL.

TIP: To discontinue QC measurement, press the NO key, until [READY] is displayed.

At completion of QC Level 3 measurement, the analyzer prompts [Remain in QC/Std./Urine Sample?]. If measurements for all levels have been completed, press NO and the analyzer returns to the [READY] display.

TIP: Responding YES to the [Remain in QC/Std./Urine Sample?] prompt, the ana-lyzer returns to [QC Level 1 Sample?].

4.4 Printing a QC reportThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer will store in memory the last 35 QC measurement values for each of the three QC levels.

• To print a report of these values along with their mean, standard deviation (1 SD) and coefficient of variation (CV), press NO, until [PRINT FUNCTIONS?] appears, and press YES.

• Press NO twice, [Print QC Values and Statistics?] appears.• Press YES, the analyzer will print all QC values grouped by level.

After printing, the analyzer will return to [READY].

If correlation factors are changed or QC values switched to direct ISE, ALL values in memory are recalculated and printed per the new setting.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 4-5

Page 86: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

4 Quality control

4-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 87: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5 Maintenance

5.1 Decontamination ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5-1

5.1.1 Decontamination ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….5-1

Sample probe mechanism …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………5-1Surfaces of the instrument ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..5-1Recommended disinfectants …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….5-2

5.2 Daily maintenance ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 5-2

5.3 Weekly maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-4

5.3.1 Clean sample probe and fill port ……………………………………………………………………………………………….5-4

5.3.2 Cleaning analyzer surfaces…………………………………………………………………………………………………………5-4

5.4 Monthly maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………. 5-5

5.4.1 Cleaning the reference electrode housing ………………………………………………………………………………5-5

5.5 Semi annual maintenance ……………………………………………………………………………….. 5-8

5.5.1 Exchanging the pump tubing set ………………………………………………………………………………………………5-8

5.6 Annual maintenance ………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-9

5.6.1 Exchanging main tubing harness………………………………………………………………………………………………5-9

5.7 Unscheduled maintenance …………………………………………………………………………….. 5-10

5.7.1 Replacing electrodes………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-10

5.7.2 Checking reagent fluid level and changing the SnapPak………………………………………………….. 5-12

5.7.3 Replacing sample probe and fill port…………………………………………………………………………………….. 5-13

5.7.4 Replacing printer paper …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-14

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-I

Page 88: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 89: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5 Maintenance

After use, components of the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, including tubing, fill port, SnapPak etc., contain biological fluids and therefore represents a possible infectious risk.

Handle these components with care and according to regulations surrounding potentially infectious materials.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suitable disinfection and sterilization procedures must be applied.

5.1 Decontamination

5.1.1 DecontaminationThe purpose of this procedure is to minimize the risk of infections when replacing items that were in contact with blood.Perform these decontamination procedures regularly.

Never use alcohol based disinfectants!Never use disinfectant sprays.

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to decontaminate any part of the instrument before shutting it down and unplugging it from the power source.Before plugging the instrument back in and turning it on, always wait 15 minutes to allow the disinfectant to evaporate.

Regularly decontaminate the following parts of the instrument:

• Sample probe mechanism consisting of sample probe and fill port• Surfaces of the instrument• All areas which can become contaminated with biological liquids and therefore pose a

potential infection hazard

Sample probe mechanism

See “Clean sample probe and fill port” on page 5-4.

Surfaces of the instrument

See “Cleaning analyzer surfaces” on page 5-4.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-1

Page 90: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

Recommended disinfectants

Surfaces

Protein remover (Roche deproteinizer)

• Potential dangersDue to the alkaline and oxidizing character of this preparation, local irritation to the skin, eyes, and mucous membranes is possible.

• First Aid measuresAfter inhalation: breath fresh air, drink large amounts of waterAfter skin contact: wash with generous amounts of water, remove contaminated cloth-ing.After eye contact: rinse eyes with generous amounts of water, contact an eye doctorAfter drinking: drink large amounts of water, avoid vomiting, contact a doctor.

5.2 Daily maintenancePrior to running the first sample of the day, the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer needs to undergo a simple cleaning and conditioning procedure that helps ensure the unit will perform prop-erly. This procedure is called «daily maintenance» because it must be performed once each day the analyzer is used to conduct testing.

In case cleaning and/or conditioning has not been performed within the last 24 hours, the analyzer will automatically print on each sample report [Perform Dai-ly Maintenance!].

TIP: If fewer than 5 samples are analyzed each day, cleaning should be performed once a week instead of daily (see «Weekly maintenance»).

• Press the NO key, until [DAILY MAINTENANCE?] is displayed, and YES to select. Select [Perform Daily Cleaning?] by pressing YES.

• At the prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample], pour a small amount of Cleaning Solution A into a clean container. Lift the sample door and the pump will begin to aspirate.

• Hold the Cleaning Solution A under the probe until [Wipe Probe/Close Sample Door] is displayed, and use a lint-free tissue to remove the cleaning solution from the probe. Close the sample door.

5-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 91: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

• While the analyzer displays [Thank You!] and a brief countdown, pour a small amount of conditioning solution into a clean container.

• At the prompt [Perform Daily Conditioning?], press YES.• At the prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample], lift the sample door and

the pump will begin to aspirate.• Hold the conditioning solution under the probe until [Wipe Probe/Close Sample

Door] is displayed, use a lint-free tissue to remove the conditioning solution from the probe. Close the sample door.

• After the analyzer displays [Thank You!] and a brief countdown, press NO at the prompt [Remain in Daily Maintenance?]. An automatic calibration will be started.

It is very important that the main door be closed during calibration, since it provides shielding from sources of electromagnetic interference.

Wipe the sample probe from top to bottom in order to avoid injury.

Fig. 5-1 Fig. 5-2

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-3

Page 92: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5.3 Weekly maintenanceAt least on a weekly basis, and additionally as needed, you should clean the sample fill port and sample probe as well as the exterior analyzer surfaces.

5.3.1 Clean sample probe and fill portStarting from the [READY] screen, perform the following actions:

• Open the sample door.• Clean the fill port, probe and surrounding area with a damp cotton swab.• If the analyzer attempts to perform sample analysis, [NO SAMPLE] will be briefly dis-

played, and it will return to the [READY] screen.• The exterior surfaces should be wiped clean with a soft, damp cloth.

Never use strong or abrasive cleaners and no cleaners containing alcohol on the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer. Use a slightly damp cloth to avoid getting fluid inside the analyzer.

Fig. 5-3

5.3.2 Cleaning analyzer surfaces

Never use alcohol based disinfectants!Never use disinfectant sprays.

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to decontaminate any part of the instrument before shutting it down and unplugging it from the power source.Before plugging the instrument back in and turning it on, always wait 15 minutes to allow the disinfectant to evaporate.

• Regularly, according to the lab-specific regulations, decontaminate the surfaces of the analyzer including the front door with an undiluted disinfectant (Deproteinizer). Use swabs or cellulose that have been soaked with Deproteinizer. The minimum deprotein-izing disinfection contact time of 15 minutes is to be strictly followed.

• Very dirty surfaces (e.g., contaminated with blood) should first be cleaned with swabs or cellulose that have been soaked with Deproteinizer disinfectant. If the grooves in the front door or the areas around the measuring chamber window are concerned, use a small commercial plastic brush to clean them. All visible impurities are to be removed.Subsequently, the deproteinizing disinfection procedure takes place as described above.

Dispose of used disinfectants according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

5-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 93: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5.4 Monthly maintenance

5.4.1 Cleaning the reference electrode housingMonthly maintenance involves cleaning the reference electrode housing, and should be per-formed prior to daily maintenance. To complete this procedure, a small amount of depro-teinizer is needed.

• From the [READY] screen, press NO to access [DAILY MAINTENANCE?].• Press YES, the prompt [Perform Daily Cleaning?] appears.• Do not press any keys.• Open the front cover of the analyzer.• Release the tubing of the reference electrode from the receptacle below the left side of

the measuring chamber.

Fig. 5-4

• Slide the measuring chamber forward until it locks in the front position.• Unclamp the left electrode holder by moving the clamp forward.

Fig. 5-5 Fig. 5-6

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-5

Page 94: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

• Remove the reference electrode assembly from the analyzer• Unscrew the reference electrode from the reference housing. Store the reference elec-

trode in the red transport housing filled with reference solution.

Fig. 5-7

TIP: The reference solution can be taken from the reference electrode housing.

It is important that reference electrode always be stored in reference solution and never allowed to dry.

• Pour deproteinizer solution into a small container and submerge the reference housing into it, ensuring that no air bubbles remain in the housing.

The reference connector and tubing do not need to be submerged.

• After 15 minutes, remove the reference housing from the deproteinizer. Thoroughly rinse the housing with tap water and dry.

• Unscrew the red transport housing from the reference electrode and check that the o-ring on the electrode is properly seated. Save the transport housing.

• Carefully screw the reference electrode into the reference electrode housing and place the assembly into the left side of the measuring chamber.

• Close the clamp on the left electrode holder by lifting it until it locks in the back posi-tion. Ensure the electrodes are seated properly.

Fig. 5-8

5-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 95: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

• Plug the tubing of the reference electrode into the receptacle below the left side of the measuring chamber.

• Slide the measuring chamber back until it snaps into position, and close the front cover of the analyzer.

• At this time, you may perform daily maintenance by pressing YES.• If daily maintenance is not needed, press NO until [CALIBRATION?] is displayed. Press

YES and a complete calibration cycle will be performed.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

Fig. 5-9 Fig. 5-10

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-7

Page 96: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5.5 Semi annual maintenance

5.5.1 Exchanging the pump tubing setTo make sure that the pump does not turn on during this procedure, press NO until [DAILY MAINTENANCE?] is displayed. Press YES and [Perform Daily Clean-ing?] will appear. Then, do not press any keys.

When changing the pump tubing set, proceed as follows:

• Remove the front cover and slip the two pump windings from the pump rollers.• Next, disconnect one tube at a time from the old pump winding plate and reconnect to

the same place on the new pump winding plate.

• Install the new pump winding plate and slip the new pump windings over the pump rollers, being careful not to cross the tubes.

• Press NO until [CALIBRATION?] is displayed. Press YES to initiate a calibration cycle.

Dispose of the pump tubing set according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

Fig. 5-11 Fig. 5-12

5-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 97: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5.6 Annual maintenance

5.6.1 Exchanging main tubing harnessOnce a year or as needed, the main tubing harness should be replaced.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suitable disinfection and sterilization procedures must be applied.

• At the [READY] screen press NO, until [SERVICE FUNCTIONS?] appears, and press YES.

• Press NO, until [Test Pinch Valves?] appears. Press YES. • Remove the valve caps, sliding them in the direction of the arrow.• Then remove the pinch bars.

TIP: Each valve consists of the solenoid coil inside the analyzer, the pinch bar and the valve cap. For further details concerning the position of the valves, see tubing diagram inside the front door.

• Disconnect the reference electrode and pull out the white reference electrode receptacle.

• Disconnect the tubing with the green band from the left side electrode holder.• Open the sample flap and pull out the fill port.• Remove the SnapPak and slide out the white SnapPak receptacle. Disconnect the tubes

from the pump winding plate and pull out the tubing harness.• Re-install the new main harness in reverse order, use the tubing diagram in the front

door as a guide for installation. Take special care to reconnect the tubes to the correct nipples of the pump winding.

• Activate each valve by pressing YES, then slide the pinch bar on and snap on the valve cap in the direction of the arrow.

• Press NO to activate the next valve. Notice the text on the display.

TIP: It may be necessary to pull on the metal tip of the valve in order to put the valve cap into position.

Dispose of the main tubing harness according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

TIP: It is recommended to replace the sample probe and the fill port at the same time as the main tubing harness is replaced (see section 5.7.3: Replacing sample probe and fill port).

• Press NO until [CALIBRATION?] is displayed. • Press YES to start a calibration.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-9

Page 98: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (i.e,. day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

5.7 Unscheduled maintenance

5.7.1 Replacing electrodes• Slide the measuring chamber forward until it locks in the front position.• Unclamp the left electrode holder by moving the clamp forward.

• Remove the used electrode from the measuring chamber.

Fig. 5-15

• Remove the new electrode from its protective box and check for the presence of an o-ring in the left side of the electrode.

• Install electrode in its labeled position in the measuring chamber. Note that the elec-trode has a lip on the bottom that rests on the flat edge of the measuring chamber to aid in proper positioning.

Fig. 5-13 Fig. 5-14

5-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 99: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

• Close the clamp on the left electrode holder by lifting it until it locks in the back posi-tion. Ensure that the electrodes are seated properly.

• Slide the measuring chamber back until it snaps into position.

After installing a new electrode, the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer needs to undergo Daily Main-tenance, Calibration and QC Measurement to verify the performance of the electrode.

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

Dispose of the electrodes according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

A quality control program for electrolytes includes the analysis of sample materials with known ranges of expected values and the comparison of these values with ana-lyzer results. For further information, see chapter 4: «Quality control».

Fig. 5-16 Fig. 5-17

Fig. 5-18 Fig. 5-19

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-11

Page 100: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5.7.2 Checking reagent fluid level and changing the SnapPakThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer monitors the level of solutions in the SnapPak and displays the amount remaining. To check the status of fluid remaining in the SnapPak:

• In the [READY] screen, press the NO key, until [OPERATOR FUNCTIONS?] is displayed. Press YES.

• The prompt [Check/Change SnapPak?] will be displayed. Press YES.• The analyzer will display the amount of fluid remaining.

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suitable disinfection and sterilization procedures must be applied.

• To change the SnapPak, just grasp the extended portion and slide it out.

Fig. 5-20

As soon as the analyzer detects that the SnapPak has been removed, the display prompts [STATUS: NO SnapPak]. In addition, the printer will print the current status of the Snap-Pak.

Do not remove the SnapPak during a calibration or measurement procedure.

Dispose of the SnapPak according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

• Prepare the new SnapPak by carefully removing the protective strip. Save this cover to close the connectors prior to disposal of the used SnapPak.

• Write the installation date on the label of the new SnapPak.

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

Once the protective strip is removed, be sure to keep the SnapPak upright to avoid spillage.

5-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 101: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

• Slide the new SnapPak into position on the left side of the analyzer.The analyzer will prompt [New SnapPak Installed?].

• Press YES to indicate that a new SnapPak is installed. Again, at the prompt [Are you sure?], press YES. The 9180 Electrolyte-Analyzer will automatically reset the SnapPak counter to 100 % and commence system calibration.

• Press NO if you reinstall the SnapPak that was removed.

In order to ensure the quality of the measurement results, complete a quality control test on 3 levels (low, normal, high) after each electrode exchange, after each replace-ment of the SnapPak, after startup of the instrument as well as after monthly, semi annual and annual maintenance steps.

Additionally, at least once daily one QC measurement has to be performed in alter-nating levels (low, normal, high) (e.g., day 1 — level 1, day 2 — level 2, day 3 — level 3, day 4 — level 1, etc.). When required by local regulations, QC measurements must be performed more often.

5.7.3 Replacing sample probe and fill port

TIP: It is recommended to replace the sample probe and the fill port at the same time as the main tubing harness is replaced (see section 5.6.1: Exchanging main tubing harness).

Suitable protective equipment, like laboratory clothing, protective gloves, protective goggles and if necessary mouth protectors, must be worn to prevent direct contact with biological working materials. In addition, a face mask is required if there is a risk of splashes. Suitable disinfection and sterilization procedures must be applied.

To make sure that the pump does not turn on during this procedure, press NO until [DAILY MAINTENANCE?] is displayed. Press YES and [Perform Daily Clean-ing?] will appear. Then, do not press any keys.

• Open the front door.• Open the sample door.• Remove the needle carefully (to prevent injury) from the holder. Unplug the tubing.• Attach the new needle to the tubing and snap the needle back into the holder.

Fig. 5-21 Fig. 5-22

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-13

Page 102: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

Fig. 5-23

Then replace the fill port as follows:

• Remove the fill port holder from the sample probe mechanism.• Carefully remove the fill port from the fill port holder. Unplug the tubing.• Mount the new fill port into the fill port holder in the reverse order and attach the

tubing.• Mount the fill port holder at it’s default position.• Close the sample door and the front cover.• Press NO until [CALIBRATION?] will be displayed. • Press YES to start the calibration.

Dispose of the sample probe and the fill port according to applicable regulations (hazardous waste!).

5.7.4 Replacing printer paper

TIP: The printer paper is heat sensitive on one side only. Please make sure that you insert the paper roll correctly.

The thermal printer paper supplied by Roche Diagnostics contains an indicator strip to alert you when the paper roll should be changed. To change the roll:

• Open the front cover of the analyzer.• Remove the remaining paper by pressing the paper feed button.• Place a new paper roll in the paper tray and thread it into the feeder slot.• Press the paper feed button to completely feed the paper through the printer.

5-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 103: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

TIP: By pressing the paper advance button once, the paper will automatically advance 10 lines.

• Close the front cover and tear off any excess paper.• Cut the end of the roll to make a square edge.

Do not pull the paper out of the printer to avoid damage to the printer.

Fig. 5-24 Fig. 5-25

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 5-15

Page 104: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

5 Maintenance

5-16 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 105: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6 Troubleshooting

6.1 Error messages …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 6-1

6.2 Service functions ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 6-7

6.2.1 Testing the electrodes …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………6-7

Not calibrated potassium electrode …………………………………………………………………………………………………………6-8

6.2.2 Testing the sample sensor ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….6-8

6.2.3 Testing the SnapPak sensor……………………………………………………………………………………………………….6-8

6.2.4 Testing the language switch ………………………………………………………………………………………………………6-9

6.2.5 Testing the sample door ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..6-9

6.2.6 Testing the pump …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………6-9

6.2.7 Testing the valves……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6-10

6.2.8 Testing the interface ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6-10

6.2.9 Testing the amplifier…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 6-10

6.2.10 Status-LEDs……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-11

6.3 Service codes ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-11

6.3.1 Entering service codes …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-11

6.3.2 Removing service codes ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-11

6.3.3 List of service codes…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 6-12

6.4 Deleting data …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6-13

6.4.1 Clearing sample count …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6-13

6.4.2 Clearing all data………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6-13

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-I

Page 106: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 107: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6 Troubleshooting

Your 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is designed to provide long, trouble-free service. However, any scientific measuring device may occasionally malfunction, requiring the operator to identify the cause of the problem.

The following information lists displayed messages and recommends steps that should help you return your 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer to operation. If your 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer does not perform correctly after conducting the basic steps outlined in this chapter, you should contact Roche Diagnostics for technical assistance.

6.1 Error messages

Message Cause Action

Status:Not calibrated

Calibration has been inter-rupted

Perform system calibration to return the instrument to the [READY] mode

Na/K/Cl/Ca/Linot calibrated

A specific electrode could not be calibrated.Possible causes:• No stable value for

Standard A• The slope A-B or A-C is out-

side the range (see chapter 6.2.1: «Testing the electrodes»)

• Perform daily maintenance.• Check if the electrode holder is

locked in the back position.• Check for leaks, blockages and air

bubbles.• Clean or replace the electrode.• Check the fluid remaining in the

SnapPak. If less than 5 % remains, replace the SnapPak.

• Is K still not calibrated, perform external electrode test using serum or plasma (see chapter 6.2.1.1: «Not calibrated potassium elec-trode»).

Standard A not detected

As the analyzer aspirates a sam-ple of Standard A, the solution is detected by the sample sen-sor, which must detect its pres-ence without encountering any air bubbles. If the sample sen-sor is unable to properly detect the presence of Standard A solution in a programmed time period, above error message will be displayed.

• Check the fluid remaining in the SnapPak. If less than 5 % remains, replace the SnapPak.

• Check for clots or crystals that may have formed in the Standard A tubing or the electrode chamber.

• Replace the SnapPak.• Ensure the sample sensor is

securely plugged in and perform the sample sensor test to ensure that the sensor is operating cor-rectly. If necessary, clean the sam-ple sensor.

• Replace the peristaltic pump tube set to ensure correct aspiration of Standard A.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-1

Page 108: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

Message Cause Action

Standard B not detected

Detection of Standard B aspira-tion is the same as for Standard A. If Standard A is aspirated properly, but Standard B is not detected, check Standard B tub-ing for crystallization. If no crystallization or leaks are found, see Action.

• Replace the SnapPak.

Standard C not detected (Li activated)

Detection of Standard C aspira-tion is the same as for Standard B.

• See remedy for Standard B.

Check Sample Sensor

The sample sensor is calibrated with air during each calibra-tion. For proper functioning, the sensor must provide a read-ing of 80 — 120 units when air is detected. To check sample sen-sor response, perform the Sam-ple Sensor Test Open the sample door and press the YES button to aspirate vari-ous fluids through the sensor. For transparent fluids (e.g. water), the reading should increase by at least 40 units. For blood samples (not transpar-ent), the reading should decrease by at least 40 units. The pump can be stopped at any time by pressing NO.

• Clean sample sensor by using the Electrode Maintenance procedure.

• Check for correct drying of the measuring chamber during the wash cycle.

• Replace the peristaltic pump tube set.

• Perform a calibration to remove the error message.

Check Refer-ence Housing

When the analyzer fails to detect a flow of Reference Solu-tion into the measuring cham-ber, this message will be displayed. This test is per-formed at the beginning of each calibration cycle.

• Check for proper filling of the ref-erence housing.

• Ensure that the reference tubing is securely connected to the recepta-cle.

• Since this test utilizes Standard A, make sure that it is aspirated properly into the measuring cham-ber.If not, replace the SnapPak.

• Clean the reference housing. (See chapter 5.4: «Monthly mainte-nance»).

6-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 109: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

Message Cause Action

Please close sample door

This message occurs when the sample door is not closed within 20 seconds after the sample is in place, or when the door has been opened and no sample is detected.

• Close the sample door within time allowed.

No sample Under certain conditions, the analyzer may not detect the presence of a sample and an error message will occur:• sample door remaining open

more than 20 seconds after samples are in place

• air bubbles in the sample• a sample volume too small to

analyze• no sample being aspirated

through the sampling mecha-nism.

If you wish to abort a sample, you can do so by closing the sample door during sample aspiration.

• Repeat the sample to see if it is detected properly on a second trial.

• Close the sample door within time allowed.

• Check sample aspiration and look for the presence of clots in the sampling system.

• Check for the presence of o-rings and for proper sealing of the elec-trodes.

• Ensure that the sample sensor is plugged in and perform the Sam-ple Sensor Test to verify that it is operating correctly.

• Replace pump tubing.

Cleaning fluid not detected

Under certain conditions, the analyzer may not detect the presence of cleaning solution:• air bubbles in the cleaning

solution• too small volume of cleaning

solution• the cleaning solution not

being aspirated properly through the sampling mecha-nism

• Check for the presence of o-rings and for proper sealing of the elec-trodes.

• Check for aspiration of cleaning solution and look for presence of clots in the sampling system.

• Check for the proper sealing of the pump windings.

• Ensure that the sample sensor is plugged in and perform the Sam-ple Sensor Test to verify that it is operating correctly

Conditioning fluid not detected

Under certain conditions, the analyzer may not detect the presence of conditioning solu-tion• air bubbles in the condition-

ing solution• too small a volume of condi-

tioning solution• the conditioning solution not

being aspirated properly through the sampling mecha-nism.

• Check for the presence of o-rings and for proper sealing of the elec-trodes.

• Check for aspiration of conditioning solution and look for presence of clots in the sampling system.

• Check for the proper sealing of the pump windings.

• Ensure that the sample sensor is plugged in and perform the Sam-ple Sensor Test to verify that it is operating correctly.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-3

Page 110: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

Message Cause Action

Paper jam or printer defect

If the printer attempts to print to the paper and the paper jams in the feeder, this message will be displayed briefly, then the sample results will appear on the display.

• First turn analyzer off, then remove the printer by placing your index finger behind the back edge of the printer module and pull it forward. Remove the jammed paper and re-insert the printer into the analyzer. Turn analyzer back on.TIP: To ease removal of jammed paper, the printer head can be moved by turning the spindle gear on the left side.

Paper jams should be cleared as soon as possible to avoid damaging the printer.

Check elec-trodes

If none of the electrodes passes the calibration:• a stable reading of Standard A

could not be obtained within 6 aspirations of Standard A

• the slope A-B or A-C is out-side of the limits

• Ensure that electrodes are properly plugged in.

• Check for proper operation of the reference electrode assembly. If necessary, clean the reference elec-trode housing or replace the refer-ence electrode.

• Perform daily maintenance.• Replace the SnapPak.

Clog check fluid path

If the unit is unable to clear the sample path or to aspirate any of the 3 Standards at the begin-ning of a calibration:• the cause:

a defective reference housing (increased discharge of KCl).

• Make sure that the electrode O-rings are present and seated prop-erly.

• Make sure there are no leaks in the fluid path.

• Check for a clog or crystallization in the fluid path: especially in the sample probe, the tubing to the sample sensor and in the sample sensor.

• Ensure that the sample sensor is securely plugged in and perform a sample sensor test to ensure the sensor is operating correctly. If necessary, clean the sample sensor.

• Replace reference electrode housing.

6-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 111: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

Message Cause Action

↑↑↑↑ ↓↓↓↓ In case the unit displays arrows up or arrows down instead of the sample results, the concen-tration of the sample is outside of the measurement range (see chapter 2: «Specifications»).

• In the case of a urine sample,

arrows up instead of the K+-result indicate that further dilution of the sample is necessary (see chapter 3.3.4: «Urine samples»).

• Check for proper sample prepara-tion (see chapter 3).

• Check for small air bubbles in the sample after aspiration into the sample chamber.

• Check for proper aspiration of Standard A.

↑ ↓ With Ca2+ activated, the cali-bration report will print an arrow up or down instead of the actual temperature, if the tem-perature measured is out of range (Range 10.0°C — 40°C).The temperature sensor is located in the right side elec-trode holder.

• Ensure the sample sensor cable is securely plugged in.

• Make sure room temperature is within specified limits (15°C to 32°C / 60°F to 90°F).

• Perform the Amplifier Test to measure the actual temperature.

• With the front door opened, the temperature displayed should be approx. 5°C above the actual room temperature.

Err. If this message is displayed instead of the sample results, no valid voltage reading could be obtained from the electrode.

• Check for proper sample prepara-tion (see chapter 3).

• Check if the electrode holder is locked in the back position.

• Check for proper filling of the ref-erence housing.

• Check for air bubbles in the sam-ple.

Change SnapPak

When the monitored fluid level in the ISE SnapPak reaches 5 % remaining, the analyzer will automatically print [Change SnapPak] at the end of each sample report.This message is present only in printed form.

• Replace the SnapPak (see chapter 5.7.2: «Checking reagent fluid level and changing the Snap-Pak»).

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-5

Page 112: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

Message Cause Action

*** Li Calculation not possible

The lithium result can only be calculated for a

Na+ range: 95 — 180 mmol/L (89.6 — 169.5 mmol/L for blood/serum).

If the Na+ value of the sample is outside of this range, this mes-sage will be displayed and

printed instead of the Li+ value.

Interface error

The interface test (see chapter 6.2.8: «Testing the interface») was not successful.

• Check if pins 2 and 3 of the serial port were connected properly.

• If the error persists, contact Technical Support.

**Check Temp**

(Ca2+ activated)

This message is printed at the end of the sample report and displayed while the measure-ment is in process in case the temperature of the sample is outside the range (Range: 10°C — 40°C).

• Check for proper sample prepara-tion (see chapter 3).

• Ensure the sample sensor cable is securely plugged in.

• Make sure room temperature is within specified limits (15°C to 32°C / 60°F to 90°F).

• Perform the Amplifier Test to measure the actual temperature.

• With the front door opened, the temperature displayed should be approx. 5°C above the actual room temperature.

6-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 113: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.2 Service functionsThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer has various built-in functions that you can access to evaluate the performance of the instrument. Starting at the [READY] display, press NO until [SERVICE FUNCTIONS?] is displayed, and enter YES.

6.2.1 Testing the electrodesThe voltage levels of the electrodes can be tested by using standard solutions or an external sample.

• Press NO, until [Test Electrodes?] is displayed.• Press YES and the prompt [Test Standard A?] will be displayed.• Record these values.• Press YES and the electrode voltages will be displayed.

• To exit this function, press NO.• The prompt [Test Standard B?] will be displayed.• Record these values.• Press YES and the electrode voltages will be displayed.

• To exit this function, press NO.• The prompt [Test Standard C?] will be displayed.• Record these values.• Press YES and the electrode voltages will be displayed.• Compare the measured values to the following table:

TIP: If the voltage difference A-B or A-C is outside the allowable difference, perform daily maintenance or replace the electrode.

• After testing the electrodes against the standard solutions, the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer will prompt [Test External Sample?]. Press YES.

• The instrument will prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample].• After introducing the sample, the analyzer will display [Thank you!] shortly, followed

by the electrode voltages.• Check for stable readings.• Press NO to exit and after a short [Please Wait] message, the prompt [Remain in

Test Electrodes?] will appear.• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

Electrode Standard A Standard B Standard C Allowed difference

A — B A — C

Na+ -600 to +2400 -1600 to +2000 -600 to +2400 +250 to +680 -50 to +50

K+ -700 to +1000 -2500 to +500 -700 to +100 +470 to +1200 -40 to +40

Cl- -3100 to -100 -1000 to +3000 -3100 to -100 -860 to -370 unused

Ca2+ -3100 to +1000 -2300 to +2500 -3100 to +1000 -660 to -350 -150 to +150

Li+ -3100 to +1900 -3600 to +1400 -2600 to +3400 +1 to +760 -1730 to -285

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-7

Page 114: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.2.1.1Not calibrated potassium electrode

If the potassium electrode cannot be calibrated after an electrode exchange, then a serum or plasma sample should be introduced as an external sample.

• Call up the procedures for testing electrodes (see «Testing the electrodes» on page 6-7).• Press NO, until [Test External Sample?] is displayed. Press YES.

Prepare a serum or plasma sample and introduce the sample:

• The prompt [Open Sample Door Introduce Sample] appears. Introduce the sam-ple.

• The sample is aspirated, until the prompt [Wipe Probe/Close Sample Door] is displayed.

• Test the sample for 15 minutes.• Repeat the procedure a second time.

6.2.2 Testing the sample sensorThe dry sample sensor should indicate a value of 80-120, aspiration of a clear fluid should increase this value by at least 40 Units.

• Press NO, until [Test Sample Sensor?] is displayed.• Press YES and the analyzer will display the current sample sensor reading:

Dry: 80-120: 99YES=Pump/NO=Exit

• Press YES introduce an external sample through the probe. The display will be like:External: 236Pump: NO=OFF

• Press NO to exit and after a short [Please Wait] message, the prompt [Test Snap-Pak Sensor?] will appear.

6.2.3 Testing the SnapPak sensor• Press NO, until [Test SnapPak Sensor?] is displayed.• Press YES and the current SnapPak sensor status will be displayed:

SnapPak: I I=In O=Out

• Remove the SnapPak to test the SnapPak sensor.

If the SnapPak has been removed during this test, a calibration should be per-formed to prime all fluid lines.

• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

6-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 115: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.2.4 Testing the language switch• Press NO, until [Test Language Switch?] is displayed.• Press YES and the current language switch status will be displayed:• Open the front door and remove the printer paper tray.• Change the language settings with a pen.

To activate a new language setting, turn the analyzer off and back on.

• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

Fig. 6-1

6.2.5 Testing the sample door• Press NO, until [Test Sample Door?] is displayed.• Press YES and the current status will be displayed:

Sample Door: CC=closed O=open

• Open the sample door to see the changes of the status.• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

6.2.6 Testing the pump• Press NO, until [Test Pump?] is displayed.• Open the front cover and press YES to begin the pump test. The analyzer will display:

—Test Pump!—

The following tests will be performed and displayed:

• Very low speed• Low speed• Medium speed• Fast speedAn audible change should be heard at the pump’s speed change.

• Close the front cover and press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

Polski

Português

Spare 3

Spare 4

English

Deutsch

Français

Español

Italiano

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-9

Page 116: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.2.7 Testing the valves• Press NO, until [Test Pinch Valves?] is displayed.• Press YES and the following will be displayed:

Test Valve A:YES/NO = ON/OFF

• Press YES to move the valve to the open position.• Press NO to move the valve back to the closed position.• Press NO once more to test the next valve.• After [Test Valve R] is finished, press NO to exit or to perform other service func-

tions.

6.2.8 Testing the interface• Press NO, until [Test Interface? Jump Pins 2 & 3] is displayed.• Jump pins 2 and 3 of the serial interface making sure not to short the jumper to ground.

Press YES.

Be sure not to short pin 2 or pin 3 to ground, otherwise the interface may get dam-aged.

• The analyzer will display [Interface Test] and tries to send some characters and checks if they are received within a set time period.

• Check that there was no interface error.• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

6.2.9 Testing the amplifier• Press NO, until [Test Amplifier?] is displayed.• Press YES and the analyzer will display the current amplifier values:

Na=#### K=#### Cl/Ca/Li=####

• Press NO and the ground voltage will be displayed:GND =0-2500mV=-2499

• Press NO and the temperature will be displayed:Temp(mV) =-####Temp(°C) = ##.#

• Press NO to exit or to perform other service functions.

6-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 117: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.2.10 Status-LEDsThe 5 status LEDs at the bottom of the chassis back panel are lit simultaneously during nor-mal operation. If this is not the case, contact technical support.

Fig. 6-2 Status LEDs (back panel, bottom)

6.3 Service codesThe [Enter Service Code?] menu allows the programming of various functions into the 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer.

6.3.1 Entering service codes• Starting at the [READY] display, press NO until [SERVICE FUNCTIONS?] is displayed,

and enter YES.• Press NO until [Enter Service Code?] is displayed.• The prompt [Enter Code: AAA] will appear.

Enter the service code as follows:

• Press NO, until the first character appears.• Press YES and the cursor will advance to the second position.• Repeat this procedure for the other characters.• Pressing YES after the third character will activate the service code.

TIP: If the desired character was missed, keep pressing the NO key until the correct character appears.If an incorrect code is entered during the process, the analyzer will prompt [Code Error! Retry?]. Press YES to correct the code or NO to exit.

6.3.2 Removing service codesTo remove a service code, enter the reversed sequence of the code letters (example: DEC becomes CED, ECO becomes OCE, MGL becomes LGM, etc.). To clear all service codes at one time, enter CDC.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-11

Page 118: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.3.3 List of service codes

With the exception of FIF, all service codes are permanently stored in memory and will be retained during power failures. The service codes currently set can be printed on the cali-bration report.

Code Action

DEC This service code will increase the resolution by one digit for all param-eters in blood and serum samples. QC and standard samples are always shown in high resolution, urine samples in low resolution.

ECO This service code will automatically put the instrument into Standby Mode, if no samples are run between two calibrations (4 hrs.). This fea-ture mainly helps to conserve reagents. When the unit automatically enters the Standby Mode, it is always necessary to perform a calibration to get back to the [READY] prompt.

FIF This service code will automatically print the voltage levels of the elec-trodes on sample and calibration reports.This code should only be used by trained service technicians. To disable this code, either enter IFI or turn the power off and back on.

LEM This service code will print the last 20 error messages with the date and time of occurrence. MEL will erase all error messages stored.

MGL

Ca2+ activated

This service code allows you to report Ca2+ values in mg/dL instead of mmol/L. When this code is set, the unit automatically converts the cur-rent high and low values of the normal ranges to mg/dL. Note that QC and standard measurements are always reported in mmol/L independent of the MGL setting. This allows you to compare the Ca2+ values to the ISETROL assay ranges.

NOB This service code disables the beep.

SLC When this code is set, the current setting of the leasing counter, which cannot be reset by the operator, is printed on the calibration report.

SFC This code allows the input of a percentage for the SnapPak counter. When this code is activated, the analyzer displays:

SnapPak Counter: xxx% ok?

If this percentage is not correct, press NO and enter the correct percent-age between 0 and 100 % using the NO and YES keys. Pressing YES to [ok?] will return the analyzer to the ready screen.

QCC When this code is enabled (using QCC) QC measurements will be reported in direct ISE values without correlation factors.In order to disable this code enter the code CCQ. When the code is dis-abled (using CCQ) QC measurements will be reported as flame equiva-lent values with correlation factors applied.NOTE: The default condition is that this code is disabled.

6-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 119: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6.4 Deleting data

6.4.1 Clearing sample countTo reset the sample count to 0, carry out the following procedure:

• Open the [READY] display and press NO until the display [OPERATOR FUNCTIONS?] appears. Confirm with YES.

• Press NO until [Reset Sample Number?] appears. Press YES.• When the prompt [Are you sure?] appears, press YES again.

6.4.2 Clearing all dataTo reset the analyzer software to the default values, press the YES and NO keys simultane-ously and switch the analyzer off and on again. This function can be performed optionally upon completion of decommissioning.

CAUTION:all QC data and analyzer settings will be lost!

All QC values and statistics will be deleted and the sample number reset to 0. QC and normal values as well as correlation factors, printer settings, date/time and liquid content of the SnapPak will be reset to default values. All service codes will be deactivated. It is recom-mended that all data be deleted if the analyzer is to be used by other persons at a later date.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 6-13

Page 120: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

6 Troubleshooting

6-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 121: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7 Theoretical foundations

7.1 Clinical significance …………………………………………………………………………………………. 7-1

7.1.1 Sodium …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..7-1

7.1.2 Potassium………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………7-2

7.1.3 Chloride………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….7-3

7.1.4 Ionized calcium …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….7-4

7.1.5 Lithium……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………7-6

7.2 Principles of Operation …………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-7

7.2.1 The measurement principle………………………………………………………………………………………………………..7-7

7.2.2 Physical principle………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….7-8

7.3 Electrode specifications …………………………………………………………………………………. 7-10

7.3.1 Sodium electrode ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-10

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-10Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-10

7.3.2 Potassium electrode …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7-11

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-11Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-11

7.3.3 Chloride electrode…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-12

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-12Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-12

7.3.4 Calcium electrode …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-13

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-13Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-13

7.3.5 Lithium electrode………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7-14

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-14Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-14

7.3.6 Reference electrode assembly ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-15

Construction ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-15Reference electrode housing ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-15Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-15Reference electrode ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7-16Use and care …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-16

7.4 Calibration procedure …………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-16

7.4.1 ISE calibration……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7-16

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-I

Page 122: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 123: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7 Theoretical foundations

7.1 Clinical significance

7.1.1 SodiumThe vast majority of sodium in organisms is located in the extracellular area (about 97 %).

Even with greatly varying supply with nourishment, the sodium concentration in serum is subject to strong regula tion. In the kidneys, sodium is glomerularly filtered and most of this (about 60 — 70 %) is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule.

The most important function of the sodium is to maintain constant osmolarity in the extra-cellular fluid. For that reason, the levels of sodium and water are always closely interrelated. However, in pathological conditions, there may be marked tissue hypo or hyperhydration with values in the standard range. Conversely, an increased, respec tively a decreased sodium concentration is found in serum due to a loss or gain of water when there is a normal level of sodium.

An increased sodium level in serum occurs when there is:

• a decreased supply of liquid

• increased loss of water

• through the kidneys

— central diabetes insipidus

— renal diabetes insipidus

— osmotic diuresis (e.g. mannitin fusions)

• through the intestine

— infection deseases (especially dysentery and cholera)

• excessive supply of hypertonic saline solution (infusion therapy dosed too high)

• increase of aldosterone-induced sodium reabsorption

— primary hyperaldosteronism (CONN syndrome)

— secondary hyperaldosteronism

Reduced sodium level in serum occurs following:

• excessive supply of liquid without sufficient absorption of sodium

• excessive water supply with normal level of sodium in the organism (for example: congestive heart failure)

• disturbance of sodium reabsorption caused by aldosterone deficiency

— suprarenal gland insufficiency (M. ADDISON)

— adrenogenital syndrome with saline loss (aldosterone insufficiency with high grade enzyme defect)

Normal values:

Adult: 135 — 148 mmol/L

Newborn: 134 — 144 mmol/L

Child: 138 — 144 mmol/L

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-1

Page 124: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.1.2 PotassiumAbout 97% of potassium within the organism is intracellular. Transport into the cells is reg-ulated by the Na/K ATPase localized in the cell membrane. Only about 3% of the potassium is contained in the extracellular fluid. Potassium is glomerularly filtered and most of it (about 90%) is reabsorbed in the proximal tubule and in Henle’s loop. Reabsorption or excretion in the distal tubules is influenced especially by aldosterone and the blood pH value.

Due to the high intracellular concentration of potassium, the serum potassium values do not always reflect the potassium level of the organism. Therefore, the data obtained from the serum may be interpreted only with careful consideration of the patient’s clinical situation and acid-base status. Consider the following examples: diabetic coma, during which the flow of potassium into the cell is reduced due to the lack of insulin, and acute intoxication with heart glycosides with accompanying inhibition of the Na/K ATPase membrane. In both cases exists, despite a more or less greatly increased serum potassium level, intracellular potas-sium deficiency.

Increased potassium concentration in serum occurs during:

• decreased excretion through the kidneys

— acute and chronic kidney insufficiency (especially pronounced with oliguria and anuria)

— Aldosterone deficiency with suprarenal gland insufficiency (M. ADDISON)

— dosage of potassium-saving diuretic

— oral potassium substitution with (possibly unknown) mild limitation of kidney func-tions

• displacement between intracellular and extracellular potassium

— severe insulin deficiency

— intoxication with heart glycosides

— severe acidosis

— (each 0.1 reduction of the blood pH results in a rise in potassium of 0.4 to 1.2 mmol/L serum)

— malignant hyperthermia

• release of potassium on massive cell destruction

— hemolytic crisis

— transfusions with cold or very cold blood

— cytostatic therapy for leukemia and others

— burns

— severe soft tissue injuries

Critical valuesa:

a. Critical Care Testing: A Quick Reference Guide by Andrew St John, First Edition 2001

Na+ < 120 mmol/L

Na+ > 160 mmol/L

7-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 125: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

Hypokalemia is observed during:

• gastrointestinal potassium losses

— laxative abuse

— massive diarrhea

— fistulas in the area of the gastrointestinal tract

— villous papillary adenoma

— VERNER-MORRISON syndrome (pancreatic cholera)

• increased renal excretion

— primary hyperaldosteronism (CONN syndrome)

— secondary hyperaldosteronism

— cirrhosis of the liver (caused by decreased aldosterone breakdown)

— therapy with loop diuretics and thiazides

— CUSHING syndrome

— Aldosterone producing suprarenal gland carcinoma

— overdose of mineral corticoids

— renal tubular acidosis

• displacement between intracellular and extracellular potassium

— severe alkalosis

— insulin therapy for diabetic coma (potassium substitution required!)

7.1.3 ChlorideChloride is the most important anion in bodily fluids. Chloride is located – like sodium – mostly in the extracellular area. Erythrocytes represent the highest intracellular content. The concentration of chloride in serum, like the level of sodium, is held constant within tight limits in healthy people. Chloride is glomerulary filtered in the kidneys and is tubu-larly reabsorbed by passively following the sodium.

Chloride may be exchanged for bicarbonates during disturbances to the acid/base status, causing chloride to adopt the additional task (in addition to maintaining the isotones in the extracellular area) of working with sodium to regulate the acid/base status.

Changes to the chloride and sodium concentrations in serum usually occur in parallel.

Exceptions to this occur during disturbances to the acid/base status caused by the previously mentioned exchange of chloride for bicarbonates as well as during massive chloride loss with gastric juices during extended periods of vomiting (hypochloremic alkalosis).

Normal values:

Adult: 3.5 – 4.5 mmol/L

Newborn: 3.7 – 5.9 mmol/L

Child: 3.4 – 4.7 mmol/L

Critical valuesa:

a. Critical Care Testing: A Quick Reference Guide by Andrew St John, First Edition 2001

K+ < 2.8 mmol/L

K+ > 6.2 mmol/L

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-3

Page 126: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.1.4 Ionized calciumApproximately 99% of calcium in the human body is localized in bone substance – mostly in the form of hydroxylapatite.

About 1% of the cations are located in the extracellular area. Only very small amounts exist intracellularly; the calcium ions here act especially as activators for numerous enzymes and play a role in the effect mechanism of hormones.

It is possible to exchange calcium in the extracellular fluid for that in bones.

In addition, hydroxylapatite serves as a reserve holder from which calcium can be rapidly mobilized when needed.

Calcium is present in plasma in 3 forms:

• About 50% are ionized and biologically active,

• about 40% are bound to proteins (especially albumin) and

• about 10% are present in complex bonds with citrate, phosphate, bicarbonate, lactate, and others.

Protein bonding is dependent on the concentration of albumin in plasma and on the pH level of the blood:

With lower total albumin and an acidic pH level, fewer calcium ions are bound, causing the ionized proportion to increase. This also explains why, despite a low level of calcium in serum during severe acidosis (due to chronic kidney insufficiency), tetanic reactions do not occur.

The portion of calcium suitable for ultrafiltration (ionized and complex bound) is glomer-ularly filtered in the kidneys and up to 95 — 99% reabsorbed in the proximal and distal tubule.

A small portion of the calcium can also be excreted via the intestine.

The regulation of calcium exchange is closely related to the regulation of the phosphate level. Therefore, the concentrations of both substances in serum and the excretion with urine should always be seen and judged in relationship to each other.

The level of calcium in plasma is decisive for calcium-phosphate exchange. Three hormones play roles in the regulation. They affect the maintenance of the extracellular calcium con-centration via the reabsorption of calcium ions from the intestine, the release or storage processes in bones and the extent of the renal excretion.

Normal valuesa:

a. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, 3rd Edition 1999

Adult: 98 — 107 mmol/L

Newborn: 98 — 113 mmol/L

Critical valuesa:

a. Critical Care Testing: A Quick Reference Guide by Andrew St John, First Edition 2001

Cl- < 75 mmol/L

Cl- > 126 mmol/L

7-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 127: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

Parathormone and 1.25-dihydroxycholecalciferol:

• lead to an increase of the calcium concentration in plasma

Calcitonin:

• reduces the level of calcium

Increased concentrations of calcium in serum occur during:

• disturbances to the hormonal regulation of primary and tertiary hyperparathyreoidism

• increased release from the bones

— osteolysis through bone metastasis

— plasmocytome

— paraneoplastic symptom (through ectopic production of parathormone or similar substances or prostaglandin E2)

— long-lasting immobilization

• vitamin D intoxication within the scope of therapeutic measures

• sarcoidosis

Reduced calcium levels in serum will be noticed as a result of:

• insufficient calcium reabsorption

— undernourishment

— malabsorption syndrome

— vitamin D3 deficiency

— deficiency of 1.25-dihydroxycholecalciferol

— chronic kidney insufficiency

— hypoparathyreoidism

— hypomagnesium

• greatly decreased concentration of albumin in the serum(Note: ionized calcium is in the normal range!)

— nephrotic syndrome

— cirrhosis of the liver

• acute pancreatitis

Normal values:

Adult: 1.12 – 1.32 mmol/L

Child: 1.10 – 1.50 mmol/L

Critical valuesa:

a. Critical Care Testing: A Quick Reference Guide by Andrew St John, First Edition 2001

Ca2+ < 0.82 mmol/L or 3.28 mg/dL

Ca2+ > 1.55 mmol/L or 6.20 mg/dL

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-5

Page 128: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.1.5 Lithium1

In clinical practice, lithium is given orally in a carbonate or citrate form in the treatment of recurrent bipolar affective disorders. Bipolar disorders are psychotic illnesses characterized by alternating mania and depression (typical manic-depressive symptoms).

The mechanism of action of lithium is thought to be based on its effect on the synthesis, storage, release and reuptake of monoamine neurotransmitters. Onset of the acute anti-manic effect of lithium usually occurs within five to seven days; full therapeutic effect requires 10 — 21 days.

Lithium is absorbed quickly by the gastrointestinal tract; approximately 90 — 95 % of the lithium dosage is excreted through the kidneys. GFR disorders reduce lithium elimination. Excretion through perspiration, saliva and feces is negligible in normal circumstances.

The therapeutic range of lithium is very narrow. To avoid intoxication (dizziness, nausea, trembling, and, ultimately, coma and shock), the lithium level must be determined every 4 — 5 days at the start of therapy. A blood sample is taken 8 — 12 hours after the last lithium dose is administered. If the patient is clinically stable and the lithium level constant, the monitoring interval can be extended to 1 — 3 months.

1Gelenberg AJ, Kane JM, Kekller MB et al. Comparison of standard and low serum levels of lithium for maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder. N Engl J Med 1989; 321:1489-93.

Therapeutic rangea:

a. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics. Eds: Burtis C & Ashwood E & Bruns D. Elsevier Saunders 4th Ed., USA 2006

0.6 — 1.2 mmol/L

Toxic range:

Li+ > 2 mmol/L

7-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 129: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.2 Principles of Operation

7.2.1 The measurement principleThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer is a sophisticated medical instrument that uses the Ion Selec-tive Electrode (ISE) measurement principle to precisely determine electrolyte values. Although the technology itself is quite complicated, understanding how the instrument per-forms sampling analysis is relatively simple. Basically, the analyzer compares an unknown value against a known value to compute the sample’s electrolyte level.

An ion-selective membrane undergoes a specific reaction with the type of electrolyte con-tained in the sample. The membrane is an ion exchanger, reacting to the electrical change of the ion causing a change in the membrane potential, or measuring voltage, which is built up in the film between the sample and the membrane.

A galvanic measuring chain within the electrode determines the difference between the two potential values on either side of the membrane.

The galvanic chain is closed through the sample on one side by the reference electrode, the reference electrolyte and the “open terminal”. The membrane, inner electrolyte and inner electrode close the other side (see Fig. 7-1).

The different ion concentrations between the inner electrolyte and the sample cause an elec-tro-chemical potential to form on the membrane of the active electrode. The potential is conducted by the inner electrode to the input of an amplifier. The reference electrode is connected to ground as well as the second input of the amplifier.

Since the reference electrode is on ground, amplification of the electrode potential allows further signal processing.

The ion concentration in the sample is then determined and displayed by using a calibration curve determined by two measured points of standard solutions with precisely known ion concentrations (two-point calibration), and by using the measured voltage of the sample and the Standard-A (one-point calibration).

Fig. 7-1

inner solution

ion-selectiveelectrode

ion-selectivemembrane

reference electrode

glass capillary

voltmeter

measured solution

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-7

Page 130: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.2.2 Physical principleAn ion-selective electrode is connected with a reference electrode to form a measuring sys-tem (see Fig. 7-2). When immersed in a solution that contains the relative ion, the Nernst equation applies:

1.

or

2. (+) for cations(–) for anions

The equation can also be written:

3.

E the measured electrical potentialE’ the e.m.f. of the system in a standard solutionai activity of the ion measuredR the general gas constant (8.31 J/Kmol)T temperaturen valence of the measured ionF Faraday constant (96.496 A·s/g)fi the activity coefficientci the concentration of the measured ionS the slope of the electrode

Fig. 7-2

If the ion concentration of one measuring solution is known, the ion concentration of the sample can be determined on the basis of the difference of two measured potentials.

E E′ R T⋅n F⋅———— ailn⋅±=

E E′ R T⋅n F⋅———— fi ci⋅( )ln⋅±=

E E′ S fi ci⋅( )log⋅±=

display

Cl- electrode

inner electrode

inner electrolyte

chloride-selectivemembranepotassium-selective

membranesodium-selectivemembrane

sample

glasscapillary

referenceelectrode

referenceelectrode

housing

groundNa+ electrode K+ electrode

referencesolution (KCl)

amplifier

7-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 131: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

4.

5.

6.

E the difference between the measured potentials of the sample and the standard

S the potential difference of the electrode, determined from the potential difference of two measured standard solutions

ci,sample concentration of the measured ions in the sample

ci,standard concentration of the measured ions in the standard solutions

The unknown ion concentration in the sample can now be determined by:

7.

As demonstrated by these equations, the ion selective electrodes do not measure the ion concentration but the activity of the ions concerned. This activity is a criterion of the ion’s ability to interact with other ions, in which each ion binds a proportion of its energy.

The ion concentration is calculated on the basis of the ion activity. The correlation is affected by the total number of ions in the solution. Since sodium is the predominant ion in whole blood and serum, the known value of the sodium concentration makes it possible to ascertain and adjust for total ion effect and strength.

Esample E′ S fi ci sample,⋅( )log⋅+=

Es dardtan E′ S fi ci standard,⋅( )log⋅+=

ΔE Esample Es dardtan– Sci sample,

ci standard,————————log⋅= =

Δ

ci sample, ci s dardtan, 10ΔE S⁄⋅=

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-9

Page 132: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3 Electrode specifications

7.3.1 Sodium electrodeThe sodium electrode is a glass capillary electrode used for in-vitro diagnostic measurement of sodium ions present in fluid samples. It is designated with a Na+ marking on the top sur-face of the housing.

Construction

Electrode housing: transparent acrylic plasticMeasuring capillary: sodium selective glassElectrolyte chamber: airtight, filled with electrolyte solution for Na+ electrodesPin connector: silver, silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

Fig. 7-3

Use and care

Sodium electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode since these will attack the plas-tic housing.

Store the electrode in a clean, dry place only after the electrode has been cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

The o-ring seal should be installed in the electrode during storage.

O-ring seal

electrolyte chamber

inner electrode

glass capillary

serial number connecting pin

7-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 133: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3.2 Potassium electrodeThe potassium electrode is a membrane electrode used for in-vitro diagnostic measurement of potassium ions present in fluid samples. It is designated with a K+ marking on the top surface of the housing.

Construction

Electrode housing: transparent acrylic plasticMeasuring membrane: potassium ion selectiveElectrolyte chamber: airtight, filled with electrolyte solution for K+ electrodesPin connector: silver, silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

Fig. 7-4

Use and care

Potassium electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode since these will attack the plas-tic housing.

Store the electrode in a clean, dry place only after the electrode has been cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

The o-ring seal should be installed in the electrode during storage.

connecting pin

measuring capillary

serial numberinner electrode

ion-selective membrane

O-ring seal

electrolyte chamber

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-11

Page 134: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3.3 Chloride electrodeThe chloride electrode is a membrane electrode used for in-vitro diagnostic measurement of chloride ions present in fluid samples. It is designated with a Cl- marking on the top sur-face of the housing.

Construction

Electrode housing: transparent acrylic plasticMeasuring membrane: chloride ion selectiveElectrolyte chamber: airtight, filled with electrolyte solution for Cl- electrodesPin connector: silver, silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

Fig. 7-5

Use and care

Chloride electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode since these will attack the plas-tic housing.

Store the electrode in a clean, dry place only after the electrode has been cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

The o-ring seal should be installed in the electrode during storage.

connecting pin

measuring capillary

serial numberinner electrode

ion-selective membrane

O-ring seal

electrolyte chamber

7-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 135: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3.4 Calcium electrodeThe calcium electrode is a membrane electrode used for in-vitro diagnostic measurement of calcium ions present in fluid samples. It is designated with a Ca2+ marking on the top sur-face of the housing.

Construction

Electrode housing: transparent acrylic plasticMeasuring membrane: calcium ion selectiveElectrolyte chamber: airtight, filled with electrolyte solution for Ca2+ electrodesPin connector: silver, silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

Fig. 7-6

Use and care

Calcium electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode since these will attack the plas-tic housing.

Store the electrode in a clean, dry place only after the electrode has been cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

connecting pin

measuring capillary

serial numberinner electrode

ion-selective membrane

O-ring seal

electrolyte chamber

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-13

Page 136: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3.5 Lithium electrodeThe lithium electrode is a membrane electrode used for in-vitro diagnostic measurement of lithium ions present in fluid samples. It is designated with a Li+ marking on the top surface of the housing.

Construction

Electrode housing: transparent acrylic plasticMeasuring membrane: lithium ion selectiveElectrolyte chamber: airtight, filled with electrolyte solution for Li+ electrodesPin connector: silver, silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

Fig. 7-7

Use and care

Lithium electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode since these will attack the plas-tic housing.

Store the electrode in a clean, dry place only after the electrode has been cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

The o-ring seal should be installed in the electrode during storage.

connecting pin

measuring capillary

serial numberinner electrode

ion-selective membrane

O-ring seal

electrolyte chamber

7-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 137: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

7.3.6 Reference electrode assemblyThe reference electrode assembly is a device used as an electrical junction between the sam-ple and electrical ground.

Construction

The reference electrode assembly consists of two parts: the reference electrode housing and the reference electrode.

Reference electrode housing

In the reference electrode housing, reference electrolyte solution establishes the electrical contact between the reference electrode and the sample. At the beginning of each measure-ment, reference electrolyte is pumped into the housing. At the same time a glass capillary allows a small amount of reference electrolyte to pass into the measuring capillary, thus establishing electrical contact between the sample and the reference electrode (see Fig. 7-8).

Fig. 7-8

Use and care

Reference electrode housings are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the electrode housing. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the housing.

Store the Reference Electrode Housing in a clean, dry place only after the Reference Elec-trode has been removed and the housing cleaned and rinsed with distilled water and dried with a lint-free cloth.

The o-ring seals should be installed in the housing during storage.

entrance ofref. solution

glass capillary

exit of ref. solution

O-ring seal (c)

O-Ring seal (a)

O-ring seal (b)

serial number

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 7-15

Page 138: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

7 Theoretical foundations

Reference electrode

The reference electrode completes the electrical circuit between the reference electrolyte and electrical ground. This is accomplished by a cotton wool (saturated with reference elec-trolyte)-calomel (Hg2 Cl2)- mercury (Hg)-platinum wire-connecting pin junction (see Fig. 7-9).

Fig. 7-9

Use and care

Reference electrodes are manufactured for use in 9180 Electrolyte Analyzers.

Proper care should be used in handling and storage of the reference electrode. Never use strong or abrasive cleaners such as alcohol or amphyl on the electrode.

Store the reference electrode in the transport housing provided with the electrode at the time of purchase. Make sure that the transport housing is filled with reference electrolyte solution (you may use the reference electrolyte solution remaining in the reference elec-trode housing at the time of disassembly).

Never rinse the reference electrode with distilled water!Never allow the reference electrode to become dry!

7.4 Calibration procedure

7.4.1 ISE calibrationThe 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer uses a patented, novel approach for the simultaneous calibra-tion of Na+, K+, Ca2+ and Cl- sensors, using only two aqueous base solutions, eliminating the need of any gas supply system and its related disadvantages.

cable housing

glass tube

cotton wool

calomel (Hg2Cl2)mercury (Hg)

platinum wire

7-16 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 139: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8 Appendix

8.1 Description of reports ………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-1

8.1.1 Measurement report ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………8-1

8.1.2 QC report ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….8-1

8.1.3 Calibration report …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………8-2

8.2 Specifications of the solutions …………………………………………………………………………. 8-3

8.3 Specification of the QC solutions …………………………………………………………………….. 8-7

8.3.1 Roche ISETROL …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….8-7

8.4 Declaration of conformity ………………………………………………………………………………. 8-10

8.5 Program flow chart …………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-13

8.6 Maintenance schedule …………………………………………………………………………………… 8-14

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-I

Page 140: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8-II Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 141: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8 Appendix

8.1 Description of reports

8.1.1 Measurement report

8.1.2 QC report

Fig. 8-4

Fig. 8-1 Fig. 8-2 Fig. 8-3

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL — 26SEP03 08:16HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: STANDARD

Sample No.35

Na=151.7 mmol/LK = 5.56 mmol/LCl=114.5 mmol/L

*PERFORM DAILY ** MAINTENANCE! *

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL — 26SEP03 08:27HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: SERUM

Sample No.36

Na= 263 mmol/LK = 18.3 mmol/LCl= 118 mmol/L

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL — 26SEP03 08:31HOSPITAL WEST

Name: ………. ……….Sample: URINE

Sample No.37

Na=143.9 mmol/LK = 4.93↓ mmol/LCl=103.1 mmol/L

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL — 26SEP03 09:21HOSPITAL WESTQUALITY CONTROL

*** Level 1 ***Lot Number:1150

Na/K/Cl 1 Na-values 118.0 1 K-values 2.71 1 Cl-values 69.6

*** Level 2 ***Lot Number:1261

Na/K/Cl 1 Na-values 145.4 1 K-values 4.51 1 Cl-values 103.6

*** Level 3 ***Lot Number:1373

Na/K/Cl 1 Na-values 160.5 1 K-values 6.46 1 Cl-values 120.0

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-1

Page 142: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.1.3 Calibration report

Fig. 8-5

— ROCHE 9180 -ELECTROLYTE ISE- NA-K-CL — 26SEP03 09:01HOSPITAL WEST*CALIBR. REPORT*

DailyMaintenancePerformed Last: 26SEP03 08:16

Standard ANa = -369mV (4)K = -1052mV (4)Cl = -183mV (4)

Difference A-B:Na = 584mV ( )K = 1056mV ( )Cl = -689mV ( )

Temp. = 26.2°CSnapPak:83% Remaining

Corr. Factors:Na Offs.= 0.0Na Slope= 1.000K Offs.= 0.0K Slope= 1.000Cl Offs.= 0.0Cl Slope= 1.000Bicarb. Factors:Na Offs.= 0.0Na Slope= 1.000K Offs.= 0.0K Slope= 1.000Cl Offs.= 0.0Cl Slope= 1.000Acetate Factors:Na Offs.= 0.0Na Slope= 1.000K Offs.= 0.0K Slope= 1.000Cl Offs.= 0.0Cl Slope= 1.000Urine Factors:Na Offs.= 0.0Na Slope= 1.000K Offs.= 0.0K Slope= 1.000Cl Offs.= 0.0Cl Slope= 1.000

Normal Ranges:Units: [mmol/L]Na: 136 — 145K : 3.5 — 5.1Cl: 97 — 111

QC Ranges:Units: [mmol/L]

*** Level 1 ***Lot number:1150Na: 40 — 145K : 1.5 — 15.0Cl: 50 — 200

*** Level 2 ***Lot number:1261Na: 40 — 145K : 1.5 — 15.0Cl: 50 — 200

*** Level 3 ***Lot number:1373Na: 40 — 145K : 1.5 — 15.0Cl: 50 — 200

Service Codes: , , , ,NOB, , , , ,

8-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 143: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.2 Specifications of the solutions

Use of calibration solutions, electrodes or QC-material that were not produced by Roche leads to an invalidation of the instrument’s guarantee.

Reagents are to be used for in-vitro diagnostic use only.

The SnapPak contains the following solutions:

Standard A

Standard B

Standard C

Reference solution

Caution: A waste container is provided inside the SnapPak which, when used, holds human body fluids which may be potentially infectious; handle with appropriate care to avoid skin contact or ingestion!

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-3

Page 144: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of1 3

München ++49-89-19240Centre for Detoxification: Mainz ++49-6131-232466-232467

SNAPPAK, 9180 91813112349Roche Diagnostics GmbHSandhoferstr. 116D-68305 MannheimTel. ++49-621-7590Information obtainable from: ++49-621-759-2763 or ++49-621-759-4848

Central Works Security Roche Diagnostics GmbH ++49-621-759-2203

1.1 Commercial product:

Cat.-No.:1.2 Company:

1.3 In Emergencies:

1. Name of substance/preparation and company

2. Composition/Information on constituents

There is at present no information or indication of hazardous property.Notes:

Kit contains:Bottle 1 (3x): Classification: not necessary

Contains: No hazardous substances in reportable quantities.

Substance slightly hazardous to water and ground water

The usual precautions taken when handling chemicals should be observed.Warnings:

Notes:

3. Hazards identification

Eye contact: Flush eyes with water.Skin contact: Wash off with water.Ingestion: Seek medical advice.

4. First aid measures

Symptomatic treatment by a physician.Instructions for physician:

First aid:

Dangerous decomposition is not anticipated.

No restriction

5. Fire-fighting measuresExtinguishing media:Thermaldecomposition:

Special measures to limit damage are not necessary.No restriction.Dilute spilled substance with plenty of water and absorb.After spillage:

Absorbent material:Damage limitation:

6. Accidental release measures

No restrictionStore at room temperature.No special requirements.

7. Handling and storageSubstance or preparation itself does not burn.7.1 Handling:

7.2 Storage:Do not store with:

8-4 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 145: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of2 3

SNAPPAK, 9180 9181Commercial product:

TLV:noneRespiratory protection:

Wash hands before breaks and at the end of the work.One-way glovesprot.glasses

8. Exposure controls/personal protection

Eye protection:Hand protection:Hygiene:

undefined

9. Physical and chemical properties

yes

not determined7,0

liquidPhysical state:Miscible with water:pH:Flash point:

Bottle 1

None

None known when used appropriately.

10. Stability and reactivityHazardousReactions:

Hazardous decompositionproducts:

not known

Intoxication has so far not become known.

not knownnot knownnot known

11. Toxicological informationLD50 oralLD50LD50 skinLD50 inhal

Toxicologic information:

12. Ecological informationHazards: Substance slightly hazardous to water and ground water

Dispose of empty packs via local recycling or waste disposal

Small quantities may be disposed off in waste water.

13. Disposal considerations

routes — if necessary, clean them beforehand.

Waste disposal route:

Disposalof emptied packs:

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-5

Page 146: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of3 3

SNAPPAK, 9180 9181Commercial product:

14. Transport information

Is not subject to current regulations for transportation of hazardous goods (GGVS/ADR, GGVE/RID, IMDG, IATA/ICAO).

RID/ADR:

ICAO/IATA:IMDG-Code:

Proper Shipping Name:

Notes:

UN-No.:MFAG:EMS:

15. RegulatoryThis product must be not labeled in accordance with EEC directive 67/548 and 99/45.Notes:

16. Other information

The information herein is believed to be correct as of the date hereof but is provided without warranty of any kind. The recipient of our product is responsible for ensuring that,where applicable, existing laws and guidelines are observed.Special permission has been granted in accordance with EU Directive 99/45, Article 9, which permit small packages of up to 125 ml or g containing materials that areharmful to health or irritant to be unlabelled with the hazard identification information given in the safety data sheet.

8-6 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 147: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.3 Specification of the QC solutions

8.3.1 Roche ISETROL

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of1 3

München ++49-89-19240Centre for Detoxification: Mainz ++49-6131-232466-232467

ISETROL electrollyte control, L 13112888Roche Diagnostics GmbHSandhoferstr. 116D-68305 MannheimTel. ++49-621-7590Information obtainable from: ++49-621-759-2763 or ++49-621-759-4848

Central Works Security Roche Diagnostics GmbH ++49-621-759-2203

1.1 Commercial product:

Cat.-No.:1.2 Company:

1.3 In Emergencies:

1. Name of substance/preparation and company

2. Composition/Information on constituents

There is at present no information or indication of hazardous property.Notes:

Contains: No hazardous substances in reportable quantities.

Substance slightly hazardous to water and ground water

The usual precautions taken when handling chemicals should be observed.Warnings:

Notes:

3. Hazards identification

Eye contact: Flush eyes with water.Skin contact: Wash off with water.Ingestion: Seek medical advice.

4. First aid measures

Symptomatic treatment by a physician.Instructions for physician:

First aid:

Dangerous decomposition is not anticipated.

No restriction

5. Fire-fighting measuresExtinguishing media:Thermaldecomposition:

Special measures to limit damage are not necessary.No restriction.Dilute spilled substance with plenty of water and absorb.After spillage:

Absorbent material:Damage limitation:

6. Accidental release measures

No restrictionStore at room temperature.No special requirements.

7. Handling and storageSubstance or preparation itself does not burn.7.1 Handling:

7.2 Storage:Do not store with:

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-7

Page 148: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of2 3

ISETROL electrollyte control, L 1Commercial product:

TLV:noneRespiratory protection:

Wash hands before breaks and at the end of the work.One-way glovesprot.glasses

8. Exposure controls/personal protection

Eye protection:Hand protection:Hygiene:

undefined

9. Physical and chemical properties

yes

no data availableno data available

liquidPhysical state:Miscible with water:pH:Flash point:

None

None known when used appropriately.

10. Stability and reactivityHazardousReactions:

Hazardous decompositionproducts:

not known

Intoxication has so far not become known.

not knownnot knownnot known

11. Toxicological informationLD50 oralLD50LD50 skinLD50 inhal

Toxicologic information:

12. Ecological informationHazards: Substance slightly hazardous to water and ground water

Dispose of empty packs via local recycling or waste disposal

Small quantities may be disposed off in waste water.

13. Disposal considerations

routes — if necessary, clean them beforehand.

Waste disposal route:

Disposalof emptied packs:

14. Transport information

Is not subject to current regulations for transportation of hazardous goods (GGVS/ADR, GGVE/RID, IMDG, IATA/ICAO).

RID/ADR:ICAO/IATA:IMDG-Code:

Proper Shipping Name:

Notes:

UN-No.:MFAG:EMS:

8-8 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 149: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Safety Data SheetDate: 14.03.02 Date of printing 06.08.02 Pag of3 3

ISETROL electrollyte control, L 1Commercial product:

15. RegulatoryThis product must be not labeled in accordance with EEC directive 67/548 and 99/45.Notes:

16. Other information

The information herein is believed to be correct as of the date hereof but is provided without warranty of any kind. The recipient of our product is responsible for ensuring that,where applicable, existing laws and guidelines are observed.Special permission has been granted in accordance with EU Directive 99/45, Article 9, which permit small packages of up to 125 ml or g containing materials that areharmful to health or irritant to be unlabelled with the hazard identification information given in the safety data sheet.

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-9

Page 150: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.4 Declaration of conformity

8-10 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 151: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-11

Page 152: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8-12 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 153: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.5 Program flow chart

Na K Cl READY

PRINT FUNCTIONS?

QC/STD/DIALYSATE

URINE SAMPLE?

DAILY

MAINTENANCE?

OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

PROGRAM

INSTRUMENT?

SERVICE

FUNCTIONS?

CALIBRATION?

NO

NO

Print last

Sample Report?

Print

Cal Report?

Print QC Values

and Statistics?

Remain in Print

Functions?

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

QC Level 1

Sample?

QC Level 2

Sample?

QC Level 3

Sample?

Standard

Sample?

Bicarbonate

Sample?

Acetate

Sample?

Urine

Sample?

Remain in QC/Std

/Urine Sample?

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

Remain in Daily

Maintenance?

Perform Daily

Conditioning?

Perform Daily

Cleaning?

YES

NO

NO

NO

Calibration

YES

Remain in

Operator Func?

Take out of

Operation?

Reset

Sample Number?

Select Parameter

Configuration?

Set

Time/Date?

Go to

Standby Mode?

Check/Change

SnapPak?

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

Enter Code:

AAA

Program QC

Level 1 Ranges?

Program QC

Level 2 Ranges?

Program QC

Level 3 Ranges?

Program

Normal Ranges?

Program

Corr Factors?

Program Bicarb.

Corr Factors?

Program Acetate

Corr Factors?

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Program Urine

Corr Factors?

Program Printer

Setup?

NO

NO

Program

Interface?

Remain in

Program Func?

NO

NO

YES

NO

NO

NO

Test

Electrodes?

Test

Sample Sensor?

Test SnapPak

Sensor?

Test

Language Switch?

Test

Sample Door?

Test

Pump?

Test

Pinch Valves?

Test Interface?

Jump Pins 2 & 3

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Test

Amplifier?

Enter

Service Code?

NO

NO

Remain in

Service Func?

NO

NO

NO

Calibration

YES

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 8-13

Page 154: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

8 Appendix

8.6 Maintenance schedule

TIP: This page can be used as template for duplication.

3130

2928

2726

2524

2322

2120

1918

1716

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

1

DA

ILY

Perf

orm

cle

anin

g

Perf

orm

con

ditio

ning

WEE

KLY

Cle

an s

ampl

e pr

obe/

fill p

ort

Cle

an a

naly

zer

surf

aces

MO

NTH

LY

Cle

an r

efer

ence

ele

ctro

de h

ousi

ng

SEM

I-A

NN

UA

LLY

Cha

nge

pum

p tu

bing

AN

NU

ALL

Y

Cha

nge

mai

n tu

bing

har

ness

UN

SC

HED

ULE

D M

AIN

TEN

AN

CE

91

80

Ele

ctro

lyte

An

aly

zer

Ma

inte

na

nc

e s

ch

ed

ule

Mo

nth

:…..

……

……

……

….

8-14 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

Page 155: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

9 Index

9 Index

A

Additional settingsInterface settings ……………………………………………. 3-11

Printer settings ……………………………………………….. 3-10

Analyzer components ……………………………………………. 1-7

Appendix ………………………………………………………………….. 8-1

B

Bibliography ……………………………………………………………. 2-8

C

Calibrations ……………………………………………………………… 2-9

Classification …………………………………………………………. 2-14

CleaningAnalyzer surfaces …………………………………………….. 5-4

Reference electrode housing …………………………. 5-5

Sample probe mechanism ……………………………… 5-4

Clearall data ……………………………………………………………… 6-13

Sample count …………………………………………………. 6-13

Clinical significanceChloride ……………………………………………………………. 7-3

Ionized calcium ……………………………………………….. 7-4

Lithium ……………………………………………………………… 7-6

Potassium …………………………………………………………. 7-2

Sodium ……………………………………………………………… 7-1

Correlation factors …………………………………………………. 3-8

D

Declaration of conformity ………………………………….. 8-10

Decontamination ……………………………………………………. 5-1

Description of reports ……………………………………………. 8-1

Dimensions ……………………………………………………………. 2-14

Display …………………………………………………………….. 1-8, 2-14

Disposal of…Electrodes …………………………………………………………. 1-6

Instrument ……………………………………………………….. 1-6

Reference electrode …………………………………………. 1-6

SnapPak …………………………………………………………….. 1-6

E

Electrical data ………………………………………………………… 2-14

Electrode specifications ……………………………………….. 7-10

ElectrodesCalcium electrode …………………………………………. 7-13

Chloride electrode …………………………………………. 7-12

Lithium electrode ………………………………………….. 7-14

Potassium electrode ………………………………………. 7-11

Reference electrode ………………………………………..7-16

Reference electrode assembly ……………………….7-15

Sodium electrode ……………………………………………7-10

Environmental parameters ………………………………….. 2-10

Solutions …………………………………………………………..2-11

SnapPak ……………………………………………………. 2-11

Error messages …………………………………………………………. 6-1

ExchangingMain tubing harness ……………………………………….. 5-9

Pump tubing set ……………………………………………….5-8

G

General notes …………………………………………………………… 1-2

I

Installation ………………………………………………………………1-12

Preparing the Analyzer for Operation ………..1-18

Selecting language …………………………………………..1-18

Interferences ……………………………………………………………..2-6

K

Keypad ………………………………………………………………………. 1-8

L

Limitations ………………………………………………………………..2-7

Limitations of clinical analysis ………………………………3-3

Electrolytes ……………………………………………………….. 3-3

General ……………………………………………………………….3-3

Linearity ……………………………………………………………………. 2-5

Correlation to direct ISE — flame-correlated . 2-6

Correlation to direct ISE — not flame-correlated 2-6

Electrolytes in serum ………………………………..2-5, 2-6

in aqueous standard solutions ………………………. 2-5

in serum ……………………………………………………………..2-5

Location ………………………………………………………………….. 1-12

M

MaintenanceAnnual ………………………………………………………………..5-9

Exchanging main tubing harness …………..5-9

Cleaning reference electrode housing …………..5-5

Daily ……………………………………………………………………5-2

Monthly ……………………………………………………………..5-5

Semi annual ………………………………………………………. 5-8

Exchanging the peristaltic pump tubes .. 5-8

Unscheduled maintenance ……………………………5-10

Material setup ………………………………………………………….. 4-2

Measurement and calibration procedures ………….1-5

Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007 9-1

Page 156: AVL 9180 Oper Manual.pdf

9 Index

Measuring chamber …………………………………………………1-9

Measuring procedure ………………………………………………3-4

N

Normal ranges ………………………………………………………….3-8

P

Performance parameters ………………………………………..2-1

Peristaltic pump ……………………………………………………….1-9

Preanalytics ……………………………………………………………….3-1

Acceptable anticoagulants ………………………………3-1

Sample collection ……………………………………………..3-1

Sample collection containers ………………………….3-2

Sample handling ……………………………………………….3-2

Sample requirements ……………………………………….3-1

Printer ……………………………………………………………….1-8, 2-14

PrintingQC report …………………………………………………………..4-5

Product data ……………………………………………………………2-14

Program flow chart ………………………………………………..8-13

Q

QCMaterial setup ……………………………………………………4-2

R

Rear panel ………………………………………………………………..1-11

Recommended decontaminants …………………………..5-2

ReplacingElectrodes …………………………………………………………5-10

Printer paper ……………………………………………………5-14

Sample probe …………………………………………………..5-13

ReportsCalibration report …………………………………………….8-2

Measurement report ………………………………………..8-1

QC report …………………………………………………………..8-1

S

Sample collection …………………………………………………….3-1

Sample handling ………………………………………………………3-2

Aqueous solutions ……………………………………………3-3

Dialysate …………………………………………………………….3-3

Plasma ………………………………………………………………..3-2

Serum ………………………………………………………………….3-2

Whole blood …………………………………………………….. 3-2

Sample measurement …………………………………………….. 3-4

Dialysate samples …………………………………………….. 3-6

Direct ISE ………………………………………………………….. 3-6

Urine samples ………………………………………………….. 3-7

Sample probe mechanism …………………………………….. 1-9

Sample throughput ………………………………………………… 2-9

Sample types ……………………………………………………………. 2-9

Sample volumes ………………………………………………………. 2-9

Serial port ……………………………………………………………….. 1-11

Service codes ………………………………………………………….. 6-11

Service functions …………………………………………………….. 6-7

Testing the amplifier …………………………………….. 6-10

Testing the electrodes …………………………………….. 6-7

Not calibrated potassium electrode ……… 6-8

Testing the interface ……………………………………… 6-10

Testing the language switch ………………………….. 6-9

Testing the pump ……………………………………………. 6-9

Testing the sample door ………………………………… 6-9

Testing the sample sensor ……………………………… 6-8

Testing the SnapPak sensor …………………………… 6-8

Testing the valves …………………………………………… 6-10

Shutdown ……………………………………………………………….. 1-26

SnapPak ………………………………………………………………….. 1-10

Specification of the QC solutions ………………………… 8-7

Specifications …………………………………………………………… 2-1

Measurement parameters ……………………………… 2-1

Reproducibility ………………………………………………… 2-1

Roche ISETROL ………………………………………………. 8-7

Standby mode ……………………………………………………….. 1-30

Symbols …………………………………………………………………….. 1-2

System description …………………………………………………. 1-7

T

Temperature / humidity / stability ……………………. 2-10

Electrodes ……………………………………………………….. 2-10

Instrument ……………………………………………………… 2-10

QC material ……………………………………………………. 2-13

Urine diluent ………………………………………………….. 2-13

Theoretical foundations ………………………………………… 7-1

Troubleshooting ……………………………………………………… 6-1

V

Valves ………………………………………………………………………. 1-10

9-2 Instructions for Use, 9180 Electrolyte Analyzer, Rev. 4.0, April 2007

AVL MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS AG

Electrolyte Analyzers

Operators Manual

148 Pages

MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS  9180 Electrolyte Analyzer Operator's Manual

File Type: PDF

File Size: 3.12 MB

File Name: avl_9180_electrolyte_analyzer_operators_manual.pdf

By clicking Download you are confirming this is the correct document for your purposes
and that you agree to our Terms & Conditions

Page 1: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

MED

ICA

L IN

STR

UM

ENTS

AVL 9120, 9130,9140, 9180, 9181

Electrolyte Analyzers

Service Manual

Page 2: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

Tenth EditionNovember 1997

Copyright, 1997, AVL Scientific Corporation. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise noted, no part of thispublication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated intoany language in any form without the written permission of AVL Scientific Corporation.

For information contact:

AVL Scientific Corporation AVL MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS AG AVL LIST GmbH50 Mansell Court Stettemerstrasse 28 Kleiststrasse 48P.O. Box 337 CH-8207 Schaffhausen A-8020 GrazRoswell, Georgia USA 30077 Switzerland Austria1-800-526-2272 41-848-800-885 43-316-787-0

Printed in USA

US0285 REV K

ii

Page 3: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

This Operator´s Manual contains important warnings and safety information to be observed by theuser.

This instrument is only intended for one area of application which is described in the instruc-tions. The most important prerequisites for application, operation and safety, are explained toensure smooth operation. No warranty or liability claims will be covered if the instrument isapplied in areas other than those described or if the necessary prerequisites and safetymeasures are not observed.

The instrument is only to be operated by qualified personnel capable of observing theseprerequisites.

Only accessories and supplies either delivered by or approved by AVL are to be used with theinstrument.

Due to the operating principle of the instrument, analytical accuracy not only depends oncorrect operation and function, but also upon a variety of external influences beyond themanufacturers control. Therefore, the test results from this instrument must be carefullyexamined by an expert, before further measures are taken based on the analytical results.

Instrument adjustment and maintenance with removed covers and connected power mains areonly to be performed by a qualified technician who is aware of the dangers involved.

Instrument repairs are only to be performed by the manufacturer or qualified service personnel.

Symbol Explanation

Attention symbol — Refer to the Operator’s Manual or ServiceManual for further instructions. This symbol is located on theinside of the instrument.

Type B instrument symbol — An instrument of the B type falls undersafety categories I, II, or III, or has an internal power supply providingthe required insulation against discharge current and reliable groundconnections.

Important Information!

iii

Important Information!

Page 4: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

• This instrument falls under Safety Category I.• This instrument is a Class B instrument.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference’s, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Warning: Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class Bdigital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference toradio communication. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment does not cause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, theuser is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the followingmeasures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which

the receiver is connected.• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help

Caution:• The instrument is designed as a conventional device (closed, not waterproof type).• Do not operate the instrument in an explosive environment or in the vicinity of

explosive anesthetic mixtures containing oxygen or nitrous oxide.• This instrument is suitable for continuous operation.• The power plug is to be plugged into a ground socket only. When using an extension

cord, make sure that it is of the proper size and is properly grounded.• Any breakage of the ground lead inside or outside the instrument or a loose ground

connection can cause a hazardous condition when operating the instrument.Intentional disconnection of the grounding is not permitted.

• When replacing the fuses, make sure that they are of the same type and rating as theoriginal fuses. Never use repaired fuses or short-circuit the fuse holders.

Operating Safety Information

iv

Operating Safety Information

Page 5: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

Contents

1 Introduction……………………………………………………………………………….. 1

2 General Description …………………………………………………………………… 2

2.1 Reported Parameters ………………………………………………………… 22.2 Operating Parameters ……………………………………………………….. 2

3 Software ……………………………………………………………………………………. 5

3.1 System Software Flow Charts 9120, 30, 40 …………………………. 73.2 System Software Flow Charts 9180………………………………….. 173.3 System Software Flow Charts 9181………………………………….. 293.4 Service Functions ………………………………………………………….. 42

4 Description of Modules …………………………………………………………….. 48

4.1 Mechanical Assemblies …………………………………………………… 484.2 Fluidic Module ……………………………………………………………… 524.3 Electronics ……………………………………………………………………. 56

5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting …………………………………………….. 59

5.1 Maintenance Procedures ………………………………………………… 595.2 Error Messages and Troubleshooting ……………………………….. 60

6 Adjustments …………………………………………………………………………….. 71

6.1 Sample Sensor Adjustment ……………………………………………… 716.2 Temperature Adjustment …………………………………………………. 71

7 Electronic Diagrams …………………………………………………………………. 72

System Block Diagram 9120, 30, 40, 80 …………………………………. 74System Block Diagram 9181 …………………………………………………. 75System Interconnect 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………………….. 76SBC PCB — Power Supply 9120, 30, 40 …………………………………. 77SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………….. 78SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9120, 30, 40 ………… 79SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9120, 30, 40……………………………….. 80SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9120, 30, 40 …………………………. 81SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9120, 30, 40 ……. 82

v

Page 6: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………. 83SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9120, 30, 40 ……………………… 84Printer Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40, 80, 81 ……………………………… 85Lamp PCB 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………………………………. 86Display Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40……………………………………….. 87System Interconnect 9180/9181 …………………………………………….. 88SBC PCB — Power Supply 9180/9181 ……………………………………. 89SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9180/9181 …………………………………….. 90SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9180/9181…………… 91SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9180/9181………………………………….. 92SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9180/9181 ……………………………. 93SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9180/9181 ………. 94SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9180/9181 …………………………………. 95SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9180/9181 ………………………… 96SBC PCB — Fluid Pack Detector 9180/9181 ……………………………. 97Lamp PCB 9180/9181 …………………………………………………………. 98Display Daughter PCB 9180………………………………………………….. 99

8 Parts List ……………………………………………………………………………. 100

Main Assembly Front …………………………………………………………. 101Main Assembly Rear ………………………………………………………….. 102Electrode Holder Assembly …………………………………………………. 103Needle Unit Assembly ………………………………………………………… 104Rear Panel Assembly ………………………………………………………….. 105Front Door Assembly …………………………………………………………. 106

9 Interface Specifications …………………………………………………………… 107

9.1 Interface Information…………………………………………………….. 1079.2 Example Data String Information…………………………………….. 1089.3 Data Link Information…………………………………………………… 108

vi

Page 7: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

1 Introduction

The Service Manual for the 9120, 30, 40, 80, and 81 Electrolyte Analyzerscontains the technical information needed to ensure easy fault identification.This manual is intended to be complementary to the Operator’s Manual wheredetailed instructions for operation, maintenance and troubleshooting areprovided.

As for all clinical instrumentation, a thorough understanding of the principlesof operation is prerequisite to attempting service of this product. Trainingalong with experience will enhance the use of this manual.

Service and repair of 9120, 30, 40, 80, and 81 analyzers should be performedonly by qualified repair technicians. Care should be taken when removing thecovers as hazardous voltages are exposed. Use only accepted electronic testprocedures and static protection when replacing and handling all electronicparts.

This manual is divided into 9 chapters to facilitate location of technical infor-mation. Chapter 2 provides specifications and operating parameter informa-tion. Chapter 3 includes flow charts for all system functions and detailedoperation of system test procedures. In Chapter 4, all mechanical, fluidic andelectronic assemblies are described. Chapter 5 outlines routine maintenanceand troubleshooting procedures. Chapter 6 includes electronic adjustmentsand Chapter 7 provides the system block diagram and all circuit schematicdiagrams and wiring interconnection information. In Chapter 8, part identifica-tion, location and description is provided by the illustrated parts list.Finally, in Chapter 9 interface specifications are provided for the RS232output.

1

Page 8: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

2

2 General Description

Specifications

2.1 Reported Parameters Measuring Range Resolution

Whole BloodSerumPlasma

Sodium Na+ 40 — 205 mmol/L 0.1 mmol/L

Potassium K+ 1.5 — 15 mmol/L 0.01 mmol/L(0.8 — 15 mmol/L dialysate)

Chloride Cl- 50 — 200 mmol/L 0.1 mmol/L

Calcium Ca++ 0.2 — 5.0 mmol/L 0.01 mmol/L

Lithium Li+ 0.1 — 6.0 mmol/L 0.001 mmol/L

Urine

Sodium Na+ 1 — 300 mmol/L 1.0 mmol/L

Potassium K+ 4.5 — 120 mmol/L 0.1 mmol/L (60 — 120 mmol/L w. addit. dilution)

Chloride Cl- 1 — 300 mmol/L 1.0 mmol/L

Calcium and Lithium are not measured in urine samples.Lithium is not measured in dialysate samples.

2.2 Operating Parameters

Sample type Whole blood, serum, plasma, urine,dialysate (acetate or bicarbonate)

Sample device Syringe, sample cup, collection tube, capillary

Sample size 95 µL

Analysis time 50 seconds

Sample rate 45 per hour with printout60 per hour without printout

Page 9: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

3

Measurement

Sodium (Na+) sensor Ion-selective, flow-through, glass capillaryelectrode

Potassium (K+) sensor Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membraneelectrode

Chloride (Cl-) sensor Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membraneelectrode

Calcium (Ca++) sensor Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membraneelectrode

Lithium (Li+) sensor Ion-selective, flow-through, liquid membraneelectrode

Reference System Open liquid junction, flow-through electrode

Calibration Fully automatic1 point with each sample2 point every 3 hours (9180/9181 every 4 hrs.)

Standby Mode suspends calibrations

Warm-up time 1 minute

Temperature Room temperature, 15 — 32° C, 60 — 90° F

Humidity maximum 85% relative humidity,non-condensing

Data management Quality Control memory storage, 3 levels,35 values; calculation of mean, standarddeviation, and coefficient of variation (CV)

Diagnostic Programs user-controlled diagnostics,YES/NO operation via the display

Electronics Microprocessor-controlled

Display LCD dot-matrix, 2 line, 16 characters per line

Printer Integral thermal printer, 16 character width

Autosampler (9181 only) Integral turntable — 18 positions,2 mL or 0.25 mL sample cups

Page 10: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

4

Interface RS232C Serial Port

Data Link Data link to Compact 2/3 (9180/9181)

Electrical requirements 100 — 240 V~, 50/60 Hz,1.4 A max.Self-adjusting

Nominal powerconsumption 30 W

Dimensions

height 12.2″; 335mmwidth 12.4″; 315mdepth 12.0″; 295mmweight approx. 13 lbs; 6kg

Classifications

Safety category IDevice type B (according to ÖVE-MG/EN 60601-1,

IEC 601-1)Mode of operation continuous operationProtection classification IP 20Explosion protection the device is not designed for operation in

explosive environments.Approvals CSA, CE, FCC Class B

CLIA Complexity Category: ModerateTest System Code: 04739FDA 510(k) number: K972673Analyte Codes: Na+: 5805

K+: 4910Cl-: 1018iCa++: 1004Li+: 3712

Data subject to change without notice. Technical information issupplied for general informational purposes only.

Page 11: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

5

3 Software Operation

3.1 Software Operation — 9120, 9130, 9140

Software operation of the 9120, 9130, 9140 analyzers can be accessed by YES/NO selection on the analyzer front panel. The following flow chart diagrams areprovided to identify operating sequences of the 9120, 9130, 9140 Analyzers:

1. Overall Program Operating Flow2. Main Menu3. Measurement Sequence4. Print Functions Menu5. QC/Standard/Urine Sample Menu6. Daily Maintenance Menu7. Operator Functions Menu8. Program Instrument Menu9. Service Functions Menu10. Calibration Sequence

3.2 Software Operation — 9180

1. Overall Program Operating Flow2. Main Menu3. Measurement Sequence4. Print Functions Menu5. QC/Std/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu6. Daily Maintenance Menu7. Operator Functions Menu8. Program Instrument Menu9. Service Functions Menu10. Calibration Sequence11. Power-up Sequence

Page 12: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

6

3.3 Software Operation — 9181

1. Overall Program Operating Flow2. Main Menu3. Measurement Sequence4. Print Functions Menu5. QC/Std/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu6. Daily Maintenance Menu7. Operator Functions Menu8. Program Instrument Menu9. Service Functions Menu10. Calibration Sequence11. Power-up Sequence

The Service Functions Menu is also provided with a more detailed descriptionof each test parameter for use in testing instrument subassemblies.

Page 13: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

7

3.1 Software Operation — 9120, 30, 401 Overall Program Operating Flow — 9120, 30, 40

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

RE

AD

Y

12:

45P

RIN

TF

UN

CT

ION

S?

QC

/ST

AN

DA

RD

/U

RIN

E S

AM

PLE

?D

AIL

YM

AIN

TE

NA

NC

E?

OP

ER

AT

OR

FU

NC

TIO

NS

?S

ER

VIC

EF

UN

CT

ION

S?

CA

LIB

RA

TIO

N?

Tes

tE

lect

rode

s?

Tes

tS

ampl

e S

enso

r?

Tes

tS

ampl

e D

oor?

Tes

tP

ump?

Tes

tV

alve

s?

Tes

t In

terf

ace?

Jum

p P

ins

2 &

3

Tes

tA

mpl

ifier

?

Ent

erS

ervi

ce C

ode?

Rem

ain

inS

ervi

ce F

unc.

?

Prin

t las

tS

ampl

e R

epor

t?

Prin

tC

al.

Rep

ort?

Prin

t QC

Val

ues

and

Sta

tistic

s?

Rem

ain

in P

rint

Fun

ctio

ns?

QC

Lev

el 1

Sam

ple?

QC

Lev

el 2

Sam

ple?

QC

Lev

el 3

Sam

ple?

Sta

ndar

dS

ampl

e?

Urin

eS

ampl

e?

Rem

ain

in Q

C/

Std

/Urin

e S

ampl

e?

Dai

lyC

lean

ing?

Dai

lyC

ondi

tioni

ng?

Rem

ain

in D

aily

Mai

nten

ance

?

CA

LIB

RA

TE

Che

ck/C

hang

eS

napP

ak?

Go

toS

tand

by M

ode?

Set

Tim

e/D

ate?

Res

etS

ampl

e N

umbe

r?

Tak

e O

ut o

fO

pera

tion?

Rem

ain

inO

pera

tor

Fun

c.?

PR

OG

RA

MIN

ST

RU

ME

NT

?

Ent

er C

ode:

AA

A

Pro

gram

QC

Leve

l 1 R

ange

s?

Pro

gram

QC

Leve

l 2 R

ange

s?

Pro

gram

QC

Leve

l 3 R

ange

s?

Pro

gram

Nor

mal

Ran

ges?

Pro

gram

Cor

r. F

acto

rs?

Pro

gram

Prin

ter

Set

up?

Rem

ain

inP

rogr

am F

unc.

?

CA

LIB

RA

TE

No

Yes No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Page 14: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

8

2 Main Menu — 9120, 30, 40

READY 12:45

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

QC/STANDARD/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

CALIBRATION?

MAIN MENU

LEGEND

Display prompt

Action performed by analyzer

2-second display prompt

Decision-making by analyzer

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Page 15: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

9

3 Measurement Sequence — 9120, 30, 40

READY 12:45

DOOR OPENEDWITHIN 2s?

Remove Sampleand Wipe Probe

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

PleaseIntroduce Sample

CHECK SSVOLTAGE

Remove Sampleand Wipe Probe

Please CloseSample Door

Please CloseSample Door

Serum Samplein Process 49

Blood Samplein Process 49

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

NO

YESOPENFLAP

NO

YES

< airvoltage

> airvoltage

2s 2s

FLAPCLOSED

FLAPCLOSED

YES/NO1 min.

YES/NO1 min.

Page 16: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

10

4 Print Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

PRINTING…

QC/STANDARD/URINE SAMPLE?

Print LastSample Report?

PrintCal. Report?

Print QC Valuesand Statistics?

Remain in PrintFunctions?

READY 12:45

READY 12:45PRINTING…

PRINTING…

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Page 17: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

11

5 QC/Standard/Urine Sample Menu — 9120, 30, 40

QC/STANDARD/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

YES

NO

QC Level 1Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

IntroduceSample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

QC Level 1in Process 49

READY 12:45

Na K Cl99.65.34 88.2

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s2s

2 min

2s

2s YES

NO

QC Level 2Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

IntroduceSample Wipe Probe/Close

Sample DoorQC Level 2

in Process 49

READY 12:45

Na K Cl99.6 5.34 88.2

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s2s

2 min

2s

2sYES

NO

QC Level 3Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

IntroduceSample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

QC Level 3in Process 49

READY 12:45

Na K Cl99.6 5.34 88.2

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s

2s

2 min

2s

2s YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

StandardSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

IntroduceSample Wipe Probe/Close

Sample DoorStandard Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Cl158.8 5.82 113.2

1 min. NO/YES

NO

UrineSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

IntroduceSample Wipe Probe/Close

Sample DoorUrine Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Cl238 18.8 198

1 min. NO/YESNO

Remain in QC/Std/Urine Sample?

READY 12:45NO/2 min.

5s

5s

YES

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

Page 18: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

12

6 Daily Maintenance Menu — 9120, 30, 40

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

NO

DailyCleaning?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Cleaning Solutiondetected? CLEAN

Cleaning Solutionnot detected!

YES

YES

OPEN

OPEN CLOSE YES

NO

DailyConditioning?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Condition. Solutiondetected?

CONDITION

Condition. Solutionnot detected!

NO

YES

OPEN

OPEN CLOSE YES

NO

Remain in DailyMaintenance?YES

CLEANING AND/ORCOND. PERFORMED?

Calibrationdue?

NO/1min.

NO

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION CALIBRATE

READY 12:45

NO

YES

YES

Page 19: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

13

7 Operator Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

Check/ChangeSnapPak?

37%remaining

ChangeSnapPak?

New SnapPakinstalled?

Fluid Counterreset to 100%

Go toStandby Mode

***STANDBY!***YES -> READY Maint. due?

New PackPrime …

CALIBRATE

READY 12:45

LeaveStandby Mode?

PRESS YESWITHIN 2s

ISCALIBRATION

DUE?

DailyCleaning?

DailyConditioning?

Remain in DailyMaintenance?

CONDITIONCLEANIS

CALIBRATIONDUE?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok ?

SetTime/Date?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION

CALIBRATEREADY 12:45

Are you sure?ResetSample Number?

SET SAMPLENUMBER TO 0

Take out ofOperation?

Shutdown Plug /Water installed?

Transp HousingRef installed?

Remove Waterand Press YES

All Electrodes& Plug Removed?

4 Relief ClampsInserted?

Pump WindingsRelieved?

Do You Wish toDELETE all Data?

ShutdownCompleteTurn Power Off

Remain inOperator Func?

NO

NO

NO

YESYES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YESYES

YES/NO

YES

NO YES NO

YES

YES

NO NO

YES

YES

1min/NO

NO

YESNO

NO

NO

YES YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YESNOYES/

YES YES YES

YESYESYESYES

Page 20: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

14

8 Program Instrument Menu — 9120, 30, 40

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

Enter Code:AAA

CODE ERROR!RETRY?

Program QCLevel 1 Ranges?

Current Lot: 0000Change Lot?

Print old Valuesand Statistics?

New Lot!Delete old Data?

Enter last 4 Digof Lot#: 0000

Lot Numberok?

Na low = 040Na high = 205

K low = 3.50K high = 5.50

Cl low = 050Cl high = 200

Program QCLevel 2 Ranges?

Program QCLevel 3 Ranges?

ProgramNormal Ranges?

ProgramCorr Factors

Program PrinterSetup?

Remain inProgram Func?

READY 12:45

Patient Reportoff?

Print twoPatient Reports?

Reset CorrFactor (default)?

Remain inCorr Factors?

Input/VerifyCorr Factors?

Na low = 135.0Na high = 150.0

Cl low = 95.0Cl high = 108.0

K low = 1.5K high = 15.0

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

Cl (b) = +00.0Cl (m) = 1.000

AutomaticCal Report?

NO

NO

YES YESIN-

CORRECT

CORRECT

YES YES NO YES

NO

YES

NO

YESYESYESYES

NONO

«see Level1»

«see Level1»

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES YES YES YES

YES

NOYES

NO

YESYES

NOYES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NOYES/NO

YES/NO

Page 21: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

15

9 Service Functions Menu — 9120, 30, 40

Test Valve V:YES/NO=ON/OFF

SERVICEFUNCTIONS? CALIBRATION?

TestElectrodes?

TestStandard A?

Std. A: Na =0000K =0000 Cl =0000

Std. B: Na =0000K =0000 Cl =0000

TestStandard B?

TestExternal Sample?

Open Door andIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe andClose Sample Door

Ext.: Na =0000K =0000 Cl =0000

Remain inTest Electrodes?

TestSample Sensor?

DRY: 80-120: 102YES=Pump/NO=Exit

External: 102Pump: NO=OFF

wash…

TestSample Door?

Sample Door: CC:Closed O:Open

Test Pump?

Test Valves?

Test Pump!Very slow speed

Test Pump!Slow speed

Test Pump!Medium speed

Test Pump!Fast speed

Test Valve A:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve B:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve R:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Interface?Jump Pins 2&3

TestAmplifier?

EnterService Code?

Na=-1030 K=-1200Cl = -1093

Ground = 2-2500mV = -2496

Remain inTest Interface?

Enter Code:AAA ok?

Enter OtherService Code?

READY 12:45Calibration?

Remain inService Func?

— Test —- Interface —

Interfaceok!

CodeAccepted!

CodeError!

Calibrate…

Is Codevalid?

NO

NO NO NO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO NO NO

NO

NONO

NO

NO

NO NO

NO

NO

YES

YES YES YES

YES

YES

YESYES

YES

YES

YES

YES YES

YES

YES

YES

YESYES

YES

OPEN

CLOSED

2s 2s 2s

2s

Page 22: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

16

10 Calibration Sequence — 9120, 30, 40

CALIBRATION?

Calibration inProcess 124

Clear SamplePath

CalibrateSample Sensor

Sample SensorVoltage ok?

PrimeStandard B

Standard Bdetected?

PrimeStandard A

Standard Adetected?

Pressurize Ref.Asp. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

ReferenceHousing ok?

A

***CHECK***SAMPLE SENSOR

**STANDARD B**NOT DETECTED

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

***CHECK***REF HOUSING

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

A

Asp. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. A

3 Std. A Valuesobtained?

Are Valuesreproducible?

Aspir. Std. B intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Bdetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. B

PerformWash Cycle

Aspir. Std. Ainto Meas.Chamber

Standard Adetected?

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

Calculation ofStd.A-Std.B

(slope)

Slope of allElectrodes in

Range?

At least 1 slopein Range?

**STANDARD B**NOT DETECTED

NO

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

6 Aspir. ofStd.A performed?

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

READY 12:45 READY 12:45XX NOT CAL’D

NO

NO

NO

NO NO

YES YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Page 23: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

17

3.2 Software Operation — 91801 Overall Program Operating Flow — 9180

NoNo

NoNo

NoNo

NoNo

Yes

NoYes

No No

No No No No No No No

No No No

No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Na K

Cl

READ

YPR

INT

FUNC

TIO

NS?

QC/

STD/

DIAL

YSAT

E/U

RINE

SAM

PLE?

DAIL

YM

AINT

ENAN

CE?

OPE

RATO

RFU

NCTI

ONS

?SE

RVIC

EFU

NCTI

ONS

?CA

LIBR

ATIO

N?

Test

Elec

trode

s?

Test

Sam

ple

Sens

or?

Test

Snap

Pak

Sens

or?

Test

Lang

uage

Swi

tch?

Test

Sam

ple

Door

?

Test

Pum

p?

Test

Valve

s?

Test

Inte

rface

?Ju

mp

Pins

2 &

3

Test

Ampl

ifier?

Ente

rSe

rvice

Cod

e?

Rem

ain

inSe

rvice

Fun

c.?

Prin

t las

tSa

mpl

e Re

port?

Prin

tCa

l. Re

port?

Prin

t QC

Valu

esan

d St

atist

ics?

Rem

ain

in P

rint

Func

tions

?

QC

Leve

l 1Sa

mpl

e?

QC

Leve

l 2Sa

mpl

e?

QC

Leve

l 3Sa

mpl

e?

Stan

dard

Sam

ple?

Bica

rbon

ate

Sam

ple?

Acet

ate

Sam

ple?

Urin

eSa

mpl

e?

Perfo

rm D

aily

Clea

ning

?

Perfo

rm D

aily

Cond

itioni

ng?

Rem

ain

in D

aily

Mai

nten

ance

?

CALI

BRAT

E…

Chec

k/Ch

ange

Snap

Pak?

Go

toSt

andb

y Mod

e?

Set

Tim

e/Da

te?

Sele

ct P

aram

eter

Conf

igur

atio

n?

Rese

tSa

mpl

e Nu

mbe

r?

Take

Out

of

Ope

ratio

n?

PRO

GRA

MIN

STRU

MEN

T?

Ente

r Cod

e:AA

A

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 1 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 2 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 3 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

Norm

al R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

Corr.

Fac

tors

?

Prog

ram

Bica

rb.

Corr

Fact

ors?

Prog

ram

Ace

tate

Corr

Fact

ors?

Prog

ram

Urin

eCo

rr Fa

ctor

s?

Prog

ram

Prin

ter S

etup

?

CALI

BRAT

E…

Rem

ain

in Q

C/St

d/Ur

ine

Sam

ple?

Prog

ram

Inte

rface

?

Rem

ain

inPr

ogra

m F

unc.

?

No No

Rem

ain

inO

pera

tor F

unc.

?

No

Page 24: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

18

2 Main Menu — 9180

NA K CLREADY

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

CALIBRATION?

MAIN MENU

LEGEND

Display prompt

Action performed by analyzer

2-second display prompt

Decision-making by analyzer

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Page 25: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

19

3 Measurement Sequence — 9180

NA K CL READY

DOOR OPENEDWITHIN 2s?

Remove Sample andWipe Probe

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

PleaseIntroduce Sample

CHECK SSVOLTAGE

Remove Sample andWipe Probe

Please CloseSample Door

Please CloseSample Door

Serum Samplein Process 49

Blood Samplein Process 49

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

NO

YESOPENFLAP

NO

YES

< air voltage

> air voltage

2s 2s

FLAPCLOSED

FLAPCLOSED

YES/NO1 min.

YES/NO1 min.

Page 26: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

20

4 Print Functions Menu — 9180

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

PRINTING…

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

Print LastSample Report?

PrintCal. Report?

Print QC Valuesand Statistics?

Remain in PrintFunctions?

NA K CL READY

NA K CL READYPRINTING…

PRINTING…

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Page 27: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

21

5 QC/Standard/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu — 9180

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

YES

NO

QC Level 1Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

QC Level 1in Process 49

NA K CA READY

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s2s

2 min

2 s

2 s YES

NO

QC Level 2Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

QC Level 2in Process 49

NA K CA READY

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s

2s

2 min

2 s

2 s YES

NO

QC Level 3Sample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

QC Level 3in Process 49

NA K CA READY

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSED

2s2s

2 min

2 s

2 sYES

NO

NO

NO

NO

StandardSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Standard Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Ca

158.8 5.82 1.250

1 min. NO/YESNO

BicarbonateSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Bicarb. Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Ca

158.8 5.82 1.250

1 min. NO/YESNO

5 s

5 s

YES

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

NO

UrineSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Urine Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Cl238 18.8 198

1 min. NO/YESNO

Remain in QC/Std/Urine Sample?

NA K CA READYNO/2 min.

5 s

2 min.

AcetateSample?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Acetate Samplein Process 49

YES OPEN SAMPLE

IN

CLOSEDNa K Ca

158.8 5.82 1.250

1 min. NO/YES

5 s

2 min.

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

Page 28: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

22

6 Daily Maintenance Menu — 9180

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

NO

Perform DailyCleaning?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Cleaning Solutiondetected? CLEAN

Cleaning Solutionnot detected!

YES

YES

OPEN

OPEN CLOSE YES

NO

Perform DailyConditioning?

Open Sample DoorIntroduce Sample

Wipe Probe/CloseSample Door

Condition. Solutiondetected?

CONDITION

Condition. Solutionnot detected!

NO

YES

OPEN

OPEN CLOSE YES

NO

Remain in DailyMaintenance?YES

CLEANING AND/ORCOND. PERFORMED?

Calibrationdue?

NO/1min.

NO

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION

CALIBRATENA K CA READY

NO

YES

YES

Page 29: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

23

7 Operator Functions Menu — 9180

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

Check/ChangeSnapPak?

37%remaining

ChangeSnapPak?

New SnapPakinstalled?

Fluid Counterreset to 100%

Go toStandby Mode

***STANDBY!***YES -> READY

Maint. due?

New PackPrime …

CALIBRATE

Na K READY

LeaveStandby Mode?

PRESS YESWITHIN 2s

ISCALIBRATION

DUE?

DailyCleaning?

DailyConditioning?

Remain in DailyMaintenance?

CONDITIONCLEANIS

CALIBRATIONDUE?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok ?

SetTime/Date?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION

CALIBRATENA K READY

Are you sure?ResetSample Number?

SET SAMPLENUMBER TO 0

Take out ofOperation?

Shutdown Plug andWater installed?

Transp HousingRef installed?

Remove Waterand Press YES

All Electrodes& Plug Removed?

5 Relief ClampsInserted?

Pump WindingsRelieved?

Do You Wish toDELETE all Data?

ShutdownComplete

Turn Power Off

Remain inOperator Func?

NO

NO

NO

YESYES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YESYES

YES/NO

YES

NO YES NO

YES

YES

NO NO

YES

YES

1min/NONO

YESNO

NO

NO

YES YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YESNOYES/

YES YES

YESYESYESYES

Packdetected?GLOBAL*

*****STATUS*******NO SnapPak**

YES

NO

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation?»

YES

Select ParameterConfiguration?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [ ] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Cl] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Ca] ok?

Sel. Parameter:([Na]) [ ] [Li] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [ ] [Li] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Li] ok?

Electrodesin place?

NewParameter

added?

NO

YES NO NO NO

NONO

NO

YES

YESYES YES YES

YES

YESYESNO

Page 30: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

24

8 Program Instrument Menu — 9180

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

Enter Code:AAA

CODE ERROR!RETRY?

Program QCLevel 1 Ranges?

Current Lot: 0000Change Lot?

Print old Valuesand Statistics?

New Lot!Delete old Data?

Enter last 4 Digof Lot#: 0000

Enter last 4 Digof Lot#: 0000 ok?

Na low = 040 Na high = 205 ok?

K low = 03.5 K high = 05.1 ok?

Cl low = 050 Cl high = 200 ok?

Program QCLevel 2 Ranges?

Program QCLevel 3 Ranges?

ProgramNormal Ranges?

ProgramCorr Factors

Program PrinterSetup?

Remain inProgram Func?

NA K READY

Patient Reportoff?

Print twoPatient Reports?

Reset CorrFactor (default)?

Remain inCorr Factors?

Input/VerifyCorr Factors?

Na low = 136 Na high = 145 ok?

K low = 1.5 K high = 15.0 ok?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

AutomaticCal Report?

NO

NO

YES YESIN-

CORRECT

CORRECT

YES YES NO YESNO

YES

NO

YESYESYESNO

NONO

«see Level 1»

«see Level 1»

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES YES YES

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

YES

NOYES/NO

YES/NO

AdditionalParameters?

YES

Ca low = 0.2 Ca high = 5.0 ok?

Li low = 0.1 Li high = 6.0 ok?

YESYES YES

Program Bicarb.Corr Factors

Reset Bicarb.Factor (default)?

Remain inBicarb Factors?

Input/VerifyBicarb. Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

Program AcetateCorr Factors

Reset AcetateFactor (default)?

Remain inAcetate Factors?

Input/VerifyAcetate Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

Enter CommentLine?

Enter Comment: _

ProgramInterface?

ActivateData Link?

YES

NO

YES

NO YES

YES/NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

Program UrineCorr Factors

NO

Reset UrineFactor (default)?

Remain inUrine Factors?

Input/VerifyUrine Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES YES

Page 31: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

25

9 Service Functions Menu — 9180

Test Valve C:YES/NO=ON/OFF

SERVICEFUNCTIONS? CALIBRATION?

TestElectrodes?

TestStandard A?

Std. A: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

Std. C: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

TestStandard C?

TestExternal Sample?

Open Door andIntroduce Sample

Introduce Sample

Wipe Probe andClose Sample Door

Ext.: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

Remain inTest Electrodes?

TestSample Sensor?

DRY: 80-120: 102YES=Pump/NO=Exit

External: 102Pump: NO=OFF wash…

TestSample Door?

Sample Door: CC:Closed O:Open

Test Pump?

Test Valves?

Test Pump!Very slow speed

Test Pump!Slow speed

Test Pump!Medium speed

Test Pump!Fast speed

Test Valve A:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve B:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve V:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Interface?Jump Pins 2&3

TestAmplifier?

EnterService Code?

Na = -1030 K = -1200 Cl = -1093

Ground = 2-2500mV = -2496

Remain inTest Interface?

Enter Code:AAA ok?

Enter OtherService Code?

NA K CA READYCalibration?

Remain inService Func?

— Test —- Interface —

Interfaceok!

CodeAccepted!

Calibrate…

Is Codevalid?

NO

NONO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO NO NO

NO

NONO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES YES YES

YES

YES

YESYES

YES

YES

YES

YES YES

YES

YES

YES

YESYES

YES

OPEN

CLOSED

2s 2s 2s

2s

TestSnapPak Sensor?

TestLanguage Switch?

NO

NO

SnapPak: II=In O=Out

Language SwitchEnglish

YES

YES YES/NO

YES/NO

Std. B: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

TestStandard B?

YESNO

NO

Test Valve R:YES/NO=ON/OFF

NO

Code Error!Retry?YES

NO

NO NO

NO

Temp (mV) = -2670Temp (°C) = 26.2

NO

NO

Page 32: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

26

10 Calibration Sequence — 9180 (1) (Example Na/K/Li Calibration)

CALIBRATION?

Calibration inProcess 124

Clear SamplePath

CalibrateSample Sensor

Sample SensorVoltage ok?

PrimeStandard B

Two Standardsnot detected?

PrimeStandard A

All 3 Standardsnot detected?

Pressurize Ref.Asp. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

ReferenceHousing ok?

A

***CHECK***SAMPLE SENSOR

**STANDARD X/Y**NOT DETECTED

*********CLOG********CHECK FLUID PATH

***CHECK***REF HOUSING

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

A

Asp. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. A

3 Std. A Valuesobtained?

Are Valuesreproducible?

Aspir. Std. B intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Bdetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. B

Calc. of Std.A-Std.B (slope)

**STANDARD B**NOT DETECTED

NO

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

6 Aspir. ofStd.A performed?

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Standard A,B,Cnot detected?

**STANDARD X**NOT DETECTED

YES

NO

PrimeStandard C

YES

NO

1sttry

2ndtry

At least 1Channel reprod. ?

NO

YES

At least 1 slopein Range?

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

PerformWash Cycle

B

Page 33: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

27

10 Calibration Sequence — 9180 (2)

Aspir. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

Calculation ofStd.A-Std.C

(Use last Std. A)

All Std.Avolt. reprod.?

At least 1 slopein Range?

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

NA K LI READY

NA K LI READYXX, XX NOT CAL’D

NO

YES

YES

B

Aspir. Std. C intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Cdetected?

**STANDARD C**NOT DETECTED

NO

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. C

PerformWash Cycle

Aspir. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. A

Slope A-B and A-Cok for all Electrodes?

NA K LI READYXX, XX NOT CAL’D

C

C

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

Page 34: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

28

11 Power-up — 9180

Power-up

AVL9180 A80X1.AAWARM UP

All dots litfor 1/2 sec.

Cold start?Set

Time/DateDate: 1-JAN-95Time: 12:00

Power Fail1-Nov-95 1:12

(Print)

Pack in place?Global*

*****PLEASE************WAIT*******

(Wash)

Perform DailyCleaning?

Perform DailyConditioning?

Is Calibrationdue?

Clean/Cond.needed?

Clean… Condition…

Remain in DailyMaintenance?

Stabilizing30 sec.

AVL9180 A80X1.AAWARM UP 59

Clean/Cond.needed?

Calibration…Pack inserted?

Global*New SnapPak

installed?

Resetcounter to

100%

Pack in place?Global*

****STATUS******NO SnapPak**

NA K CA READY

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

CALIBRATION?SERVICE

FUNCTIONS?PROGRAM

INSTRUMENT?OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

YES

YESNO

NO

YES

YES

YES YES

NO NO

YES

NO

1min

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO YES YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation»and «Service Functions»

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation»and «Service Functions»

NO

Page 35: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

29

3.3 Software Operation — 91811 Overall Program Operating Flow — 9181

Yes

NoNo

NoNo

NoNo

No

Yes

NoNo No No

No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

QC/

STD/

DIAL

YSAT

E/U

RINE

SAM

PLE?

OPE

RATO

RFU

NCTI

ONS

?SE

RVIC

EFU

NCTI

ONS

?CA

LIBR

ATIO

N?

Test

Elec

trode

s?

Test

Sam

ple

Sens

or?

Test

Snap

Pak

Sens

or?

Test

Lang

uage

Swi

tch?

Test

Pro

be?

Test

Sam

pler

?

Test

Pum

p?

Test

Valve

s?

Test

Inte

rface

?Ju

mp

Pins

2 &

3

Test

Ampl

ifier?

Ente

rSe

rvice

Cod

e?

QC

Leve

l 1Sa

mpl

e?

QC

Leve

l 2Sa

mpl

e?

QC

Leve

l 3Sa

mpl

e?

CALI

BRAT

E…

Chec

k/Cha

nge

Snap

Pak?

Go

toSt

andb

y M

ode?

Set

Tim

e/Da

te?

Sele

ct P

aram

eter

Conf

igur

atio

n?

Rese

tSa

mpl

e Nu

mbe

r?

Take

Out

of

Ope

ratio

n?

PRO

GRA

MIN

STRU

MEN

T?

Ente

r Cod

e:AA

A

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 1 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 2 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

QC

Leve

l 3 R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

Norm

al R

ange

s?

Prog

ram

Corr.

Fac

tors

?

Prog

ram

Bica

rb.

Corr

Fact

ors?

Prog

ram

Ace

tate

Corr

Fact

ors?

Prog

ram

Urin

eCo

rr Fa

ctor

s?

Prog

ram

Prin

ter S

etup

?

CALI

BRAT

E…

Prog

ram

Inte

rface

?

Rem

ain

inPr

ogra

m F

unc.

?

No No

Rem

ain

inO

pera

tor F

unc.?

No

No No NoYes

DAIL

YM

AINT

ENAN

CE?

Perfo

rm D

aily

Clea

ning

?

Perfo

rm D

aily

Cond

itioni

ng?

Rem

ain

in D

aily

Mai

nten

ance

?

No

Rem

ain

inSe

rvice

Fun

c.?

NoNo

Yes

Na K

Cl

R

EADY

AUTO

MAT

EDM

EASU

REM

ENT?

Yes

MAN

UAL

MEA

S.AU

TOM

.M

EAS.

Yes

No

Yes

No

PRIN

TFU

NCTI

ONS

?

Prin

t las

tSa

mpl

e Re

port?

Prin

t Las

tAu

tom

ated

Run

?

Prin

tCa

l. Re

port? No

Prin

t QC

Valu

esan

d St

atist

ics?

No

Rem

ain

in P

rint

Func

tions

?

No

No No No No No

Stan

dard

Sam

ple?

Bica

rbon

ate

Sam

ple?

Acet

ate

Sam

ple?

Urin

eSa

mpl

e?

Rem

ain

in Q

C/St

d/Ur

ine

Sam

ple?

*1

*1 *1

*2 *2

*1 on

ly wi

th A

utos

ampl

er p

lugg

ed in

*2 with

Li+ o

ff

Page 36: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

30

2 Main Menu — 9181

NA K CL READY

AUTOMATEDMEASUREMENT?

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

MAIN MENU

LEGEND

Display prompt

Action performed by analyzer

2-second display prompt

Decision-making by analyzer

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NOCALIBRATION?

NO

Page 37: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

31

3 Manual Measurement Sequence — 9181

Na K Cl READY

Remove Sample andWipe Probe

AUTOMATEDMEASUREMENT?

Introduce Sample

CHECK SSVOLTAGE

Remove Sample andWipe Probe

Retract Probe ->YES

Retract Probe ->YES

Serum Samplein Process 49

Blood Samplein Process 49

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

NO

YES

< air voltage> air voltage

YES/NO1 min.

YES/NO1 min.

Probe movesto upperposition

Please Wait

Probe retractsautomaticallyin 30 sec.

Probe movesto lowerposition

Probe movesto lowerposition

Thank You! Thank You!

Page 38: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

32

4 Automated Measurement Sequence — 9181

Na K Cl READY AUTOMATEDMEASUREMENT?

CHECK SSVOLTAGE

Sample *in Process

NO SAMPLE!

Na K Cl151 5.1 114

NO

YES

No sample = 2No sample < 2

Probe moves toupper position

ManualMeasurement

YES

Tray homes

Tray moves toapplicable cup

position

Probe movesdown to cup

position

Turntablemoves to mid

position

Probe moves tolower position

End of Run

Home Tray

Na K Cl READY

Probe moves toupper position

* applicable sample number

Probe movesto upperposition

Page 39: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

33

5 Print Functions Menu — 9181

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

PRINTING…

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

Print LastSample Report?

PrintCal. Report?

Print QC Valuesand Statistics?

Remain in PrintFunctions?

Na K Cl READY

Na K Cl READY

PRINTING…

PRINTING…

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Print LastAutomated Run? PRINTING…

NO

YES

Page 40: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

34

6 QC/Standard/Dialysate/Urine Sample Menu — 9181

QC/STD/DIALYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

YES

NO

QC Level *Sample?

Introduce Sample Remove SampleWipe Probe

QC Level *in Process 49

NA K CA READY

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

StoreValues?

VALUESREJECTED!

VALUESACCEPTED!

YES

2 min

2s

2 sYES

NONO

StandardSample?

NO

BicarbonateSample?

YES

NO

YES

2 min.

2 min.

2 min.

NO

UrineSample?

YES

NO

Remain in QC/Std/Urine Sample?

NA K CA READYNO/2 min.

2 min.

AcetateSample?

YES

2 min.

Probe moves toupper position

PleaseWait!

Retract Probe-> YES

Probe movesto lowerposition

ThankYou!

* same for level 1 — 3

AutomatedMeasurement?

Introduce Sample Remove SampleWipe Probe

NO Probe moves toupper position

PleaseWait!

Retract Probe-> YES

YES

YES

Probe moves tolower position

Standard Samplein Process 49

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

ThankYou!

AutomatedMeasurement?

Introduce Sample Remove SampleWipe Probe

NO Probe moves toupper position

PleaseWait!

Retract Probe-> YES

YES

Probe moves tolower position

Bicarb. Samplein Process 49

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

ThankYou!

AutomatedMeasurement?

Introduce Sample Remove SampleWipe Probe

NO Probe moves toupper position

PleaseWait!

Retract Probe-> YES

YES

Probe moves tolower position

Acetate Samplein Process 49

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

ThankYou!

AutomatedMeasurement?

Introduce Sample Remove SampleWipe Probe

NO Probe moves toupper position

PleaseWait!

Retract Probe-> YES

YES

Probe moves tolower position

Urine Samplein Process 49

Na K Ca99.6 5.34 1.250

ThankYou!

Page 41: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

35

7 Daily Maintenance Menu — 9181

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

NO

Perform DailyCleaning?

Introduce Sample Cleaning Solutiondetected?

CLEAN

Cleaning Solutionnot detected!

YES

YES YES

NO

Perform DailyConditioning?

Introduce Sample Condition. Solutiondetected?

CONDITION

Condition. Solutionnot detected!

NO

YES YES

NO

Remain in DailyMaintenance?YES

CLEANING AND/ORCOND. PERFORMED?

Calibrationdue?

NO/1min.

NO

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION CALIBRATE NA K CA READY

NO

YES

YES

Probe movesto upperposition

Probe movesto upperposition

NO

Page 42: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

36

8 Operator Functions Menu — 9181

OPERATORFUNCTIONS?

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

Check/ChangeSnapPak?

37%remaining

ChangeSnapPak?

New SnapPakinstalled?

Fluid Counterreset to 100%

Go toStandby Mode

***STANDBY!***YES -> READY

Maint. due?

New PackPrime …

CALIBRATE

Na K READY

LeaveStandby Mode?

PRESS YESWITHIN 2s

ISCALIBRATION

DUE?

DailyCleaning?

DailyConditioning?

Remain in DailyMaintenance?

CONDITIONCLEANIS

CALIBRATIONDUE?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok ?

SetTime/Date?

Date: 01-FEB-94Time: 12:00 ok

30 SECONDSTABILIZATION

CALIBRATENA K READY

Are you sure?ResetSample Number?

SET SAMPLENUMBER TO 0

Take out ofOperation?

Shutdown Plug andWater installed?

Transp HousingRef installed?

Remove Waterand Press YES

All Electrodes& Plug Removed?

5 Relief ClampsInserted?

Pump WindingsRelieved?

Do You Wish toDELETE all Data?

ShutdownComplete

Turn Power Off

Remain inOperator Func?

NO

NO

NO

YESYES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YESYES

YES/NO

YES

NO YES NO

YES

YES

NO NO

YES

YES

1min/NONO

YESNO

NO

NO

YES YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YESNOYES/

YES YES

YESYESYESYES

Packdetected?GLOBAL*

*****STATUS*******NO SnapPak**

YES

NO

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation?»

YES

Select ParameterConfiguration?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [ ] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Cl] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Ca] ok?

Sel. Parameter:([Na]) [ ] [Li] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [ ] [Li] ok?

Sel. Parameter:[Na] [K] [Li] ok?

Electrodesin place?

NewParameter

added?

NO

YES NO NO NO

NONO

NO

YES

YESYES YES YES

YES

YESYESNO

Page 43: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

37

9 Program Instrument Menu — 9181

PROGRAMINSTRUMENT?

SERVICEFUNCTIONS?

Enter Code:AAA

CODE ERROR!RETRY?

Program QCLevel 1 Ranges?

Current Lot: 0000Change Lot?

Print old Valuesand Statistics?

New Lot!Delete old Data?

Enter last 4 Digof Lot#: 0000

Enter last 4 Digof Lot#: 0000 ok?

Na low = 040 Na high = 205 ok?

K low = 03.5 K high = 05.1 ok?

Cl low = 050 Cl high = 200 ok?

Program QCLevel 2 Ranges?

Program QCLevel 3 Ranges?

ProgramNormal Ranges?

ProgramCorr Factors

Program PrinterSetup?

Remain inProgram Func?

NA K READY

Patient Reportoff?

Print twoPatient Reports?

Reset CorrFactor (default)?

Remain inCorr Factors?

Input/VerifyCorr Factors?

Na low = 136 Na high = 145 ok?

K low = 1.5 K high = 15.0 ok?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

AutomaticCal Report?

NO

NO

YES YESIN-

CORRECT

CORRECT

YES YES NO YESNO

YES

NO

YESYESYESNO

NONO

«see Level 1»

«see Level 1»

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES YES YES

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

YES

NOYES/NO

YES/NO

AdditionalParameters?

YES

Ca low = 0.2 Ca high = 5.0 ok?

Li low = 0.1 Li high = 6.0 ok?

YESYES YES

Program Bicarb.Corr Factors

Reset Bicarb.Factor (default)?

Remain inBicarb Factors?

Input/VerifyBicarb. Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

Program AcetateCorr Factors

Reset AcetateFactor (default)?

Remain inAcetate Factors?

Input/VerifyAcetate Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES

Enter CommentLine?

Enter Comment: _

ProgramInterface?

ActivateData Link?

YES

NO

YES

NO YES

YES/NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

Program UrineCorr Factors

NO

Reset UrineFactor (default)?

Remain inUrine Factors?

Input/VerifyUrine Factors?

Na (b) = +00.0Na (m) = 1.000

K (b) = +00.0K (m) = 1.000

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NOYES

YES YES

Page 44: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

38

10 Service Functions Menu — 9181

Test Valve C:YES/NO=ON/OFF

SERVICEFUNCTIONS? CALIBRATION?

TestElectrodes?

TestStandard A *?

Std. A*: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

TestExternal Sample?

Introduce Sample Retract Probe-> YES

Ext.: Na = 0000K = 0000 Ca = 0000

Remain inTest Electrodes?

TestSample Sensor?

DRY: 80-120: 102YES=Pump/NO=Exit

External: 102Pump: NO=OFF

wash…

TestProbe?

Test Pump?

Test Valves?

Test Pump!Very slow speed

Test Pump!Slow speed

Test Pump!Medium speed

Test Pump!Fast speed

Test Valve A:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve B:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Valve V:YES/NO=ON/OFF

Test Interface?Jump Pins 2&3

TestAmplifier?

EnterService Code?

Na = -1030 K = -1200 Cl = -1093

Ground = 2-2500mV = -2496

Remain inTest Interface?

Enter Code:AAA ok?

Enter OtherService Code?

NA K CA READYCalibration?

Remain inService Func?

— Test —- Interface —

Interfaceok!

CodeAccepted!

Calibrate…

Is Codevalid?

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO NO NO

NO

NONO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES YES YES

YES

YES

YESYES

YES

YES

YES

YES YES

YES

YESYES

YES

2s 2s 2s

2s

TestSnapPak Sensor?

TestLanguage Switch?

NO

NO

SnapPak: II=In O=Out

Language SwitchEnglish

YES

YES YES/NO

YES/NO

YESNO

NO

Test Valve R:YES/NO=ON/OFF

NO

Code Error!Retry?YES

NO

NO

Temp (mV) = -2670Temp (°C) = 26.2

NO

NO

*same for Std. A, B, C

YES

TestSampler?

Probe movesto extended

position

U = 0 L = 1Sample Position?

U = 0 L = 0Upper Position?

U = 0 L = 0Cup Position?

U = 0 L = 0Lower Position?

U = 0 L = 1Exit Probe Test?

Probe movesto upperposition

Probe movesto cup position

Tray moves tocup position

Probe movesto upperposition

Tray moves tomid position

Probe movesto lowerposition

Probe movesto upperposition

Tray homesProbe moves

to lowerposition

YES

NO

NO

Page 45: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

39

11 Calibration Sequence — 9181 (1) (Example Na/K/Li Calibration)

CALIBRATION?

Calibration inProcess 124

Clear SamplePath

CalibrateSample Sensor

Sample SensorVoltage ok?

PrimeStandard B

Two Standardsnot detected?

PrimeStandard A

All 3 Standardsnot detected?

Pressurize Ref.Asp. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

ReferenceHousing ok?

A

***CHECK***SAMPLE SENSOR

**STANDARD X/Y**NOT DETECTED

*********CLOG********CHECK FLUID PATH

***CHECK***REF HOUSING

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

A

Asp. Std. A intoMeas.

Chamber

Standard Adetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. A

3 Std. A Valuesobtained?

Are Valuesreproducible?

Aspir. Std. B intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Bdetected?

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. B

Calc. of Std.A-Std.B (slope)

**STANDARD B**NOT DETECTED

NO

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

6 Aspir. ofStd.A performed?

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Standard A,B,Cnot detected?

**STANDARD X**NOT DETECTED

YES

NO

PrimeStandard C

YES

NO

1sttry

2ndtry

At least 1Channel reprod. ?

NO

YES

At least 1 slopein Range?

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

PerformWash Cycle

B

Page 46: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

40

11 Calibration Sequence — 9181 (2)

Aspir. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

Calculation ofStd.A-Std.C

(Use last Std. A)

All Std.Avolt. reprod.?

At least 1 slopein Range?

***CHECK***ELECTRODES

NA K LI READY

NA K LI READYXX, XX NOT CAL’D

NO

YES

YES

B

Aspir. Std. C intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Cdetected?

**STANDARD C**NOT DETECTED

NO

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. C

PerformWash Cycle

Aspir. Std. A intoMeas. Chamber

Standard Adetected?

**STANDARD A**NOT DETECTED

NO

Obtain ElectrodeVoltages Std. A

Slope A-B and A-Cok for all Electrodes?

NA K LI READYXX, XX NOT CAL’D

C

C

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

Page 47: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

41

12 Power-up — 9181

Power-up

AVL9180A80X1.AAWARM UP

All dots litfor 1/2 sec.

Cold start?Set

Time/DateDate: 1-JAN-95Time: 12:00

Power Fail1-Nov-95 1:12

(Print)

Pack in place?Global*

*****PLEASE************WAIT*******

(Wash)

Perform DailyCleaning?

Perform DailyConditioning?

Is Calibrationdue?

Clean/Cond.needed?

Clean… Condition…

Remain in DailyMaintenance?

Stabilizing30 sec.

AVL9180A80X1.AA

WARM UP 59

Clean/Cond.needed?

Calibration…Pack inserted?

Global*New SnapPak

installed?

Resetcounter to

100%

Pack in place?Global*

****STATUS******NO SnapPak**

NA K CA READY

PRINTFUNCTIONS?

QC/STD/DAILYSATE/URINE SAMPLE?

DAILYMAINTENANCE?

CALIBRATION?SERVICE

FUNCTIONS?PROGRAM

INSTRUMENT?OPERATOR

FUNCTIONS?

YES

YESNO

NO

YES

YES

YES YES

NO NO

YES

NO

1min

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO YES YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation»and «Service Functions»

*Background check in all menusexcept «Take out of Operation»and «Service Functions»

NO

Page 48: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

42

3.4 Service Functions

The Service Functions mode provides a menu of service test functions to assist infailure diagnosis and identification. A logic flow chart is provided for reference ofthe sequences included in the Service Functions mode.

TEST ELECTRODES

This mode allows for the measurement and display of electrode voltages.Standard A, Standard B or an external sample can be measured to determineelectrode performance and provide measurement data useful in locating electrodecalibration faults. Each electrode parameter will be displayed and the electrodevoltage associated with the sample type selected can be observed.

Example Displays:

Std. A: Na=1582 Std. B: Na=237K= 654 Cl=-904 K=-988 Cl=647

Ext: Na=1321 K=-598 Cl= -127

TEST SAMPLE SENSOR

In this mode, the sample sensor output is displayed which is useful for electricaladjustment or for troubleshooting sample sensor faults. A dry sample sensor shoulddisplay a value of 100 with a range of 80 to 120. After verifying a dry sensor,aspiration of a clear fluid (i.e., water) should increase the displayed value by at least40 units.

Example Display:

DRY 80-120: 102 External: 153YES=Pump/No=Exit Pump: NO=OFF

Page 49: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

43

TEST SnapPak SENSOR (9180 and 9181 only)

In this test, the SnapPak Sensor detects whether the ISE SnapPak™ is inplace. «I» indicates that the ISE SnapPak™ is in place, «O» indicates that it iseither not present or not completely seated.

Example Display:

SnapPak: II = IN O = OUT

TEST LANGUAGE SWITCH (9180 and 9181 only)

This mode displays the language selected for display and printout. To changethe selection, set the language switch (located behind printer) to the desiredlanguage. The display will indicate the language choice according to the switchsetting. To activate a new language, turn the analyzer off and back on with theswitch set to the desired language.

Example Display:

Lanugage Switch English

TEST SAMPLE DOOR (except 9181)

This test verifies the operation of the sample door light gate and its associatedcircuitry. The display indicates an “O” or “C” depending on the position of thedoor.

Example Display:

Sample Door: CC:Closed/O:Open

Page 50: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

44

TEST PROBE (9181 only)

This test verifies the operation of the sample probe motor, position sensor andassociated circuitry. The «U» represents the output of the upper position sensor, the»L» represents the output of the lower position sensor.

Example Display:

U = 0 L = 1Sample Position?

TEST AUTOSAMPLER (9181 only)

This test verifies the operation of the Autosampler turntable assembly. The displayindicates the output of both the position and home sensors.

Note: If the Autosampler is not plugged in or the TABLE PRESENT bit isnot activated, this test will not appear under the SERVICE FUNCTIONSmenu.

Example Display:

Home: 0Pos = 1

TEST PUMP

This test turns on the peristaltic pump at each of the four pump speeds. The displayindicates for two seconds each pump speed while each pump speed is being tested.Observe that the peristaltic pump changes speed as is indicated on the display.

*** Pump Test *** *** Pump Test *** Very Slow Speed Slow Speed

*** Pump Test *** *** Pump Test *** Medium Speed Fast Speed

Page 51: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

45

TEST PINCH VALVES

This test turns on/off each solenoid valve as indicated and is useful to verify bothelectronic control and mechanical operation of each solenoid valve.

TEST INTERFACE

The Interface Test can be used to verify correct operation of the RS232C serial port.To operate this test, jumper pin 2 and pin 3 of the rear interface connector prior toinvoking the test. During the interface test, the analyzer sends out a test string andchecks if it is received within a set period of time. If correct operation is observedafter completion of the test, INTERFACE OK will be displayed.

TEST AMPLIFIER

The Amplifier Test displays ground, reference and output voltage of each inputamplifier. The values displayed for each electrode channel will be dependent on theelectrode inputs and may vary. Display of the ground should read between -10mVand +10mV with the reference voltage reading between -2490mV and -2510mV.With all inputs open, the display should read +/- 4095 for each channel. On the 9140/9180/9181, an additional display indicating the temperature voltage and temperature indegrees C is available to verify the temperature adjustment.

ENTER SERVICE CODE

Service Codes are available and allow additional programming features. Following is alisting of the available Service Codes and functions:

Set Reset Service Code Description

ALL LLA This service code will enable the Ca++ value during auto-(9181 only) matic serum/blood measurement. Special precautions are

necessary to obtain the correct Ca++ value due to sampleexposure to room air.

CDC Clears all Service Codes.

Page 52: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

46

DEC CED Provides one additional digit of resolution for eachmeasured parameter for blood and serum samples.QC and Standard samples are always displayed withhigh resolution. Urine samples are always displayed inlow resolution.

ECO OCE Allows the operator to run the instrument in theeconomy mode. The instrument will enter theSTANDBY MODE. This occurs at the time of thenext 2-point calibration when no samples have beenanalyzed since the last 2-point calibration.

FIF IFI Allows printing of electrode voltages during printoutof measurements and calibrations.(not available for 9140)

LEM MEL This service code will print the last 20 error messages(9180/9181 only) with the date and time of occurrence.

MGL LGM This service code is available only in the model 9140/9180/9181 analyzer and enables Ca++ values to bedisplayed in mg/dL. The normal mode displays values inmmol/L. QC and Standard results are always displayedin mmol/L.

NOB BON This service code disables the beep.(9180 /9181only)

QCC CCQ When this code is enabled, QC values will be reported indirect ISE measurement instead of flame-equivalentvalues. In this mode, correlation factors are NOTapplied to the measured values.

SFC This code allows the input of a percentage for the ISE(9180/9181 only) SnapPakTM counter.

SLC CLS When this code is set, the current setting of the leasing(9180/9181 only) counter, which cannot be reset by the operator, is

printed on the calibration report.

SSC CSS This code toggles needle height to accommodate smaller(9181 only) sample cups. In the default setting, the analyzer works

with 2.0 mL cups. To select 0.25 mL sample cups,SSC has to be activated. To return to the defaultsetting, CSS has to be activated.

Page 53: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

47

CODE FUNCTION 9120 9130 9140 9180 9181

ALL Enables Ca++ during autom. Xblood/serum measurement

CDC Clears all Service Codes X X X X X

DEC Additional display resolution X X X X X

ECO Economy Mode X X X X X

FIF Cal voltages on display X X X X

LEM Last 20 error messages X Xprinted

MGL Display mg/dL X X X

NOB No beep X X

QCC QC values direct X X X X XISE measurement

SFC SnapPak Counter input X X

SLC Set «Leasing Counter» X X

SSC Small Sample Cups X

ANALYZER RESET Press YES and NO keys simultaneously and turn poweroff and back on to provide a total reset of the instrumentsoftware.CAUTION! All QC Data and Instrument Programming willbe lost.

WARM-UP BYPASS Press YES and NO keys simultaneously during instrumentwarm-up.

Page 54: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

48

4 Description of Modules

4.1 Mechanical Assemblies

4.1.1 Front Door Assembly

For the 9120, 30, 40 and 80 analyzers, the front door can be removed by movingthe analyzer to the edge of a work surface so the analyzer door, when opened, willextend past the edge of the work surface. With one hand, hold the analyzer doornear the right side hinge pin and, with the other hand, gently apply pressure to themiddle rear area of the door. This will allow the right hinge pin to clear the retaininghole in the main chassis. The door can then be removed from the analyzer.The 9181 front panel can be removed by tilting it slightly away from the analyzerand lifting it straight up. The plastic window can also be replaced in the field bygently pressing from the rear of the window and snapping the plastic window outtoward the front of the analyzer door. The door magnets cannot be replaced in thefield as they are glued in place with conductive adhesive.

4.1.2 Needle Unit Assembly

Both sample needle and fill port are designed for easy replacement by the user.To remove the fill port assembly for replacement, pull the fill port holder towardsthe front for easy access. Then, press the two plastic tabs on the fill port to allowremoval of the fill port from the fill port holder. The sample needle can also beremoved and is supplied as a one-piece assembly including the intake tubing.To remove the sample needle, grasp the needle near the white holder block and pullup to unsnap the sample needle from its position. To replace the assembly, align areplacement sample needle and press the replacement assembly into place.

Three screws located on the left side of the assembly hold the needle unit assemblyin place. To access the two rear screws, turn power off and remove the rear panel.The rear panel can be moved away from the unit for easier access by unplugging thewire harness from the power supply. The SBC board can now be removed byremoving the screws which secure the SBC board and disconnecting the cables onthe SBC board. Disconnect the connector to the lamp board which supplies theDoor Open signal. The two rear screws which secure the needle unit can now beremoved using an Allen wrench. Then, remove the front securing screw, the sampleintake tubing and the reagent supply tubing (red tag) from the fill port. The needleunit can now be removed from the front of the analyzer for replacement. Referencethe Illustrated Parts diagram in Section 8 for a detailed parts diagram of the needleunit.

Page 55: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

49

4.1.3 Electrode Holder Assembly

To remove the electrode holder assembly from the analyzer, first unplug thesample intake tubing on the right side of the module, then the sample sensorcable, then remove the reference solution tubing connector and last, take out thewaste tube (green tag) at the left side of the electrode holder. The electrodeholder can now be removed by pressing the two plastic tabs (right and left sideof the module) and sliding the module forward. Press the plastic tabs again torelease the second detent and completely remove the module from the analyzer.The sample sensor and/or the left side electrode holder can be removed andreplaced by removing the screws on the under side of this module. The Illus-trated Parts List in Section 8 provides a detailed reference of the parts of thisassembly.

4.1.4 Peristaltic Pump Assembly

Replacement of the roller assembly of the peristaltic pump can be accomplishedby removing the pump tubing and firmly pulling the roller assembly toward thefront. To replace the roller assembly, align the roller and the flat on the motorshaft and press the replacement roller into position.

To remove the motor, first remove the rear panel assembly and SBC Board asdescribed in Sections 4.1.7 and 4.1.8. Now, the electrical connector on thelamp board can be accessed to unplug the motor connector. The motor cannow be removed by removing four screws located on the front of the housingnear the peristaltic pump.

4.1.5 Solenoid Assembly

Removal of each solenoid is identical. Each solenoid valve has a removablepressure piece which is held in place by a solenoid cap. To remove the pres-sure piece, locate the arrow on the solenoid cap and remove the solenoid capby sliding it off the solenoid shaft in the direction of the arrow. This exposes thepressure piece which can now be removed from the solenoid shaft. To replacepressure piece and cap, energize the solenoid as described in Section 3.2 (TestValves). This extends the solenoid shaft to the outermost position for ease inreplacing pressure piece and cap. Removal of the pressure piece and cap isrequired prior to removing the solenoid and allows for easier replacement of thetubing under each solenoid.

Page 56: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

50

To remove the solenoid assembly, the rear panel and the SBC Board described inSection 4.1.8 must be removed first. Each solenoid has an electrical connection tothe lamp board which must be unplugged prior to removal of the solenoid. At thispoint, remove the two screws on the front panel to remove the solenoid assembly.

4.1.6 Printer Assembly

The printer assembly is designed to allow for easy removal by the user which can beaccomplished without removal of the electrical power to the analyzer. Slide thepaper tray forward to allow access to the printer, tear the paper roll and completelyremove it together with the paper tray. Slide fingers under the printer assembly andpull the printer forward. This will disengage the printer from the interconnector andenable removal of the assembly from the front of the analyzer. Removal of theprinter should be performed for replacement and for removal of a paper jam.To replace the printer, locate the printer slide and insert the printer assembly. Pressfirmly into place to ensure electrical connection of the printer.

Note: Never attempt to dislodge paper from the printer with a paper clip orsimilar object to avoid damage to the print head or printer platen.

4.1.7 Rear Panel Assembly

To remove the rear panel assembly, ensure that the power cord has been discon-nected. Remove the four corner screws to expose the rear panel. The powersupply module located on the rear panel assembly can now be removed by remov-ing the three screws securing the circuit board and by disconnecting the wiringinterconnections. The main power receptacle can also be replaced by removing thetwo screws holding this assembly.

4.1.8 SBC Board

After the rear panel (Section 4.1.7) has been removed, the SBC Board is acces-sible for removal. This circuit board can be removed by removing the sevenscrews securing the board to the housing and by disconnecting electrical connectorsfrom the power supply module, display board and lamp board.The electrode push pins can now be replaced by simply pulling the connecting pinfrom its socket. When installing the board, make sure to place the plastic washersunder the screw heads.

Page 57: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

51

4.1.9 Lamp Board

The rear panel and SBC board must be removed to gain access to the lampboard. Remove one screw and washer which hold the board in place andremove the electrical connectors to remove this board.

4.1.10 Display Board

The rear panel and SBC board must be removed to gain access to the displayboard. Remove three screws and 50 degree spacers and unplug the samplesensor cable from the front and the ribbon cable to the SBC board to removethe display board.

Page 58: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

52

4.2 Fluidic Module

4.2.1 Standard A

Standard A is drawn to the electrode module by vacuum provided by the peristalticpump. When Standard A is to be aspirated into the electrode module, solenoidvalve A is opened and solenoid valves B, V and R are closed. Standard A is thendrawn from the ISE SnapPakTM, to the fill port, through the sample needle and issensed by the sample sensor. At this point, solenoid valve V is opened and sole-noid valve A is closed as the peristaltic pump continues to pump Standard A intothe electrode module. As the trailing edge of the Standard A sample is sensed bythe sample sensor, the peristaltic pump stops. During the time Standard A isaspirated into the electrode module, the reference housing is pressurized due to theperistaltic pump providing pressure to the reference solution line and solenoid valveR being closed. An amount of reference solution is forced out through the referencejunction to provide contact to the sample.

4.2.2 Standard B/C

The process for Standard B/C is identical to that of Standard A with the exceptionof the operation of solenoid valves B and C. These solenoid valves are operated inreverse order of Standard A aspiration.

4.2.3 Reference Solution

The reference housing is filled automatically using the second winding of theperistaltic pump and solenoid valve R. The reference solution connector allows forthe reference housing tubing to be plugged into the reference solution circuit. As theperistaltic pump aspirates reference solution, solenoid valve R is opened to allowexcess solution to be pumped into the reference return line of the ISE SnapPakTM.

4.2.4 Waste Liquids

Calibration standard and sample waste are pumped out of the left side of theelectrode module (green-banded tubing) through the peristaltic pump to the wasteline of the ISE SnapPakTM. An internal one-way valve is incorporated into thewaste line of each ISE SnapPakTM to prevent any waste products from leakingout of the ISE SnapPakTM.

Page 59: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

53

4.2.5 Main Tube Set

The main tube set is supplied as a pre-cut tubing harness with the fluidic inter-connections preassembled. Replacement of the tube set should be performedannually. For removal of the tubing, first remove the ISE SnapPakTM from thereagent compartment. This will allow access for removal of the white TPRblock which is the main interconnection between the ISE SnapPakTM and thetubing. This block can be removed by grasping the front surface and pullingforward. Next, remove tubing from each solenoid valve. Follow the procedureoutlined in Section 4.1.5 for disassembly of the solenoid valves to enable fluidictubing to be easily removed at each solenoid. Pull the two pump windings at theperistaltic pump tube set off the pump roller and remove the white referencesolution tube connector. Remove the white TPR reference solution block bygrasping the front of the block and pulling forward. The three tube connectionsare labeled with green, blue and red tags. All remaining tubes can now beremoved and the entire tubing harness can be discarded.

Fit the replacement tubing harness and assemble in reverse order as disassem-bly. Reference the Tube Diagram on the next page for correct tube locations.

Page 60: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

54

AB

FLU

ID P

AC

K

RE

F. R

ET

UR

N

REF

WA

STE

(NO

T U

SE

D)

C

FLU

IDC

ON

NE

CTO

R

PE

RI P

UM

P

FILL

PO

RT

SA

MP

LEP

RO

BE

SA

MP

LE P

RO

BE

A

SS

EM

BLY

AIR

VE

NT

ELE

CTR

OD

E A

SS

Y

RE

FER

EN

CE

CO

NN

EC

TOR

SO

LEN

OID

R

GR

EE

N

RE

FN

aK

Cl

Ca

BLU

E

SO

LEN

OID

V

SO

LEN

OID

A

SO

LEN

OID

B

RE

D

YE

LLO

W D

OT

YE

LLO

W D

OTAV

L 91

20,

9130

, 91

40 F

LUID

IC D

IAG

RA

M

Page 61: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

55

B

FLU

ID P

AC

K

RE

F. R

ET

UR

N

REF

WA

STE

FLU

IDC

ON

NE

CTO

R

PE

RI P

UM

P

FILL

PO

RT

SA

MP

LEP

RO

BE

SA

MP

LE P

RO

BE

A

SS

EM

BLY

AIR

VE

NT

ELE

CTR

OD

E A

SS

Y

RE

FER

EN

CE

CO

NN

EC

TOR

SO

LEN

OID

R

GR

EE

N

RE

FN

aK

BLU

E

SO

LEN

OID

V

SO

LEN

OID

A

SO

LEN

OID

B

RE

D

YE

LLO

W D

OT

YE

LLO

W D

OT

SO

LEN

OID

CC A

Li Cl

Ca

AV

L 91

80/9

181

FLU

IDIC

DIA

GR

AM

Page 62: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

56

4.3 Electronics

4.3.1 ISE SBC Card

Power Circuits

Power is supplied to this circuit board through connector JP3 from the powersupply assembly. Test points are provided to measure supply voltages, and lightemitting diodes D1 through D5 are turned on to indicate each supply voltagepresent on the card. Since each LED is connected in series after the fuse, a blownfuse results in the respective LED turned off.

Four additional voltage regulator circuits are mounted on the ISE SBC II Card. ICU2 and IC U3 provide -8 VDC and +8 VDC (9180/9181: -5 VDC and +5 VDC)and are used to provide the supply voltages for the analog circuitry. IC U1 devel-ops the supply voltage used to operate the peristaltic pump and provide either +10VDC or +22 VDC. The +22 VDC is supplied only for the FAST speed and +10VDC is used for all other pump speeds. Signal FAST/SLOW determines whichsupply voltage is selected.

U5 switches the voltage between 22VDC and 12.5 VDC which supplies thesolenoids. When a solenoid is turned on, the voltage switches to 22VDC for 0.5sec, then it returns to 12.5 VDC.

The circuit which includes Q7 and R5 provides necessary switching for the measur-ing chamber illuminator LED’s.

The following list identifies the test points, fuses and LED’s for each respective DCsupply voltage:

Test Point Voltage Fuse Rating LED

TP1 +24 VDC F3 D3TP2 +5 VDC F1/F2 D1/D2TP3 -12 VDC F4 D4TP4 +12 VDC F5 D5TP5 GroundTP6 -8 VDC (9180/9181: -5 VDC)TP7 +22/12 VDCTP8 +8 VDC (9180/9181: +5 VDC)TP9 Na+ ChannelTP10 K+ ChannelTP11 Ca++/Cl- Channel (Li+ 9180/9181 only)TP12 TemperatureTP13 +10.000 V Ref. VoltageTP14 -2.500 VRef. VoltageTP15 Sample SensorTP16 +22/12.5VDC

Page 63: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

57

Valve Drivers

The solenoids are activated by transistors Q9 — Q13. To open the solenoid, a0.5-second pulse of 22 volts is applied, then the voltage drops down to 12.5volts to hold the solenoid open.

Pump Motor Driver/Cover Sensor

The pump driver circuit IC U9 and IC U10 provide the drive and control forthe peristaltic pump. Signals PUMPEN, Pump Enable and PUMPSTEP, PumpStep Pulses enable IC U10 to provide the necessary control to driver IC U9which supplies pump drive signals PHASE A through PHASE D to controlperistaltic pump operation.

IC U11 operates with signal DCLOSED from the sample door light gate toprovide signal DOOR which detects the status of the sample door (open orclosed).

Input Amplifiers

IC U13, U14 and U15 (9180/9181: U13 only) provide high to low inputimpedance matching for each Electrode input. Offset generator IC U12D andamplifiers IC U12A, U12B and U12C provide the necessary gain and offset foreach electrode channel. TP9, TP10 and TP11 provide test points for the Na+,K+ and Cl-/Ca++/Li channels respectively.

Temperature Sensor

This is an optional circuit which is used in the 9140, 9180 and 9181.The circuit creates a temperature-dependent voltage which is converted bysoftware to degrees C. R54 can be adjusted for correct temperature setting.

Analog Channel Selector and A/D Converter

Analog inputs from the input amplifiers are selected via signals ADSEL0 throughADSEL2 and are multiplexed by IC U19. This multiplexed signal is then fed tothe A/D Converter IC U20. IC U21 supplies the necessary reference voltage(2500mV) for the A/D Converter and can be measured at TP14.

Page 64: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

58

Microprocessor

Microprocessor IC U31, EPROM IC U25 (9180/9181: U40) and MOSTEK RealTime Clock/RAM IC U22 form the components of the central processing system.IC U23 Address Demultiplexer, IC U24 Programmable Array Logic (PAL) and ICU28 provide serial data buses (9180/9181: U23, U24 and U28 not present). ICU34 through IC U38 convert serial data to parallel data and provide printer data,display data, solenoid valve control and peristaltic pump control. This fashion ofserial to parallel data conversion is used to prevent analyzer lock-up by peripheraldevices. The RS232 serial interface is a direct input/output from the microproces-sor utilizing interface driver and receiver U29 and U30.

SnapPak Sensor (9180/9181 only)

Optical detector ISO1 provides a signal indicating if the ISE SnapPak™ is in place.This signal is fed to U41 which converts the light gate input to a digital logic outputindicating SnapPak position (IN or OUT).

4.3.2 Lamp Board

The lamp board contains the LED array used to illuminate the measuring chamberand the interconnectors used for all solenoids, the peristaltic pump, door sensor andsample turntable (9181 only). A ribbon cable from the SBC Board supplies theelectrical connection for each signal through connector JP6.

4.3.3 Display Board

The display board contains the LCD display, sample sensor connector and theYES and NO switches used for operation of the analyzer. Power and signalinterconnection is accomplished via a ribbon cable from the SBC board throughJP2 on the display board.

Display boards utilized in the 9181 analyzer also contain circuitry for both theneedle mechanism motor control and position sensor. The autosampler «TablePresent» signal is also buffered through U1 on this board.

Page 65: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

59

5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Maintenance procedures for the 9120, 30, 40, 80, 81 Analyzers require minimaltime by the operator to perform. The procedures outlined below should beperformed by the schedule indicated. Detailed instructions for these procedures canbe found in the Operator’s Manual describing the correct method to perform routineanalyzer maintenance.

5.1 Maintenance

Daily Maintenance

— Perform cleaning cycle.

— Perform conditioning cycle.

Weekly Maintenance

— Clean sample probe and fill port.

— Clean analyzer surfaces.

Monthly Maintenance

— Clean reference electrode housing.

Six Month Maintenance

— Replace peristaltic pump tubing.

Annual Preventive Maintenance

— Replace complete tubing set.

— Replace peristaltic pump tubing.

— Replace fill port assembly.

— Replace sample probe.

— Replace sample sensor Quad-ring.

— Check sample sensor voltage.

— Check sample temperature (9140/80/81 only).

Page 66: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

60

5.2 Error Messages and Troubleshooting

STATUS: NOT CALIBRATED

This message is only displayed when a calibration has been interrupted bypressing NO or opening the sample door. Perform a calibration to return to theREADY Mode.

STANDARD A NOT DETECTED

This message is displayed when the sample sensor is unable to properly detectthe Standard A solution in a programmed time period. As the analyzer draws asample of Standard A, the leading edge of the solution is detected by thesample sensor. The sample sensor must also detect a continuous flow ofStandard A Solution into the sample chamber, lasting several seconds, withoutencountering air bubbles or air. After several seconds, the trailing edge of theStandard A sample is sensed, the peristaltic pump stops and measurementoccurs.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Check for air leaks preventing the Standard from being drawn into thechamber. Ensure that all O-rings are in place. There must be acontinuous draw of standard solution, free of air bubbles. Check solenoid V for proper sealing of the vent line. Check fill port to ensure the absence of air leaks.

• Check for clots or crystals formed in the Standard A tubing orelectrode chamber.

• Ensure that the sample sensor is plugged in securely and performSample Sensor Test to ensure sensor is operating correctly. Clean,adjust or replace sample sensor to correct sample sensor operation.

• Replace peristaltic pump tube set to ensure proper sample aspiration.

• Check the fluid remaining in the ISE SnapPakTM. If less than 5%remains, replace the ISE SnapPakTM.

Page 67: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

61

STANDARD B NOT DETECTEDSTANDARD C NOT DETECTED (9180/9181 only)

The system for drawing Standard B or C is like that of Standard A. If Standard Ais drawn properly and Standard B or C is not detected, check Standard B tubingfor crystallization. Perform checks for Standard A detection problems to correct.During the calibration sequence, Standard B or C is drawn into the measuringchamber prior to Standard A, therefore check if Standard A calibrant can beproperly detected to isolate possible fluidic faults. If neither Standard A, B nor Care detected check for air leaks or blockages within the fluidic path.

CHECK SAMPLE SENSOR

The sample sensor must provide a reading of 80 — 120 when air is detected.Perform Test Sample Sensor to observe sample sensor response. When clear fluid(e.g. water) is aspirated, the sample sensor display must indicate an increase of of atleast 40 units. For blood samples (not transparent), the reading should decrease byat least 40 units. The sample sensor is calibrated with air during each calibration.Perform a calibration to remove the error message after troubleshooting.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Clean sample sensor using Daily Cleaning procedure.

• Check for correct drying of measuring chamber during the wash cycle.

• Replace peristaltic pump tube set.

• Test and adjust sample sensor to correct adjustment.

• Replace sample sensor assembly.

Page 68: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

62

CHECK REFERENCE HOUSING

At the beginning of a calibration, pressure is formed in the reference housingwhile the R valve is closed and the V valve is open. After Standard A isdetected in the sample chamber, the back pressure formed in the referencehousing causes the Standard A solution to move back toward the samplesensor. When the standard A solution is detected by the sample sensor, the Rvalve is opened to release the pressure. If the sample sensor does not detectstandard A as it moves back, CHECK REFERENCE HOUSING will bedisplayed.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Check for clogged reference housing and clean per monthlymaintenance procedures.

• Check and ensure that reference tubing is securely connected at thetubing connector.

• Check for proper filling of the reference housing and ensure thatreference solution reagent level allows complete filling of thereference housing.

• Check for bubble-free aspiration of Standard A.

PLEASE CLOSE SAMPLE DOOR (except 9181)

This message occurs and prints NO SAMPLE on the print-out, when either oftwo conditions exists.

1. Sample door is not closed within 20 seconds after samples are inplace.

2. Sample door has been opened and no sample is detected within 20seconds.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Close sample door within the time allowed.

• Check needle mechanism light gate.

• Check whether sample sensor is plugged in.

Page 69: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

63

NO SAMPLE

This message is displayed when any of the following conditions occur:

1. During sampling, either a bubble in the sample is detected or thesample sizeis smaller than the minimum sample required.

2. The sample door is opened and no sample is fed into the analyzer.

3. Sample door is not closed within 20 seconds after sample is detected.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Check whether the sample sensor is plugged in and performTEST SAMPLE SENSOR to verify that it operates correctly.

• Check sample draw and look for clots or leaks in the sampling system.

CLEANING FLUID NOT DETECTED

When the cleaning cycle has been initiated, the analyzer checks for properaspiration of the cleaning solution using the sample sensor. If solution is notdetected in the proper time, above error message will be displayed.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Ensure that a sufficient volume of cleaning solution is presented foraspiration and no air bubbles are present as solution is aspirated.

• Check to ensure that the solution is being aspirated through the samplingmechanism correctly. The sample path must be free of leaks or clots.

• Verify that sample sensor is properly plugged in and perform theSAMPLE SENSOR TEST to verify the correct operation of thesample sensor.

• Check pump tubing and replace as necessary to ensure a correct pumprate.

Page 70: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

64

CONDITIONING FLUID NOT DETECTED

When the conditioning cycle has been initiated, the analyzer checks for properaspiration of the conditioning solution using the sample sensor. If the solution isnot detected in the proper time, this error message will be displayed.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Ensure that a sufficient volume of conditioning solution is presented foraspiration and no air bubbles are present as solution is aspirated.

• Check to ensure that the solution is being properly aspiratedthrough the sampling mechanism. The sample path must be free ofleaks or clots.

• Verify that sample sensor is correctly plugged in and perform theSAMPLE SENSOR TEST to verify its proper operation.

• Check pump tubing and replace as necessary to ensure correctpump rate.

INTERFACE ERROR

This message is displayed only during the INTERFACE TEST. Pins 2 and 3must be shorted together to perform the INTERFACE TEST. Make surethat the pins are not shorted to chassis ground.

Possible cause and remedy:

• Replace SBC Card.

PAPER JAM OR PRINTER DEFECT

This message is displayed when the printer head is jammed and tries to print. Itis a temporary message that is displayed for 2 seconds and then sample resultsare displayed. To clear paper jam remove printer from the analyzer andremove jammed paper. Replace printer and retry. The printer can be removedby grasping the rear edge of the printer assembly and pulling it to the front. Theprinter can be removed with the Analyzer power on. To free up jammed paper,turn the small gears on the left side of the printer module.

Page 71: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

65

CHECK ELECTRODES

This message is displayed when either of the following conditions are present.

1. More than six aspirations of Standard A are required for all electrodechannels.

2. The difference between voltage A and B is out of specification for allchannels.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Electrodes are not plugged in. Check the slide mechanism to ensure it is inthe correct position and firmly pushed into electrode connectors.

• Perform Daily Maintenance.

• Check or replace reference electrode.

• Replace ISE SnapPakTM.

NA NOT CAL’DK NOT CAL’DCL NOT CAL’DCA NOT CAL’DLI NOT CAL’D

These messages will be displayed when a specific electrode does not calibrateproperly during a calibration sequence. If more than six standard draws arerequired or the difference between Standard A and Standard B voltages is out ofrange, the NOT CALIBRATED message will be displayed for each channelwhich exhibits either of these conditions. A copy of the calibration report should beprinted to provide the electrode output voltages measured during calibration.The electrode voltage range table identifies correct voltage ranges for eachelectrode parameter.If the difference between Standard A and Standard C (9180/9181 only) is out ofrange for Li+ or Na+, LI NOT CAL’D will be displayed.Possible causes and remedies:

• Check to ensure calibration reagents are transported correctly. Test forleaks, blockages, bubbles, or improper pump flow rate.

• Check or replace ISE SnapPakTM.

• Check whether electrodes are plugged in properly. Check the slidemechanism to ensure it is in the correct position and firmly pushed intoelectrode connectors. Clean and/or replace electrode.

• If A-C is out of range for Na+, repeat the calibration or replace theISE SnapPakTM.

• Check or replace SBC Card.

Page 72: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

66

ELECTRODE VOLTAGE RANGES 9120, 30, 40

Electrode Standard A Standard B Allowable Difference A — B (9120/9130) (9140)

Na+ -600 to +2400 -1600 to +2200 +720 to +2000 +250 to +680K+ -700 to +1000 -2500 to +500 +520 to +1800 +470 to +1200Cl- -3100 to -100 -1100 to +1800 -520 to -1200 not usedCa++ -2600 to +1400 -2100 to +2700 not used -480 to -900

ELECTRODE VOLTAGE RANGES 9180, 81

Electrode Standard A Standard B Standard C Allowable Difference A-B A-C

Na+ -600 to +2400 -1600 to +2000 -600 to +2400 +250 to +680 -50 to +50K+ -700 to +1000 -2500 to +500 -700 to +1000 +470 to +1200 -40 to +40Cl- -3100 to -100 -1000 to +3000 -3100 to -100 -370 to -860 not usedCa++ -3100 to +1000 -2300 to +2500 -3100 to +1000 -350 to -660 -150 to +150Li+ -3100 to +1900 -3600 to +1400 -2600 to +3400 +1 to +760 -1730 to -285

CLOG CHECK FLUID PATH

After completion of sample measurement or calibration, the analyzer will monitor thesample sensor to determine if the sample path has been cleared. This message will bedisplayed if the sample path has not been cleared.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Check for blockages in the sample path, especially in the sample probe, thetubing to the sample sensor and in the sample sensor.

• Check sample sensor is securely plugged in and check sample sensor testto ensure correct operation.

• Check peristaltic pump and tubing are correct and all tubing is properly inplace.

↑↑↑↑ ↓↓↓↓In case the analyzer displays arrows up or arrows down instead of sample results, theconcentration of the sample is outside of the measurement range.

Possible causes and remedies:

• If the sample is a urine sample, arrows up instead of the K result indicatethat further dilution of the specimen is required.

• Check for proper sample preparation.

• Ensure that the sample is correctly aspirated into the measuring chamberand ensure small air bubbles are not present.

• Check for proper aspiration of Standard A.

Page 73: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

67

↑ ↓

On the 9140, 9180 and 9181 models, the calibration report will print an arrow upor down instead of the actual temperature, if the temperature measured is out ofrange (10.0°C -40.0°C). The temperature sensor is located in the right sideelectrode holder.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Ensure that sample sensor cable is securely plugged in.

• Check whether room temperature is within specified limits(15°C to 32°C / 60°F to 90°F).

• Perform temperature adjustment procedure.

• Replace SBC board or right side electrode holder.

ERR

The analyzer will display ERR in place of sample results when the analyzer isunable to obtain valid voltage readings from the electrode (A/D over- or under-flow).

Possible causes and remedies:

• Ensure that the electrodes are securely in place and plugged into theanalyzer.

• Check to ensure proper filling of the reference electrode has occurred.

• Ensure proper sampling and proper sample preparation. Check for airbubbles in the sample.

PERFORM DAILY MAINTENANCE

This message will be printed at the end of a sample report when cleaning or condi-tioning have not been performed within the last 24 hours. This message is printedonly. Perform Daily Maintenance to clear this message.

Page 74: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

68

REPLACE FLUID PACK

When the monitored fluid level in the ISE SnapPakTM reaches 5% remaining,the analyzer will print REPLACE FLUID PACK at the end of each samplereport. This message is printed only. Replace the ISE SnapPakTM followingthe instructions outlined in the Operator Manual.To maximize the life of the ISE SnapPakTM, continue running the analyzer untila STANDARD A NOT DETECTED message is displayed. This willensure that the ISE SnapPakTM is completely depleted before replacement.

CHECK TEMPERATURE (9140/9180/9181 only)

On the 9140/80/81 models, the analyzer will display CHECKTEMPERATURE at the end of each measurement, if the temperaturemeasured is out of range (10.0°C to 40°C). The temperature sensor is locatedin the right side electrode holder.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Ensure that the sample sensor cable is securely plugged in.

• Check whether room temperature is within specified limits(15°C to 32°C / 60°F to 90°F).

• Perform temperature adjustment procedure.

• Replace SBC board or right side electrode holder.

VALVE OVERTEMP! CHECK VALVES

In case one of the valve solenoids overheats, the message VALVEOVERTEMP! CHECK VALVES will be displayed. Each solenoidincorporates a thermo-fuse, which will reset automatically.

Possible causes and remedies:

• Turn power off for at least one hour.

• Check fuse F3 (24V).

• Check whether room temperature is within specified limits(15°C to 32°C / 60°F to 90°F).

Page 75: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

69

ERROR: UPPER NEEDLE SENSOR

If probe movement to the upper position is not detected within a certain timeperiod, the above message is displayed.

Possible remedies:

• Check for foreign material that may prevent the probe from moving freely.

• Contact AVL for technical assistance.

ERROR: LOWER NEEDLE SENSOR

If probe movement to the lower position is not detected within a certain time period,the above message is displayed.

Possible remedies:

• Make sure the fill port is installed correctly.

• Check for foreign material that may prevent the probe from moving freely.

• Contact AVL for technical assistance.

WHEEL MISSING OR SAMPLER DEFECT

During the homing sequence, the sampler checks for the sample wheel to bepresent.

Possible remedies:

• Make sure the wheel is present and seated correctly.

• Replace sample wheel.

• Replace sampler.

Page 76: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

70

SAMPLER JAMMED OR DEFECTIVE

The analyzer checks for correct movement of the sample wheel. If the samplewheel does not move at the expected speed, the above errormessage is displayed.

Possible remedies:

• Check for obstructions preventing the sample wheel from moving freely.

• Replace sampler.

Page 77: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

6 Adjustments

The 9120, 30, 40, 80 and 81 Analyzers have been designed to require minimalelectronic adjustment. The sample sensor circuit may require adjustment following achange of the sample sensor or during routine troubleshooting. The temperatureadjustment is active only for models 9140/9180/9181 and requires the temperatureadjustment test plug for correct calibration of the temperature circuit.

6.1 Sample Sensor Adjustment

Select TEST SAMPLE SENSOR in the SERVICE FUNCTIONS menuwhich will display the current sample sensor setting. Adjust R93 Sample SensorAdjust located at the top of the ISE SBC card to a value of 100. Press YES toturn on peristaltic pump and ensure displayed value remains constant.

Raise sample door and aspirate clear fluid (e.g. water). Displayed reading shouldnow be 150 or greater.

Note: R93 can be accessed through the rear cover vent slot and is located atthe top center on the circuit card.

6.2 Temperature Adjustment (9140/9180/9181 only)

Select AMPLIFIER TEST in the SERVICE FUNCTIONS menu which willdisplay the current amplifier voltages. Press NO twice to display the temperaturevoltage and actual temperature display. Unplug the sample sensor and fit theTemperature Adjustment Test Plug in place of the sample sensor plug. Adjust R54located on the SBC Board for a display of 3000mV. Unplug the TemperatureAdjustment Test Plug and fit the sample sensor connector to display the actualtemperature of the measuring chamber.

Due to the elevated temperature inside the analyzer, it is normal for thedisplayed temperature to be several degrees C higher than the actual roomtemperature.

If no Temperature Adjustment Test Plug is available, place a quality thermometer(preferably mercury) next to the right side electrode holder. With the front dooropen, wait approx. 10 min. Then adjust the displayed temperature to match thereading on the thermometer.

71

Page 78: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

72

7 Electronic Diagrams

AVL 9120, 30, 40, 80 Analyzers

System Block Diagram 9120, 30, 40, 80 …………………………………. 74

System Block Diagram 9181 …………………………………………………. 75System Interconnect 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………………….. 76SBC PCB — Power Supply 9120, 30, 40 …………………………………. 77SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………….. 78SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9120, 30, 40 ………… 79SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9120, 30, 40 ……………………………….. 80SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9120, 30, 40 …………………………. 81SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9120, 30, 40 ……. 82SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………. 83SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9120, 30, 40 ……………………… 84Printer Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40, 80, 81 ……………………………… 85Lamp PCB 9120, 30, 40 ………………………………………………………. 86Display Daughter PCB 9120, 30, 40 ……………………………………….. 87

Page 79: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

73

AVL 9180/81 Analyzers

System Interconnect 9180/9181 …………………….. …………………….. 88

SBC PCB — Power Supply 9180/9181 ……………………………………. 89SBC PCB — Valve Drivers 9180/9181 …………………………………….. 90SBC PCB — Pump Motor Driver/Door Detect 9180/9181 …………… 91SBC PCB — Input Amplifiers 9180/9181 ………………………………….. 92SBC PCB — Temperature Circuit 9180/9181 ……………………………. 93SBC PCB — Analog Selector and A/D Converter 9180/9181 ………. 94SBC PCB — Microprocessor 9180/9181 …………………………………. 95SBC PCB — Printer/Display Drivers 9180/9181 ………………………… 96SBC PCB — Fluid Pack Detector 9180/9181 ……………………………. 97Lamp PCB 9180/9181 …………………………………………………………. 98Display Daughter PCB 9180 ………………………………………………….. 99

Page 80: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

74

Preamplifier

Na Amp K Amp Cl/Ca/Li Amp

Analog Selectorand

A/D Converter

Power Supply+22VDC / +10VDC

+5VDC / -5VDC (9180)+8VDC / -8VDC

+22VDC / +12.5VDC

Interface Driver

RS232

100 — 240 V~MAIN

50 — 60 Hz

Fluid Pack DetectorSensor

(9180 only)

Display Driver

Temperature Control(9140/9180 only)

Printer Driver

Microprocessor

Peristaltic Pump Driver

Solenoid Valve Drivers

Power Receptacle1.6 AT1.6 AT

Display Module YES/NO Switches

Temp Sensor(9140/9180 only) Sample Sensor

PrinterAssembly

Lamp Board

Power Supply Module

Fuse F1 2.5A/250V +5VDC/+24VDC +12VDC/-12VDC

Na Electrode

KCl

ReferenceElectrode

GND

SBC Board

Display Board

Sample Sensor/Temp Sensor

P. Pump Motor

JP6

Sample Door

JP7

Valve A JP1

Valve B JP2

Valve C JP3

Valve V JP4

Valve R JP5

JP8

JP5

JP1

JP1

JP4

JP2

JP7 JP3

JP1

9120, 30, 40, 80 Analyzer Block Diagram

Page 81: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

75

Preamplifier

Na Amp K Amp Cl/Ca/Li Amp

Analog Selectorand

A/D Converter

Power Supply+22VDC / +10VDC

+5VDC / -5VDC+8VDC / -8VDC

+22VDC / +12.5VDC

Interface Driver

RS232

100 — 240 V~MAIN

50 — 60 Hz

Fluid Pack DetectorSensor

Display Driver

Temperature Control

Printer Driver

Microprocessor

Peristaltic Pump Driver

Solenoid Valve Drivers

Power Receptacle1.6 AT1.6 AT

Display Module YES/NO Switches

Temp Sensor Sample Sensor

PrinterAssembly

Lamp Board

Power Supply Module

Fuse F1 2.5A/250V +5VDC/+24VDC

+12VDC/-12VDC

Na Electrode

KCl

ReferenceElectrode

GND

SBC BoardDisplay Board

Sample Sensor/Temp Sensor

P. Pump Motor

JP6

Sample Door

JP7

Valve A JP1

Valve B JP2

Valve C JP3

Valve V JP4

Valve R JP5

JP8

JP5

JP1

JP1

JP4

JP2

JP7 JP3

JP1

Needle SensorPosition Buffer

Needle MotorDriver

Probe Motor

Position Sensor

NeedleMechanismAssembly

JP1 JP1

JP6

JP5

Turntable Assembly

Driver BD Home SensorPosition Sensor

Bulkhead

BK5013BK5014

JP9

Ctrl LinesTurntable

Turntable Ctrl Lines

Needle Ctrl Lines

9181 Analyzer Block Diagram

Page 82: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

76

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 1of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BINTERCONNECT

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

A1B1A2B2A3B3A4B4A5B5A6B6A7B7A8B8A9B9A10

B10

JP1

EZC10DRXH

PRINTER

MOTOR-

TACHO

FEED

CHECK

DOT1-

DOT2-

DOT3-

DOT4-

DOT5-

DOT6-

DOT7-

PRINTVCC

SYSTEM GROUND

AMP

R900-R903 DO NOT PHYSICALLY EXIST

THEY ARE TO ALLOW GROUNDS TO BE SEPARATED

1JP2

62650-1

1

2R900

0

1

2R901

0

1

2R9020

1

2R9030

1 2

R904

270K_1/4W

PGND

SGND

AGND

DGND

PGND

SGND

GND

POWER

MATES WITH MOLEX 09-50-8073

MOLEX

|LINK

|MB1.SCH

|MB2.SCH

|MB3.SCH

|MB4.SCH

|MB5.SCH

|MB6.SCH

|MB7.SCH

|MB8.SCH

|MB9.SCH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

JP3

26-60-4070

PVCC

PVCC

P+24V

P-12V

P+12V

RS-232

5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 1

JP7

DB9P

AMP 1-747871-3

RS232OUT

RS232IN

RTS

CTS

PGND

SULLINS

TO LAMP BOARD JP8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526

JP5

CHR26G-ND

LAMP BOARD

LAMP+

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

PHASED

DLED+

DCLOSED

VALVE+

OVERTEMP-

DISPLAY BOARD

TO DISPLAY BOARD JP2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526

JP4

CHR26G-ND

SAMPLELED-

DATA/INST-

DISPEN

YES-

NO-

TEMP

DISPR/W-

SSEN

CONTRAST

SAMPLE

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

PGND

VCC

+5VA

VCC

NOTE:

AND CONNECTED AT THE SHIELD

AREA.

SAMPLEGND IS RUN INDIVIDUALLY

NOTE:REVISION D SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO REVISION H ARTWORK

DD[0..7]

DD[0..7]

+24V

+10V

mb1.sch

SYSTEM INTERCONNECT — 9120, 30, 40

Page 83: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

77

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 2of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BPOWER SUPPLY

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

«+22V/12V»

1

TP7

UT35-017

1

2R5

3.9/10W

Q7MJE800

12R103

1K

LAMP+

+VS

VIN

3

VOUT

2

A D J

1

U1LM317

LAMPEN

+24V

PRINTVCC

1 2

C29

2200uF/50V

1 2

C30

2200uF/16V

1 2

C64

1000uF/16V

21D6ICTE.5

VCC

PRINTVCC

+24V

«+5V»

«+5V/F1»

«+5V/F2»

«2AT»

«1.6AT»

1

2R9

220

1

2R10

220

1

TP2

UT35-017

1

2

F1

2AT

1

2

F2

1.6AT

1

2

F3

1.25AT

2

1D1

LED

2

1D2

LED

PVCC

PVCC

P+24V

«+24V»

«-12V»

«+12V»

«GND»

«+24V/F3»

«-12V/F4»

«+12V/F5»

«1.25AT»

«0.300AT»

«0.300AT»

1

2R6

560

1

2R7

560

1

2R8

1.2K

1

TP1

UT35-017

1

TP3

UT35-017

1

TP4

UT35-017

1

TP5

UT35-017

ZCLIP1

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP2

FUSECLIP

1

2

F4

0.300AT

1

2

F5

0.300AT

2

1D3

LED

2 1D4

LED

2

1D5

LED

P-12V

P+12V

12C25

470uF/25V

1 2

C26

470uF/25V

V+

V-

Q12N3904

1

2R1

1K

1 2

R21.8K

1 2

R31.2K

VIN

2

VOUT

3

C

1

U2LM7908

1 2C10.1uF

FAST/SLOW-

V-

«-8V»

1 2

R4180

1 2C60.1uF

1

TP6

UT35-017

-8V

«+8V»

1 2C40.1uF

1

TP8

UT35-017

1 2

C27

10uF/16V

12C28

10uF/16V

12C50.1uF

+8V

VIN

1

VOUT

3

C

2

U3LM7808

1 2C30.1uF

ZHS1

HEATSINK

1 2C67

0.1uF

1 2C68

0.1uF

1 2C69

0.1uF

1 2C70

0.1uF

1 2C71

0.1uF

12C20.1uF

V+

1 2C10

0.1uF

1 2C11

0.1uF

1 2C12

0.1uF

1 2C65

0.1uF

1 2C66

0.1uF

1 2C70.1uF

1 2C80.1uF

1 2C90.1uF

ZCLIP3

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP4

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP5

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP6

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP7

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP8

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP9

FUSECLIP

ZCLIP10

FUSECLIP

VCC

1 2C13

0.1uF

1 2C14

0.1uF

1 2C15

0.1uF

12C19

0.1uF

12C20

0.1uF

12C21

0.1uF

+8V

-8V

OPTIONAL

1 2C16

0.1uF

1 2C17

0.1uF

1 2C18

0.1uF

12C22

0.1uF

12C23

0.1uF

12C24

0.1uF

mb2.sch

SBC PCB — POWER SUPPLY — 9120, 30, 40

Page 84: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

78

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 3of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BVALVE DRIVERS

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

«+22V/12.5V»

1 2C32

0.1uF

1

TP16

UT35-017

VALVE+

Q82N3904

VIN

3

VOUT

2

A D J

1

U5LM317

1 2C31

0.1uF

1

2R21

4.7K

ZHS2

HEATSINK

1 2

R18

200 1%

1 2

R19

1.82K 1%

1 2

R20

1.5K

VALVE-

+24V

OPEN1

OPEN2

1

2R11

1K

1

2R12

1K

Q9MJE800

Q10

MJE800

1 2C36

2.2uF/50V

1 2C37

2.2uF/50V

1 2C38

2.2uF/50V

VALVE DRIVERS

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

1

2R13

1K

1

2R14

1K

Q11

MJE800

Q12

MJE800

1 2C39

2.2uF/50V

1 2C40

2.2uF/50V

OPEN3

OPEN4

R20 WAS 1K

R17 WAS 100K

C R19 WAS 2.37K

OPEN5

OVERTEMP-

SGND

1

2R15

1K

1

2R16

360K

Q13

MJE800

1 2

R17

180K

SGND

THERM-

mb3.sch

SBC PCB — VALVE DRIVERS — 9120, 30, 40

Page 85: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

79

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 4of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BPUMP MOTOR DRIVER/COVER SENSOR

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

21D81N4004

21D91N4004

21D10

1N4004

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

+VS

+VS

+VS

+22V/12V

IN1

2

ENA

1

IN2

9

IN3

12

ENB

11

IN4

19

OUT1

3

OUT2

8

OUT3

13

OUT4

18

GND

5

GND

6

GND

15

VSS

20

VS

10

GND

16

SENSE1

4

SENSE2

7

SENSE3

14

SENSE4

17

U9

L293E

1 2

C46

100uF/50V

1 2C41

0.1uF

21D71N4004

+VS

SGND

SGND

PUMP DRIVER

A 4

INH1

5

B 6

C 7

INH2

8

D 9

SENSE1

14

SENSE2

13

VREF

15

CW/CCW

17

STEP

18

HALF/FULL

19

RESET

20

CONTROL

11

ENABLE

10

GND

2

VS

12

OSC

16

SYNC

1

HOME

3

U10

L297

1 2C42

0.1uF

1 2C45

0.1uF+VS

VCC

SGND

SGND

PUMPSTEP

VCC

1 2

R23

22K

1 2C43

3.3nF

1 2

C47

10uF/16V

PUMPEN

SGND

VCC

SGND

SGND

1 2C44

0.1uF

ZS1

DIP20

ZS2

DIP20

1 2

R24

10K 1%

1 2

R32

562 1%

VCC

SGND

1 2

R25

1

1 2

R26

1

21D11

1N4004

SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND

21D12

1N4004

21D13

1N4004

21D14

1N4004

PHASED

SGND

SGND

SGND

DOOR

2

3

7

85

6

41

U11

LM311N

1 2

R28

10K

1 2

R29

10K

1 2

R33

2.2K

1

2R31

100K

VCC

VCC

VCC

SAMPLE DOOR SWITCH DETECT

1 2

R30

33K

VCC

SGND

SGND

SAMPLE DOOR

DCLOSED

SGND

mb4.sch

1 2

R27

100

DLED+

VCC

SBC PCB — PUMP MOTOR DRIVER / DOOR DETECT — 9120, 30, 40

Page 86: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

80

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 5of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BINPUT AMPLIFIERS

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

«Na/pH»

C49 NOT STUFFED FOR 9110

OFFSET = -1100 mv pH

OFFSET = -2200mV Na

1

2C49

0.22uF

1

TP9

UT35-017

1

2R63

1K

Na/pHOUT

ARE DIFFERENT FOR ISE AND pH

NOTE VALUES OF R44 AND R47

*

**

ISE

PH

1

2C48

0.22uF

2

3

1

1 14U12A

TLC279CN

1

2R47

165K 1% ISE

102K 1% pH

1

2R44

59K 1% ISE

18.2K 1% pH

12

3 JP202

HEADER 3

1 2

R113

1K

+8V

-8V

NOTE: NO SOLDER MASK IN PROBE AREA

3

8

2

7

6

4

U13

OPA103AM

1

2R41

1K 1%

+8V

-8V

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

INPUT AMPLIFIERS

NOTE:

GUARD RING AND PROBE AREAS

SHOULD BE CLEAR OF SOLDER

MASK.

Na/pH

P2PROBE

1

2R34

100K

ZPROBE2

R4WW

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

KP3PROBE

1

2R35

100K

ZPROBE4

R4WW

ZPROBE3

R4WW

3

8

2

7

6

4

U14

OPA103AM

1

2R40

1K 1%

+8V

+8V

-8V

ISE 1-2

pH 2-3

1

2C50

0.22uF

1

2R46

68.1K 1%

1

2R48

604K 1%

1 2

R114

1K

OFFSET = 0 «K»

C50 NOT STUFFED

FOR 9110

NOT STUFFED

OFFSET = -700mV

1

TP10

UT35-017

1

TP11

UT35-017

1

2R45

43.2K 1%

1

2R64

1K

6

5

7

U12B

TLC279CN

1 2

R111

100K

KOUT

NOT STUFFED

1 2C52

0.1uF

1

2R65

1K

12C51

0.1uF

1 2

R112

100K

-8V

+8V

«Cl/Ca»

Cl/CaOUT

9

10

8

U12C

TLC279CN

1 2

R115

1K

3

8

2

7

6

4

U15

OPA103AM

1

2R39

1K 1% 1 2

C300

0.22uF

1

2R301

1K 1%

1 2

R302

18.2K 1%

3

8

2

7

6

4

U300 OPA103AM

+8V

-8V

-8V

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

Ref

Clor

Li

NOT STUFFED FOR 9110

P4PROBE

1

2R36

100K

P5PROBE

ZPROBE5

R4CR

1

2R300

100K

NOTE: 300 SERIES COMPONENTS

BR303-1 WAS TO SSEN

CUT AND JUMPER

REV G BOARDS

1

2R303

10K

Q300

2N3904

7

1

53

K300

SIP RELAY SPST

2 1D300

1N4148

GPO

VCC

-6.2V

OFFSET GENERATOR

FOR 9110 ONLY

OPEN pH

CLOSED ISE

1 2

R42

2.2K

1 2

D15

1N827

1 2JP201

HEADER 2

-8V

13

12

14

U12D

TLC279CN

mb5.sch

SBC PCB — INPUT AMPLIFIERS — 9120, 30, 40

Page 87: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

81

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 6of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BTEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR PCB LAYOUT

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

STUFFED FOR 9110, 9140

+10v

NOT STUFFED FOR 9120, 9130

VIN

2

GND

4

TRIM

5

VO

6

U18

MAX674

+24V

STUFFED

FOR

9140

1 2

R56

90.9k 1%

«10.00V»

1

TP13

UT35-017

1 3

2R54

10KPOT

3

2

1

84U17A

LF412

5

6

7

U17B

LF412

1

2R55

68.1K 1%

1

2R52

10K 1%

1

2R59

118K 1%

1 2

R53

274K 1%

2

1D16

1N4148

-8V

+8V

«TEMP»

3000mV @ 8192 OHM

1

TP12

UT35-017

1 2

R110

100K

1

2R62

1K

TEMPOUT

1 2

R51

10K 1%

«TEMP ADJ.»

FACTORY SET

FROM NTC THERMISTOR

10KOHM @ 25C

1 2

R49

7.5k 1%

TEMP

mb6.sch

SBC PCB — TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT — 9120, 30, 40

Page 88: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

82

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 7of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BA/D

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

ADDAT[0..7]

ADDAT0

ADDAT[0..7]

A/D CONVERTER

B1

16

B2

15

B3

14

B4

13

B5

12

B6

11

B7

10

B8

9

B9

8

B10

7

B11

6

B12

5

OR

4

POL

3

STATUS

2

INHI

35

INLO

34

COMMON

33

REFIN+

36

REFIN-

39

REFCAP+

37

REFCAP-

38

REFOUT

29

BUFFER

30

AZ

31

INT

32

TEST

17

MODE

21

LBEN

18

HBEN

19

CE/LOAD

20

RUN/HOLD

26

SEND

27

OSCSEL

24

BUFFOSCOUT

25

OSCIN

22

OSCOUT

23

V-

28

GND

1

V+

40

U20

ICL7109

1

2R61

100K

12C54

1nF

8 TO 1 MULTIPLEXER

X0

13

X1

14

X2

15

X3

12

X4

1

X5

5

X6

2

X7

4

INH

6

A 11

B 10

C 9

X 3

VSS

8

VEE

7

VDD

16

U19

4051

12R69

1K

12R68

1K

12R67

1K

KOUT

TEMPOUT

Na/pHOUT

Cl/CaOUT

1 2

R66

1K

ADSEL0

ADSEL1

ADSEL2

+8V

+2.500V»2.500V»

2.05V

1 2

R60

100

VIN

1

GND

3

VOUT

2

U21

MC1403

1 2

R70

1K

1 2C56

150nF

1

TP14

UT35-017

1 2

R73

4.53K 1%

1

2R72

1K 1%

+8V

-8V

1 2C55

330nF

1 2C57

1uF

12X13.58MHz

1 2

R71

200K 1% VCC

ADSTATUS

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

ADDAT6

ADDAT7

ADDAT0

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

VCC

-8V

NOTE:

1 LSB APPROXIMATELY 1mV

ADLBEN-

ADHBEN-

ADCE-

ADRUN

mb7.sch

SBC PCB — ANALOG SELECTOR AND A/D CONVERTER — 9120, 30, 40

Page 89: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

83

Date:

April 10, 1996Sheet

8

of

9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BMICROPROCESSOR

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

DE-MUX

DECODE

D0

3

D1

4

D2

7

D3

8

D4

13

D5

14

D6

17

D7

18

OC

1

G 11

Q0

2

Q1

5

Q2

6

Q3

9

Q4

12

Q5

15

Q6

16

Q7

19

U23

74HCT373

I1/CLK

1

I2

2

I3

3

I4

4

I5

5

I6

6

I7

7

I8

8

I9

9

I10

10

I11

11

I12

13

O1

23

O2

22

O3

21

O4

20

O5

19

O6

18

O7

17

O8

16

O9

15

O10

14

U24

22V10

PROMEN-

RD-

WR-

RAMEN0-

RAMEN1-

AD[0..7]

A[0..15]

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

A[0..15]

AD[0..7]

ADDRESS

1 2R81

10K

12R80

10K

AD7

AD6

AD5

AD4

AD3

AD2

AD1

AD0

A8A7

VCC

VCC

VCC

CPU

1 2

R74

10M

IC3/PA0

34

IC2/PA1

33

IC1/PA2

32

OC5/OC1/PA3

31

OC4/OC1/PA4

30

OC3/OC1/PA5

29

OC2/OC1/PA6

28

PAI/OC1/PA7

27

AD0/PC0

9

AD1/PC1

10

AD2/PC2

11

AD3/PC3

12

AD4/PC4

13

AD5/PC5

14

AD6/PC6

15

AD7/PC7

16

A8/PB0

42

A9/PB1

41

A10/PB2

40

A11/PB3

39

A12/PB4

38

A13/PB5

37

A14/PB6

36

A15/PB7

35

AS/STRA

4

R/W/STRB

6

E 5

RXD/PD0

20

TXD/PD1

21

MISO/PD2

22

MOSI/PD3

23

SCK/PD4

24

SS/PD5

25

EXTAL

7

XTAL

8

RESET

17

MODA/LIR

3

MODB/VSTBY

2

IRQ

19

XIRQ

18

VRH

52

VRL

51

AN0/PE0

43

AN1/PE1

45

AN2/PE2

47

AN3/PE3

49

AN4/PE4

44

AN5/PE5

46

AN6/PE6

48

AN7/PE7

50

U31

MC68HC11A0FN

12R78

10K

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

A8A9A10

A11

A12

A13

12X28MHz

1

2R75

10K

VI

3

VO

1

C

2

U27

78M05

1 2C58

0.1uF

1

2R76

10K

1

2R101

10K

1 2C59

22pF

1 2C60

22pF

+5VA

VCC

VCC

+8V

VCC

1 2

JP6

1

2R82

10K

1

2R83

10K

1

2R84

10K

1

2R85

10K

MISO

SAMPLE

YES-

NO-

DOOR

FEED

CHECK

ADSTATUS

DISPBF

THERM-

VCC

VCC

VCC

VCC

1

2D17

1N4148

2-3

AVL ISE

pH JUMPER 3 TO VCC

ZS3

PLCC52

A14

A15

1-2

3-4

HANDSHAKE

OEM

1 2

R77

1K

1234

JP400

GPO

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9 A2A1A0

VCC

VCC

SPI STROBES

A 1

B 2

C 3

G1

6

G2A

4

G2B

5

Y0

15

Y1

14

Y2

13

Y3

12

Y4

11

Y5

10

Y6

9

Y7

7

U28

74HCT138

ZS6

DIP24/3 DISTR

VASTR

ADOSTR

PRSTR

PUMPEN

PUMPSTEP

ADISTR

BUZZER

VALVE-

FAST/SLOW-

A6A5A4A3

IOSTROBE-

2

3

U29A

1488

4

5

6

U29B

1488

9

10

8

U29C

1488

1 2

R116

10K

RS232OUT

MOSI

SCK

RESET-

LAMPEN

RTS

RTSO

VCC

NON-VOLATILE

RAM & CLOCK

A0

10

A1

9

A2

8

A3

7

A4

6

A5

5

A6

4

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

CS1

20

CS2

26

WE

27

OE

22

D0

11

D1

12

D2

13

D3

15

D4

16

D5

17

D6

18

D7

19

GND

14

VCC

28

INT

1

U22

MK48T08

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

PROGRAM

EPROM

RAM

NOT STUFFED

A0

10

A1

9

A2

8

A3

7

A4

6

A5

5

A6

4

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

A13

26

A14

27

A15

1

CE

20

OE

22

O0

11

O1

12

O2

13

O3

15

O4

16

O5

17

O6

18

O7

19

U25

27512

A0

10

A1

9

A2

8

A3

7

A4

6

A5

5

A6

4

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

CS1

20

CS2

26

WE

27

OE

22

D0

11

D1

12

D2

13

D3

15

D4

16

D5

17

D6

18

D7

19

U26

6264

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

A[0..15]

1

3

2

U30A

1489

10

8

9

U30C

1489

1 2

R86

10K

RS232IN

TACHO

AD[0..7]

A[0..15]

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

AD[0..7]

V+

V+

1

2D18

1N4148

BR117 ADDED

pH TIE JP400-3

TO VCC

4

6

5

U30B

1489

PROMEN-

RD-

WR-

RAMEN0-

RAMEN1-

CTS

A12

A11

A13

A14

A15

V+12

R117

4.7K

ZS4

DIP28

A12

A11

VCC

ZS5

DIP28

A12

A11

VCC

VCC

mb8.sch

ZPWB1

PWB

12

13

11

U29D

1488

VCC

SBC PCB — MICROPROCESSOR — 9120, 30, 40

Page 90: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

84

Date: April 10, 1996Sheet 9of 9

SizeDocument Number

REV

BPRINTER/DISPLAY DRIVERS

D

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD ISE/PH

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

13

11

1 2

U30D

1489

OPEN1

OPEN2

OPEN3

OPEN4

OPEN5

DATA/INST-

DISPEN

ADSEL0

ADSEL1

ADSEL2

ADRUN

ADCE-

ADHBEN-

ADLBEN-

DISPR/W-

SSEN

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U36

74HC594

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U37

74HC594

SSEN

VCC

VCC

ADCTRL

MOSI

SCK

RESET-

VASTR

ADOSTR

VACTRL

PRCTRL

PRSTR

DISTR

VCC

10

OUT1

18

OUT2

17

OUT3

16

OUT4

15

OUT5

14

OUT6

13

OUT7

12

OUTM

11

GND

9

IN1

1

IN2

2

IN3

3

IN4

4

IN5

5

IN6

6

IN7

7

INM

8

U33

LB1256

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U34

74HC594

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

G 13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U35

74HC595

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD[0..7]

VCC

VCC

PGND

PGND

PRINTVCC

V+

1 2

R88

4.7K

DOT1-

DOT2-

DOT3-

DOT4-

DOT5-

DOT6-

DOT7-

MOTOR-

DD[0..7]

DISPBF

VCC

«CONTRAST»

NOT

STUFFED

1 3

2R89

5KPOT

MISO

CONTRAST

SAMPLE

«SS»

1

2

BZ1

BUZZER

1 2

R90

1K

Q62N3904

1

TP15

UT35-017

1 2

R99

5.1K

1 2

R87

330

SER

10

A 11

B 12

C 13

D 14

E 3

F 4

G 5

H 6

CLK

2

INH

15

SH/LD

1

QH

9

QH

7

U38

74HC165

1

2R91

10K

BUZZER

DD6

DD7

DSPDATA

ADDATA

ADISTR

ADDAT[0..7]

SAMPLE

ADDAT[0..7]

ADDAT0

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

ADDAT6

ADDAT7

NOT STUFFED FOR 9110

Q42N3904

Q52N3906

1 2

R97

10K

1

2R98

10K

1

2

R102

10K

1 2

R96

1K

+5VA

+5VA

«SS ADJ.» 3

2

1

8 4

U39A

LF353

1 2

R92

1K

1 3

2R93

5KPOT

1

2R94

1K

+5VA

+8V

-8V

Q32N3904

1 2

R95

100

mb9.sch

SAMPLELED-

SBC PCB — PRINTER/ DISPLAY DRIVERS — 9120, 30, 40

Page 91: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

85

Date: November 30, 1994Sheet 1of 1

SizeDocument Number

REV

BLCISE

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, PRINTER DAUGHTER BOARD

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

A1B1A2B2A3B3A4B4A5B5A6B6A7B7A8B8A9B9

A10

B10

JP1

EDGE20

CHECK

VCC

MOTOR-

TACHO

DOT1-

DOT2-

DOT3-

DOT4-

DOT5-

DOT6-

DOT7-

FEED

AMP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8J1

520315-8

1 2 3 4 5 6 J2

520315-6

FEED

SCHURTER

1 2

S1SW SPST

AMP

COMPONENT SIDE

.100 CENTERS

B1B2

A1

ON SOLDER SIDE

MATES WITH SULLINS EZC10DRXH

B10

printer.sch

ZPCB1

PWB

PRINTER DAUGHTER PCB — 9120, 30, 40, 80, 81

Page 92: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

86

Date: July 11, 1996Sheet 1of 1

SizeDocument Number

REV

BLCISE

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, LAMP BOARD

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

NOTE: I = 480 ma.

LED ARRAY

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U1

HLMP2885

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U2

HLMP2885

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

PHASED

DLED+

LAMP+

DCLOSED

VALVE+

VALVE+

OVERTEMP-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920212223242526

JP8

C3APT-2606G-ND

VALVEA

VALVEB

PUMP

AMP

AMP

1 2 3 4 5 6JP6

103670-5

1 2 3JP1

103670-2

1 2 3JP2

103670-2

VALVEC

VALVEV

VALVER

AMP

AMP

AMP

ZPWB1

PWB

1 2 3JP3

103670-2

1 2 3JP4

103670-2

1 2 3JP5

103670-2

DOOR SENSOR

AMP

AMP

1 2 3 4JP7

103670-3

LED ARRAY

LED ARRAY

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U3

HLMP2885

lamp.sch

LAMP PCB — 9120, 30, 40

Page 93: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

87

Date: February 19, 1992Sheet 1of 1

SizeDocument Number

REV

BLCISE

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, DISPLAY DAUGHTER BOARD

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

LCD DISPLAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

JP4

22-03-2141

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

VCC

SAMPLE SENSOR

MOLEX 15-43-8566

1 2 3 4 5 6

JP1

RJ12

SAMPLELED-

SAMPLEPT

TEMP

SAMPLEGND

+5VA

+5VA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314151617181920212223242526

JP2

C3APT-2606G-ND

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

DD[0..7]

DISPEN

DISPR/W-

DATA/INST-

CONTRAST

VCC

VCC

+5VA

LCD DISPLAY

MOLEX

MOLEX

ALTERNATE

NOT STUFFED

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

JP3

22-03-2141

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

VCC

NOT STUFFED

ZPWB1

PWB

YES

NOSCHURTER

SCHURTER

1TP1

UT35-017

1

2

S2

IP1241.1082.3

1

2

S1

IP1241.1082.3

YES-

NO-

MAINDOOR

display.sch

DISPLAY DAUGHTER PCB — 9120, 30, 40

Page 94: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

88

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 2of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

ZFST-JP1-1

FASTENER2

ZFST-JP1-2

FASTENER2

PRINTER

A1B1A2B2A3B3A4B4A5B5A6B6A7B7A8B8A9B9A10

B10

JP1

EZC10DRXH

MOTOR-

TACHO

FEED

CHECK

DOT1-

DOT2-

DOT3-

DOT4-

DOT5-

DOT6-

DOT7-

PRINTVCC

R900-R903 DO NOT PHYSICALLY EXIST

THEY ARE TO ALLOW GROUNDS TO BE SEPARATED

1

2R900

0

1

2R901

0

1

2R9020

1

2R9030

AGND

PGND

SGND

DGND

PGND

SGND

DGND

POWER

MATES WITH MOLEX 09-50-8073

MOLEX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

JP3

26-60-4070

PVCC

PVCC

P+24V

P-12V

P+12V

LANGUAGE SELECT

1 2

R905

10K

1 2

R906

10K

1

2

3

4

8 7 6 5

SW1

78B04

VCC

SYSTEM GROUND

1JP2

62650-1

1 2

R907

10K

1 2

R908

10K

1 2

R926

270K

LGSEL0

LGSEL1

LGSEL2

LGSEL3

RS-232

AMP

SULLINS

AMP 745061-4

5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 1

JP7

DB9P

PGND

ZSCRW-JP7-1

SCREW

RS232OUT

RS232IN

RTS

CTS

ZSCRW-JP7-2

SCREW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334

JP5

CWN-300-34-0000

ZEJ-JP5-2

EJECTOR

ZEJ-JP5-1

EJECTOR

LAMP BOARD

1

2R904

10K

LAMP+

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

PHASED

DLED+

DCLOSED

VALVE+

OVERTEMP-

VCC

DISPLAY BOARD

SAMPLELED-

DATA/INST-

DISPEN

YES-

NO-

TEMP

DISPR/W-

SSEN

CONTRAST

SAMPLE

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

PGND

VCC

+5VA

VCC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334

JP4

CWN-300-34-0000

ZEJ-JP4-1

EJECTOR

ZEJ-JP4-2

EJECTOR

NOTE:

AND CONNECTED AT THE SHIELD

AREA.

SAMPLEGND IS RUN INDIVIDUALLY

NEEDLE MECHANISM

CONTROL LINES

NDMOTEN-

DD[0..7]

ROTCLK

CW/CCW

UPNDPOS

LWNDPOS

DD[0..7]

+24V

+10V

TURN TABLE

CONTROL LINES

TABLEPRES

UPTBPOS

LWTBPOS

TBMOTEN-

VCC

+24V

SYSTEM INTERCONNECT — 9180, 81

Page 95: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

89

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 3of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

«+22V/12V»

1

2R5

3.9/10W

Q7MJE800

12R103

1K

LAMP+

+VS

1

TP7

TP

VIN

3

VOUT

2

A D J

1

U1LM317

LAMPEN

+24V

PRINTVCC

1 2

C29

2200uF/50V

1 2

C30

2200uF/16V

1 2

C64

1000uF/16V

21D6ICTE.5

VCC

PRINTVCC

+24V

«+5V»

«+5V/F1»

«+5V/F2»

«2AT»

«1.6AT»

1

2R9

220

1

2R10

220

1

2

F1

2AT

1

2

F2

1.6AT

1

2

F3

1.25AT

2

1D1

LED

2

1D2

LED

PVCC

PVCC

P+24V

1

TP2

TP

«+24V»

«-12V»

«+12V»

«GND»

«+24V/F3»

«-12V/F4»

«+12V/F5»

«1.25AT»

«0.300AT»

«0.300AT»

1

2R6

560

1

2R7

560

1

2R8

1.2K

1

2

F4

0.300AT

1

2

F5

0.300AT

2

1D3

LED

2 1D4

LED

2

1D5

LED

P-12V

P+12V

1

TP1

TP 1

TP3

TP 1

TP4

TP 1

TP5

TP

ZHLDR1

FUSEHOLDER

12C25

470uF/25V

1 2

C26

470uF/25V

V+

V-

Q12N3904

1

2R1

1K

1 2

R21.8K

1 2

R31.2K

1 2C10.1uF

ZHS1

HEATSINK VIN

2

VOUT

3

C

1

U2LM7905

FAST/SLOW-

V-

«-5VA»

1 2

R4180

1 2C60.1uF -5VA

1

TP6

TP

«+5VA»

1 2C40.1uF

1 2

C27

10uF/16V

12C28

10uF/16V

12C50.1uF

1 2C72

0.1uF

1 2C73

0.1uF

1 2C74

0.1uF

1 2C75

0.1uF

+5VA

1

TP8

TP

1 2C30.1uF

1 2C67

0.1uF

1 2C68

0.1uF

1 2C69

0.1uF

1 2C70

0.1uF

1 2C71

0.1uF

12C20.1uF

VIN

1

VOUT

3

C

2

U3LM7805

V+

ZFST-U3

FASTENER1

ZFST-U2

FASTENER1

1 2C10

0.1uF

1 2C11

0.1uF

1 2C12

0.1uF

1 2C65

0.1uF

1 2C66

0.1uF

1 2C70.1uF

1 2C80.1uF

1 2C90.1uF

VCC

ZHLDR2

FUSEHOLDER

ZHLDR3

FUSEHOLDER

ZHLDR4

FUSEHOLDER

ZHLDR5

FUSEHOLDER

1 2C13

0.1uF

1 2C14

0.1uF

1 2C15

0.1uF

12C19

0.1uF

12C20

0.1uF

12C21

0.1uF

+5VA

-5VA

1 2C16

0.1uF

1 2C17

0.1uF

1 2C18

0.1uF

12C22

0.1uF

12C23

0.1uF

12C24

0.1uF

SBC PCB — POWER SUPPLY — 9180, 81

Page 96: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

90

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 4of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

«+22V/12.5V»

1 2C32

0.1uF

VALVE+

1

TP16

TP

Q82N3904

VIN

3

VOUT

2

A D J

1

U5LM317

1 2C31

0.1uF

1

2R21

4.7K

ZHS2

HEATSINK

1 2

R18

200 1%

1 2

R20

1.5K

1 2

R19

1.82K 1%

VALVE-

+24V

OPEN1

OPEN2

1

2R11

1K

1

2R12

1K

Q9MJE800

Q10

MJE800

1 2C36

2.2uF/50V

1 2C37

2.2uF/50V

1 2C38

2.2uF/50V

VALVE DRIVERS

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

1

2R13

1K

1

2R14

1K

Q11

MJE800

Q12

MJE800

1 2C39

2.2uF/50V

1 2C40

2.2uF/50V

OPEN3

OPEN4

OPEN5

OVERTEMP-

SGND

1

2R15

1K

Q13

MJE800

1

2R16

10K

12D19

1N750

SGND

THERM-

SBC PCB — VALVE DRIVERS — 9180, 81

Page 97: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

91

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 5of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

21D81N4004

21D91N4004

21D10

1N4004

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

+VS

+VS

+VS

IN1

2

ENA

1

IN2

9

IN3

12

ENB

11

IN4

19

OUT1

3

OUT2

8

OUT3

13

OUT4

18

GND

5

GND

6

GND

15

VSS

20

VS

10

GND

16

SENSE1

4

SENSE2

7

SENSE3

14

SENSE4

17

U9

L293E

1 2

C46

100uF/50V

1 2C41

0.1uF

21D71N4004

+VS

SGND

SGND

PUMP DRIVER

A 4

INH1

5

B 6

C 7

INH2

8

D 9

SENSE1

14

SENSE2

13

VREF

15

CW/CCW

17

STEP

18

HALF/FULL

19

RESET

20

CONTROL

11

ENABLE

10

GND

2

VS

12

OSC

16

SYNC

1

HOME

3

U10

L297

1 2C42

0.1uF

1 2C45

0.1uF+VS

VCC

SGND

SGND

PUMPSTEP

VCC

1 2

R23

22K

1 2C43

3.3nF

1 2

C47

10uF/16V

PUMPEN

VCC

SGND

1 2C44

0.1uF

ZS1

DIP20

ZS2

DIP20

1 2

R24

10K 1%

1 2

R32

562 1%

VCC

SGND

1 2

R25

1

1 2

R26

1

21D11

1N4004

SGND

SGND

SGND

SGND

21D12

1N4004

21D13

1N4004

21D14

1N4004

PHASED

SGND

SGND

SGND

DOOR

2

3

7

85

6

41

U11

LM311N

1 2

R28

10K

1 2

R29

10K

1 2

R33

2.2K

1

2R31

100K

VCC

VCC

VCC

DOOR SWITCH DETECT

1 2

R30

33K

VCC

SGND

SGND

DCLOSED

SGND

DGND

GND

1 2

R27

100

DLED+

VCC

SBC PCB — PUMP MOTOR DRIVER/DOOR DETECT — 9180, 81

Page 98: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

92

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 6of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

OFFSET = 2200mV

Na

«Na»

1

2C49

0.22uF

1

2R63

1K

NaOUT

1

TP9

TP

1

2C48

0.22uF

2

3

1

1 14U12A

TLC279CN

1

2R44

59K 1%

1

2R47

66.5K 1%

1 2

R113

1K

+5VA

-5VA

NOTE: NO SOLDER MASK IN PROBE AREA

1

2R41

1K 1%

6

5

7

U13B

LMC6064

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

INPUT AMPLIFIERS

NOTE:

GUARD RING AND PROBE AREAS

SHOULD BE CLEAR OF SOLDER

MASK.

Na

P2PROBE

1

2R34

100K

ZPROBE2

R4WW

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

KP3PROBE

1

2R35

100K

ZPROBE4

R4WW

ZPROBE3

R4WW

1

2R40

1K 1%

2

3

1

1 14U13A

LMC6064

+5VA

-5VA

1

2C50

0.22uF

1

2R46

68.1K 1%

1 2

R114

1K

1

2R48

243K 1%

OFFSET = 0 «K»

OFFSET = 700mV

1

2R45

43.2K 1%

1

2R64

1K

6

5

7

U12B

TLC279CN

KOUT

1

TP11

TP

1

TP10

TP

«Cl/Ca/Li»

1 2C52

0.1uF

1

2R65

1K

12C51

0.1uF

Cl/Ca/LiOUT

+5VA

-5VA

9

10

8

U12C

TLC279CN

1 2

R115

1K

1

2R39

1K 1%

13

12

14

U13D

LMC6064

9

10

8

U13C

LMC6064

NOTE: PROBE THRU IN+ SHIELDED

Ref

Cl,Li,or Ca

P4PROBE

1

2R36

100K

P5PROBE

ZPROBE5

R4CR

ZFST-P2P5-1

FASTENER3

ZFST-P2P5-2

FASTENER3

ZSPHLDR1

PROBEHOLDER

-2.5V

OFFSET GENERATOR

1

2

3

U42

LM385BXZ-2.5

1 2

R42

82K

V-

13

12

14

U12D

TLC279CN

SBC PCB — INPUT AMPLIFIERS — 9180, 81

Page 99: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

93

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 7of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

+10V

VIN

2

GND

4

TRIM

5

VO

6

U18

MAX674

+24V

1 2

R56

90.9K 1%

«10.00V»

1 3

2R54

10KPOT

1

TP13

TP

3

2

1

84U17A

LF412

5

6

7

U17B

LF412

1

2R55

68.1K 1%

1

2R52

10K 1%

1

2R59

118K 1%

1 2

R53

274K 1%

2

1D16

1N4148

-5VA

+5VA

«TEMP»

1 2

R110

100K

1

2R62

1K

TEMPOUT

1

TP12

TP

1 2

R51

10K 1%

«TEMP ADJ.»

1 2

R49

7.5K 1%

TEMP

SBC PCB — TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT — 9180, 81

Page 100: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

94

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 8of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.ADDAT[0..7]

ADDAT0

ADDAT[0..7]

A/D CONVERTER

B1

16

B2

15

B3

14

B4

13

B5

12

B6

11

B7

10

B8

9

B9

8

B10

7

B11

6

B12

5

OR

4

POL

3

STATUS

2

INHI

35

INLO

34

COMMON

33

REFIN+

36

REFIN-

39

REFCAP+

37

REFCAP-

38

REFOUT

29

BUFFER

30

AZ

31

INT

32

TEST

17

MODE

21

LBEN

18

HBEN

19

CE/LOAD

20

RUN/HOLD

26

SEND

27

OSCSEL

24

BUFFOSCOUT

25

OSCIN

22

OSCOUT

23

V-

28

GND

1

V+

40

U20

ICL7109

1

2R61

100K

12C54

1nF

X0

13

X1

14

X2

15

X3

12

X4

1

X5

5

X6

2

X7

4

INH

6

A 11

B 10

C 9

X 3

VSS

8

VEE

7

VDD

16

U19

4051

ANALOG CHANNEL SELECTOR

12R69

1K

12R68

1K

12R67

1K

KOUT

TEMPOUT

Cl/Ca/LiOUT

NaOUT

1 2

R66

1K

ADSEL0

ADSEL1

ADSEL2

+5VA

+2.500V»2.500V»

2.05V

1 2

R60

100

VIN

1

GND

3

VOUT

2

U21

MC1403

1 2

R70

1K

1 2C56

150nF

1 2

R73

4.53K 1%

1

2R72

1K 1%

+5VA

-5VA

1

TP14

TP

1 2C55

330nF

1 2C57

1uF

12X13.58MHz

1 2

R71

200K 1% VCC

ADSTATUS

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

ADDAT6

ADDAT7

ADDAT0

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

VCC

-5VA

NOTE:

1 LSB APPROXIMATELY 1mV

ADLBEN-

ADHBEN-

ADCE-

ADRUN

DGND

GND

SBC PCB — ANALOG SELECTOR AND A/D CONVERTER — 9180, 81

Page 101: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

95

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 9of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

NON-VOLATILE

RAM

A0

10

A1

9

A2

8

A3

7

A4

6

A5

5

A6

4

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

CS1

20

CS2

26

WE

27

OE

22

D0

11

D1

12

D2

13

D3

15

D4

16

D5

17

D6

18

D7

19

GND

14

VCC

28

INT

1

U22

MK48T08

1 2

R927

1K

2 1

D20

1N4148

D[8..15]

A[0..18]

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

A0

A12

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

A11

D8D9

D8

VCC

VCC

RAM

PROGRAM

EPROM

A0

10

A1

9

A2

8

A3

7

A4

6

A5

5

A6

4

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

CS1

20

CS2

26

WE

27

OE

22

D0

11

D1

12

D2

13

D3

15

D4

16

D5

17

D6

18

D7

19

U26

6264

ZS4

DIP32

D11

D12

D13

D14

A0

A12

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

A11

D8D9D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D8D9D10

D15

VCC

CPU

A0

12

A1

11

A2

10

A3

9

A4

8

A5

7

A6

6

A7

5

A8

27

A9

26

A10

23

A11

25

A12

4

A13

28

A14

29

A15

3

CE

22

OE

24

O0

13

O1

14

O2

15

O3

17

O4

18

O5

19

O6

20

O7

21

A16

2

A17

30

A18

31

VPP

1

U40

27C040

A0

A12

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

A11

A8A9A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

D[8..15]

A13

A14

A15

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

A16

A17

A18

A16

A17

A18

A[0..18]

12R82

10K

12 R84

10K

12R83

10K

12 R85

10K

VDDI

1

VDDE

8

VDDE

21

VDDE

40

VDDI

59

VDDE

61

VDDE

84

VDDE

98

VDDE

113

VDDE

124

BERR

71

HALT

70

RESET

69

VDDA

42

I1/PF1

78

I2/PF2

77

I3/PF3

76

I4/PF4

75

I5/PF5

74

I6/PF6

73

I7/PF7

72

ADA0/PAD0

44

ADA1/PAD1

45

ADA2/PAD2

46

ADA3/PAD3

47

ADA4/PAD4

48

ADA5/PAD5

49

ADA6/PAD6

52

ADA7/PAD7

53

VRH

50

VRL

51

PWMA

128

PWMB

127

PCLK

126

PAI

129

OC2/OC1/PGP4

3

OC3/OC1/PGP5

132

OC4/OC1/PGP6

131

IC4/OC5/OC1/PGP

130

RXD

17

TXD

18

IC3/PGP2

5

IC2/PGP1

6

IC1/PGP0

7

SCK

12

MISO

10

MOSI

11

PCS0/SS

13

PCS1

14

PCS2

15

PCS3

16

VSTBY

54

VSSA

43

VSSI

2

VSSE

9

VSSE

22

VSSI

29

VSSE

41

VSSI

58

VSSE

62

VSSE

83

VSSE

97

VSSI

105

VSSE

112

VSSE

125

A0

90

A1

19

A2

20

A3

23

A4

24

A5

25

A6

26

A7

27

A8

28

A9

30

A10

31

A11

32

A12

33

A13

34

A14

35

A15

36

A16

37

A17

38

A18

39

A19/CS6/PC3

119

A20/CS7/PC4

120

A21/CS8/PC5

121

A22/CS9/PC6

122

A23/CS10

123

D0

109

D1

108

D2

107

D3

106

D4

104

D5

103

D6

102

D7

101

D8

100

D9

99

D10

96

D11

95

D12

94

D13

93

D14

92

D15

91

AS/PE5

85

DS/PE4

86

R/W

80

DSACK0/PE0

89

DSACK1/PE1

88

SIZ0/PE6

82

SIZ1/PE7

81

AVEC/PE2

87

BKPT/DSCLK

66

IPIPE0/DS0

67

IPIPE1/DS1

68

FREEZE/QUOT

64

TSTME/TSC

65

CSBOOT

110

BR/CS0

116

BG/CS1

117

BGACK/CS2

118

FC0/CS3/PC0

111

FC1/CS4/PC1

114

FC2/CS5/PC2

115

CLCKOUT

63

VDDSYN

56

XFC

60

EXTAL

57

XTAL

55

MODCLK/PF0

79

OC1/PGP3

4

U31

MC68HC16Z1

1

2R76

10K

1

2R911

10K

1

2R912

10K

1 2

C58

0.1uF

YES-

NO-

BERR

VCC

VCC

VCC

VCC

VCC

+5VA

VCC

VCC

VCC

1 2R81

10K

1

2R909

10K

SAMPLE

DOOR

FEED

CHECK

ADSTATUS

DISPBF

THERM-

LGSEL3

LGSEL2

LGSEL1

FPDET

FPCLK

LGSEL0

BUZZER

VCC

VCC

D8D9D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

CTSIN

2 1

D17

1N4148

1

2R924

1K

VCC

ZS5

DIP28

1 2R78

10K

PUMPSTEP

RESET-

VALVE-

FAST/SLOW-

LAMPEN

LWNDPOS

PUMPEN

UPNDPOS

VCC

1

2R116

10K

2

3

U29A

1488

4

5

6

U29B

1488

RS232OUT

RTS

CW/CCW

ROTCLK

TABLEPRES

UPTBPOS

LWTBPOS

NDMOTEN-

TBMOTEN-

VCC

1

2X2

32.768KHz

1

2R74

10M

1 2C60

22pF

1

2R913

10K

VCC

1 2C59

22pF

1

2

R910

330K

1

2L1

10uH

1 2C76

0.1uF

1 2

C77

1uF

20V

VCC

10

8

9

U30C

1489

1 2

R86

10K

DISTR

VASTR

ADOSTR

PRSTR

MOSI

SCK

MISO

TACHO

ADISTR

1

3

2

U30A

1489

4

6

5

U30B

1489

12R117

4.7K

1 2

R80

10K

2 1D21

1N4148

2 1D22

1N4148

RS232IN

CTS

CTSIN

VCC

V+

V+

V+

DGND

GND

BDM

CONN

OPTIONAL

ZPWB1

PWB

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

JP9

HEADER2X5

1

2R925

10K

BERR

VCC

VCC

9

10

8

U29C

1488

12

13

11

U29D

1488

VCC

VCC

SBC PCB — MICROPROCESSOR — 9180, 81

Page 102: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

96

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 10of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

13

11

1 2

U30D

1489

OPEN1

OPEN2

OPEN3

OPEN4

OPEN5

DATA/INST-

DISPEN

ADSEL0

ADSEL1

ADSEL2

ADRUN

ADCE-

ADHBEN-

ADLBEN-

DISPR/W-

SSEN

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U36

74HC594

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U37

74HC594

SSEN

VCC

VCC

ADCTRL

1

2R928

4.7K

1

2R929

4.7K

MOSI

SCK

RESET-

VASTR

ADOSTR

VCC

VCC

VACTRL

PRCTRL

1

2R930

4.7K

PRSTR

DISTR

VCC

VCC

10

OUT1

18

OUT2

17

OUT3

16

OUT4

15

OUT5

14

OUT6

13

OUT7

12

OUTM

11

GND

9

IN1

1

IN2

2

IN3

3

IN4

4

IN5

5

IN6

6

IN7

7

INM

8

U33

LB1256

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

RCLR

13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U34

74HC594

SER

14

SRCLK

11

SRCLR

10

RCLK

12

G 13

QA

15

QB

1

QC

2

QD

3

QE

4

QF

5

QG

6

QH

7

QH’

9

U35

74HC595

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD[0..7]

VCC

VCC

1 2

R90

1K

PGND

PGND

PRINTVCC

V+

1 2

R88

4.7K

DOT1-

DOT2-

DOT3-

DOT4-

DOT5-

DOT6-

DOT7-

MOTOR-

DD[0..7]

DISPBF

VCC 1 2

R87

330

MISO

CONTRAST

«SS»

1

2R91

10K

Q62N3904

1 2

R99

5.1K

1

2

BZ1

PKM22EPP-4001

1

2R931

1.5K

BUZZER

1

TP15

TP

SER

10

A 11

B 12

C 13

D 14

E 3

F 4

G 5

H 6

CLK

2

INH

15

SH/LD

1

QH

9

QH

7

U38

74HC165

DD6

DD7

DSPDATA

ADDATA

ADISTR

ADDAT[0..7]

SAMPLE

ADDAT[0..7]

ADDAT0

ADDAT1

ADDAT2

ADDAT3

ADDAT4

ADDAT5

ADDAT6

ADDAT7

Q42N3904

Q52N3906

1 2

R97

10K

1

2R98

10K

1

2

R102

10K

1 2

R96

1K

DGND

+5VA

+5VA

GND

«SS ADJ.» 3

2

1

8 4

U39A

LF353

1 2

R92

1K

1 3

2R93

5KPOT

1

2R94

1K

+5VA

+5VA

-5VA

Q32N3904

1 2

R95

100

SAMPLELED-

SBC PCB — PRINTER/ DISPLAY DRIVERS — 9180, 81

Page 103: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

97

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 11of 11

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5015

C

Title

SCHEMATIC, MAIN BOARD 9180

(404) 587-4040

Roswell, Georgia 30076

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

1 2

R919

620

1 2

R920

3.3K

V+

1 2

R915

160

VCC

2

1

3

4

ISO1

OPB712

1 2

R917

200

VCC

18

23

456

7

U41

LM2907N-8

1 2

R918

3.9K

1

2C80

0.01uF

1

2R922

4.3K

V+

21D18

1N4148

FPDET

VCC

1 2C79

1.0uF

1 2

R921

3.0K

1 2C78

1000pF

1 2C81

0.01uF

1 2

R916

160K

1 2

R923

4.3K

1

2R914

1K

Q14

2N3904

FPCLK

SBC PCB — FLUID PACK DETECTOR — 9180, 81

Page 104: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

98

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 1of 1

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5014

A

Title

SCHEMATIC, LAMP BOARD, 9180

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

NOTE: I = 480 ma.

LED ARRAY

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U1

HLMP2885

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U2

HLMP2885

VALVEA-

VALVEB-

VALVEC-

VALVEV-

VALVER-

PHASEA

PHASEB

PHASEC

PHASED

DLED+

LAMP+

DCLOSED

VALVE+

VALVE+

OVERTEMP-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334

JP8

HEADER 34

VALVEA

VALVEB

PUMP

AMP

AMP

1 2 3 4 5 6JP6

103670-5

1 2 3JP1

103670-2

1 2 3JP2

103670-2

VALVEC

VALVEV

VALVER

AMP

AMP

AMP

ZPWB1

PWB

1 2 3JP3

103670-2

1 2 3JP4

103670-2

1 2 3JP5

103670-2

DOOR SENSOR

AMP

AMP

1 2 3 4JP7

103670-3

LED ARRAY

LED ARRAY

2

3

6

7

10

11

14

15

1

4

5

8

9

12

13

16

U3

HLMP2885

lamp.sch

LAMP PCB — 9180, 81

Page 105: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

99

Date: May 7, 1996Sheet 1of 1

SizeDocument Number

REV

BZD5016

A

Title

SCHEMATIC, DISPLAY DAUGHTER BOARD, 9180

(404)587-4040

30077

Roswell, Georgia

33 Mansell Court

AVL Scientific Corp.

LCD DISPLAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

JP4

22-03-2141

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

VCC

SAMPLE SENSOR

MOLEX 15-43-8566

1 2 3 4 5 6

JP1

RJ12

SAMPLELED-

SAMPLEPT

TEMP

SAMPLEGND

+5VA

+5VA

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

DD[0..7]

DISPEN

DISPR/W-

DATA/INST-

CONTRAST

VCC

VCC

+5VA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334

JP2

HEADER 34

LCD DISPLAY

MOLEX

MOLEX

ALTERNATE

NOT STUFFED

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

JP3

22-03-2141

DD0

DD1

DD2

DD3

DD4

DD5

DD6

DD7

VCC

NOT STUFFED

ZPWB1

PWB

YES

NOSCHURTER

SCHURTER

1TP1

UT35-017

1

2

S2

IP1241.1082.3

1

2

S1

IP1241.1082.3

YES-

NO-

MAINDOOR

display.sch

DISPLAY DAUGHTER PCB — 9180

Page 106: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

100

8 Parts List

Page 107: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

101

MAIN ASSEMBLY FRONT

Item Part Description

1 YB5005 SLEEVE: BLACK ELECTRODE HOLDER

2 BP5008 DOOR: ISE FRONT COMPLETE (OLD COLOR)

2 BP5084 DOOR: ISE FRONT COMPLETE (NEW COLOR)

3 BP5005 NEEDLE UNIT: COMPLETE MECHANISM

4 RE5018 TRAY: ISE ELECTRODE

5 BP5009 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER — 9120, 30

5 BP5188 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER — 9180

5 BP5035 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER — 9140

6 BP5004 MODULE: ISE PRINTER

7 RE5016 TRAY: ISE PRINTER PAPER

8 BP5012 TUBE SET: ISE COMPLETE — 9120, 30, 40

8 BP5193 TUBE SET: ISE COMPLETE — 9180

9 BP5027 TUBE SET: PERISTALTIC PUMP

10 BP0087 CLAMP: PRESSURE PIECE VALVE TUBING

11 YA0296 CAP: SOLENOID VALVE LOCK

12 ZB5012 LABEL: 91XX PAPER INSERTION DIAGRAM

12 ZB5129 LABEL: 9180 PAPER INSERTION DIAGRAM

13 ZB5007 LABEL: 9120 ELECTRODE HOLDER

13 ZB5009 LABEL: 9130 ELECTRODE HOLDER

13 ZB5027 LABEL: 9140 ELECTRODE HOLDER

13 ZB5124 LABEL: 9180 ELECTRODE HOLDER

14 DS5004 SCREW: ALLEN HEAD 8-32 X .625

15 DZ5002 WASHER: #8 STAINLESS FLAT

16 ZB5001 LABEL: SAMPLE SENSOR CABLE

17 ZB5015 LABEL: ELECTRODE LIGHT WINDOW

18 ZB5005 LABEL: AVL 9120 OVERLAY

18 ZB5006 LABEL: AVL 9130 OVERLAY

18 ZB5025 LABEL: AVL 9140 OVERLAY

18 ZB5123 LABEL: AVL 9180 OVERLAY

19 ZB5024 LABEL: PAPER TEAR BAR

Page 108: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

102

MAIN ASSEMBLY REAR

Item Part Description

1 BP5013 PANEL: ISE BACK COMPLETE (OLD COLOR)

1 BP5083 PANEL: ISE BACK COMPLETE (NEW COLOR)

2 BB5005 PC CARD: ISE SBC COMPLETE 9120/9130

2 BB5006 PC CARD: ISE SBC COMPLETE 9140

2 BB5015 PC CARD: ISE SBC COMPLETE 9180

3 US3059 PROGRAM SET: 9120 ENGLISH

3 US3060 PROGRAM SET: 9130 ENGLISH

3 US3061 PROGRAM SET: 9140 ENGLISH

3 US5010 PROGRAM SET: 9180

4 BB5007 PC CARD: ISE LAMP — 9120, 30, 40

4 BB5014 PC CARD: ISE LAMP — 9180

5 BP5007 SOLENOID: COMPLETE ISE

6 BP5002 MOTOR: ISE PERISTALTIC PUMP

7 BB5002 PC CARD: ISE DISPLAY COMPLETE — 9120, 30 , 40

7 BB5016 PC CARD: ISE DISPLAY COMPLETE — 9180

8 RE5025 SPACER: 50 DEGREE

9 DS5005 SCREW: #6 X .625″

10 DZ0488 WASHER: LOCK M4

11 EU1019 CONNECTOR: GROUND LUG

12 DS5006 SCREW: #6 X .375″

13 BP5003 PUMP ROLLER: ISE PERISTALTIC PUMP

14 DS5001 SCREW: 6-32 X .312″

15 DS5006 SCREW: #6 X .375″

16 DZ5000 WASHER: FLAT

17 DS5006 SCREW: #6 X .375″

18 DS0970 SCREW: PUMP MOTOR MOUNTING

19 DS5002 SCREW: SOLENOID VALVE MOUNTING

20 YB5002 SPRING PROBE: ELECTRODE CONNECTOR

Page 109: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

103

ELECTRODE HOLDER ASSEMBLY

Item Part Description

0 BP5009 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER COMPLETE ASSEMBLY9120/9130

0 BP5035 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER COMPLETE ASSEMBLY9140

0 BP5188 MODULE: ELECTRODE HOLDER COMPLETE ASSEMBLY9180

1 BP0171 ELECTRODE HOLDER: LEFT SIDE ASSEMBLY

2 BP5010 HOLDER: ISE RIGHT ELECTRODE 9120/9130

2 BP5036 HOLDER: ISE RIGHT ELECTRODE 9140/80

3 RE5019 HOLDER: BASE ISE ELECTRODE

4 DS0970 SCREW: PHILLIPS M4x16

5 DA0156 O-RING: ELECTRODE SEAL

6 ZB5007 LABEL: 9120 ELECTRODE HOLDER

6 ZB5009 LABEL: 9130 ELECTRODE HOLDER

6 ZB5027 LABEL: 9140 ELECTRODE HOLDER

6 ZB5124 LABEL: 9180 ELECTRODE HOLDER

Page 110: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

104

NEEDLE UNIT ASSEMBLY

Item Part Description

0 BP5005 NEEDLE UNIT: COMPLETE MECHANISM

1 RE5011 PLATE: ISE NEEDLE UNIT RIGHT MOUNTING

2 RE5010 PLATE: ISE NEEDLE UNIT LEFT MOUNTING

3 RE5012 HOLDER: ISE NEEDLE UNIT PROBE

4 RE5014 GEAR: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

5 BP5018 LIGHT GATE: ISE NEEDLE UNIT COMPLETE

6 RE5029 PLUNGER: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

7 YB5001 SPRING: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

8 RE5028 ROD: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

9 RE5009 FLAP: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

10 BP5006 PROBE: ISE COMPLETE

11 BP9043 FILLPORT: ASSEMBLY

12 YA9023 PLATE: FILL PORT MOUNTING

13 DS5006 SCREW: #6 X 0.375″

14 DS5000 SCREW: #6 X .312

15 DZ0478 WASHER: FLAT M3

16 SS5003 TUBING: 3/8″OD X 1/4″ID CLEAR SILICON

17 YB5006 RUBBER STOP: ISE NEEDLE UNIT

Page 111: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

105

REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY

Item Part Description

0 BP5013 PANEL: ISE BACK COMPLETE (OLD COLOR)

0 BP5083 PANEL: ISE BACK COMPLETE (NEW COLOR)

1 BP5030 COVER: PAINTED ISE REAR (OLD COLOR)

1 BP5081 COVER: PAINTED ISE REAR (NEW COLOR)

2 BN5000 MODULE: SWITCHING ISE POWER SUPPLY

3 BK5000 RECEPTACLE: AC POWER WITH CABLE

4 EU5004 HOLDER: 2 POLE ISE FUSE

5 EV0044 FUSE: 1.6A SLOW

6 NS0025 SCREW PLASTIC TAPING

7 DS5000 SCREW: #6 X .312

8 EU1019 CONNECTOR: FASTON 6.3

9 BK5001 CABLE: DC ASSEMBLY

10 BK5012 CABLE: GROUND ASSEMBLY

Page 112: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

106

FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY

Item Part Description

0 BP5008 DOOR: ISE FRONT COMPLETE (OLD COLOR)

0 BP5084 DOOR: ISE FRONT COMPLETE (NEW COLOR)

1 RE5008 WINDOW: ISE FRONT DOOR

2 ZB5002 LABEL: 91XX ISE TUBING DIAGRAM

2 ZB5125 LABEL: 9180 ISE TUBING DIAGRAM

Page 113: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

107

9 Interface Specifications

9.1 Interface Information

The AVL 9120, 30, 40, 80 and 81 analyzers are equipped with a standardserial interface output. This interface output is intended to be used withstandard commercially available computer systems.

The data transmitted through the serial interface port employs the ASCII code.

The serial interface is terminated on the rear cover with a 9-pin male DB-9connector.

The signal levels are as follows:

— Binary 1 = -12V to -3V- Binary 0 = +3V to +12V

Two stop bits follow the eight data bits to complete the 10 bit word.

The baud rate is set at 9600 Baud fixed.

The maximal recommended cable length is 40 feet.

The pin assignment is as follows:

pin 1…sample ground…GNDpin 2…receive data….RxDpin 3…send data…….TxDpin 4…NCpin 5…signal ground…GNDpin 6…NCpin 7…RTSpin 8…CTSpin 9…NC

(NC=Not Connected)

Page 114: Roche avl9120 9130_9140_9180_9181_-_service_manual

108

Software

The patient sample data is sent at the end of each measurement, the calibra-tion report is sent at the end of each calibration.

The interface is always on, independent of the printer settings; the data isalways sent.

Note: The arrow up (e.g. out of normal range) is sent as HEX 18 (↑), thearrow down as HEX19 (↓) and the ° (degree) is sent as HEX1A (→).

9.2 Example Data String Information

Automatic Calibration Report

sx* AVL 9130 *crcrlfELECTROLYTE ISEcrcrlf03JAN9210:51crcrlf*CALIBR REPORT*crcrlfcrcrlfDailyMaintenancecrcrlfPerformed Last: crcrlf02JAN92 10:35crcrlfcrcrlfStandard AcrcrlfNa = -112mV (3)crcrlfK = -1392mV (3)crcrlfCl = -106mV (3)crcrlfcrcrlfDifference A-BcrcrlfNa = 1402mV ( )cr crlfK = 1032mV ( )crcrlfCl = -1006mV ( )crcrlfcrcrlfFluid Pack:crcrlf6 8% Remainingcrcrlfcrcrlfex

Serum Sample Report

sx* AVL 9130 *crcrlfELECTROLYTE ISEcrcrlf03JAN9210:59crcrlfcrcrlf Name: ……….crcrlf ……….crcrlfSample:SERUMcrcrlfcrcrlf Sample No.13 crcrlfcrcrlfNa= 159soh mmol/LcrcrlfK= 5.4 mmol/LcrcrlfCl= 122soh mmol/Lcrcrlfcrcrlf*PERFORM DAILY*crcrlf*MAINTENANCE ! *crcrlfcrcrlfex

9.3 Data Link Information (9180/9181 only)

The data link with the AVL Compact 2/3 blood gas analyzer allows tocombine ISE results with pH/blood gas results on one printout. If Ca++ isactivated on the 9180/9181, a pH-corrected Ca++ value will be calculatedand printed on the combined sample report.

For connection of the 9180/9181 analyzer to the Compact 2/3 analyzer, theoptional Interface Kit (BP5202) is required. To install the kit, first turnboth instruments off. Connect the interface filter provided in the kit to theRS232 port on the 9180/9181. Then connect one end of the cable to theinterface filter, the other end to the COM 2 port on the Compact 2/3. Onthe Compact 2/3, select 9180 under the COM2 interface options.See Compact 2/3 Operator’s Manual for details.


  • Описание


  • Характеристики


  • Производитель


  • Доставка, оплата


  • Ввод в эксплуатацию

Описание Roche AVL 9180

Анализатор электролитов Roche AVL 9180 предназначен для измерения уровня электролитов. Прибор позволяет выбрать нужную конфигурацию измеряемых электролитов в соответствии с текущими или будущими потребностями при проведении исследований.

Для того, чтобы изменить конфигурацию достаточно поменять/установить электрод и откалибровать прибор, при этом замена каких-либо реагентов или трубок не требуется. Автоматически отслеживается количество оставшихся реагентов и необходимость замены использованного контейнера SnapPak, а вся информация отображается на экране при выполнении калибровки. Система имеет встроенную базу данных результатов контроля качества для 35 значений по каждому из 3-х уровней и автоматически определяет значения за пределами установленных диапазонов.

Возможность распечатки статистики контроля качества, включая текущее среднее значение, стандартное отклонение и коэффициент вариации, позволяет своевременно анализировать техническое состояние прибора и контролировать качество получаемых результатов. Полная автоматизация, понятный интерфейс, а также гибкая панель измеряемых параметров  и минимальное обслуживание при низких экономических затратах на реагенты и расходные материалы делают анализатор 9180 простым, удобным и надежным прибором для получения достоверных результатов.

Преимущества Roche AVL 9180

  • Простой надежный анализатор электролитов;
  • Все реагенты, а также емкость для отходов содержатся в одном контейнере — СнэпПаке. Прибор автоматически определяет уровень реагентов и сообщает о необходимости замены реагентов;
  • Встроенная трехуровневая программа контроля качества;
  • Контрольные материалы не требуют специального приготовления и хранения в холодильнике;
  • Гибкая конфигурация: анализатор 9180 позволяет менять панель измеряемых электролитов.

Технические характеристики Roche AVL 9180

  • Определяемые параметры Na+, K+, Ca2+, Cl-, Li+
  • Минимальный объем образца 95 мкл
  • Тип образца для исследования Цельная кровь, сыворотка, плазма, моча, диализный раствор, водные стандарты
  • Время анализа 50 секунд
  • Производительность 60 образцов в час без распечатки результатов и 45 образцов с распечаткой
  • Калибровка Автоматическая, по 1 точке — после каждого измерения, по 2-м точкам — каждые 4 часа
  • Габариты (Д х Ш х В) 31,5 х 29,5 х 33,5 см
  • Вес 6 кг
  • Портативный прибор: Нет
  • Определяемые параметры: Na⁺, К⁺, Ca²⁺, Li⁺, Cl⁻
  • Сенсорный дисплей: Да
  • Принтер: Встроенный
  • Считыватель штрих-кода: Да
  • Производительность, тестов/час: 60
  • Тип исследуемого образца: Венозная кровь, Капиллярная кровь, Сыворотка, Моча, Артериальная кровь, Диализат
  • Объем измеряемого образца, мкл: 95
  • Время измерения 1 образца, сек: 50
  • Тип реагентов: Электроды и растворы
  • Подключение к ЛИС: Да


Производитель

Roche


Подключение к ЛИС

Да


Тип образцов

Артериальная кровь, Венозная кровь, Диализат, Капиллярная кровь, Моча, Сыворотка


Тестов в час

60


Объем проб

95


Код вида номенклатурной классификации медицинских изделий

272180


Дисплей

ЖК дисплей


Принтер

Встроенный


Сканирование

Нет


Способ управления

Автоматический


Принцип измерения

Прямая потенциометрия


Определяемые параметры

CA2+, Cl-, K+, Li+, Na+


Память (кол-во результатов)

1000


Объем проб (венозная, мкл)

95


Объем проб (капиллярная, мкл)

95


Мобильность

Стационарный


Вес (кг)

6


Страна-производитель

Германия

С момента основания в 1896 году в швейцарском Базеле наша компания стремится улучшать жизнь людей. Сегодня «Рош» создает инновационные лекарства и диагностические тесты, которые помогают миллионам пациентов во всем мире.
Уже более 50 лет мы находимся в авангарде исследований и лечения онкологических заболеваний, предлагая лекарства для лечения рака молочной железы, рака кожи, рака толстой кишки, рака яичников, рака легких и других видов злокачественных новообразований.

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:

Это тоже интересно:

  • Анализатор соматических клеток ekomilk scan инструкция
  • Амоксициллин инструкция суспензия для детей 2 года
  • Аналог омепразол инструкция по применению цена
  • Аналог офтальмоферон глазные капли инструкция цена
  • Амоксициллин инструкция по применению таблетки растворимые

  • Подписаться
    Уведомить о
    guest

    0 комментариев
    Старые
    Новые Популярные
    Межтекстовые Отзывы
    Посмотреть все комментарии